Ahead of Ramadan, King Charles III and Queen Camilla visited London’s iconic Indian restaurant, Darjeeling Express, owned by British-Indian chef Asma Khan. On February 26, Khan shared a video on Instagram showing the royal duo inside the restaurant’s kitchen, actively packing dates and biryani for donation to local hospitals. The video begins with King Charles and Queen Camilla standing in front of a large pot of biryani. At one point, the King is seen inhaling the aroma of the freshly cooked dish.
Also Read: Renowned Filipino Chef Margarita Fores Dies At 65
As restaurant staff assist the royal couple in packing the biryani and dates, King Charles can be heard asking, “Can we take some?” The King and Queen also appear to enjoy the food and the culinary tradition. In the video’s caption, Khan mentioned that, given the King’s speed and efficiency in packing dates, he was told he could have a job there every year. To this, he responded, “I may be past my sell-by date.”
Watch the full video below:
Who Is Asma Khan?
Born in July 1969 in Kolkata, Asma Khan is a British-Indian chef, restaurateur, and author, best known as the founder of the award-winning London-based restaurant Darjeeling Express. As per the official website of King’s College London, she moved to the UK in 1991 after getting married. She studied law at King’s College London and went on to complete a PhD in British Constitutional Law. However, her real passion was always food.
Khan’s restaurant is celebrated for its all-female kitchen, primarily comprising South Asian immigrants. This unique approach not only delivers authentic Indian cuisine but also empowers women lacking formal culinary training. Her contributions to the culinary world have been widely recognized. In 2024, she was featured among TIME’s 100 Most Influential People.
Also Read: Prince William And Kate Middleton Make Welsh Cakes Together – See Pics
Apart from running her restaurant, Khan is a well-known advocate for social change. She is the first British chef to feature on Netflix’s Chef’s Table and has appeared on BBC Saturday Kitchen and Celebrity MasterChef. She has also been recognized globally, featuring in TIME’s 100 Most Influential People and Vogue’s 25 Most Influential Women lists.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-02-28/European-countries-vow-retaliation-against-Trump-s-tariff-threat-1BmrI29LzFK/img/80fe96dd8cb84cb39f4cd025041ca5e5/80fe96dd8cb84cb39f4cd025041ca5e5.jpeg' alt='U.S. President Donald Trump speaks during a press conference with British Prime Minister Keir Starmer in the East Room of the White House in Washington, D.C., U.S., February 27, 2025. /VCG'
Transatlantic trade tensions have escalated following U.S. President Donald Trump’s announcement of a 25 percent tariff on European imports, with European countries warning that Europe will react “firmly and immediately” against unjustified barriers.
The tariff plan announced by Trump on Wednesday covers various European imports, including cars and other goods. Speaking at a White House cabinet meeting, he claimed that the EU has “taken advantage of” the United States by blocking American cars and agricultural products.
In response, European Commission spokesperson Olof Gill said on Thursday at a press briefing that American businesses have reaped significant profits from investments in Europe.
“By creating a large and integrated single market, the European Union (EU) has facilitated trade, reduced costs for EU exporters and harmonized standards and regulations across all our member states. As a result, U.S. investments in Europe are highly profitable,” he stressed.
Regarding the tariffs, the European Commission said on Wednesday that the EU would react “firmly and immediately” against unjustified barriers to free and fair trade, including when tariffs are used to challenge legal and non-discriminatory policies.
Speaking in Washington on Thursday, European Parliament President Roberta Metsola underscored that Europe and the United States have shared values and warned against isolation. She reaffirmed that the EU is ready to respond “firmly and immediately against unjust barriers to free and fair trade.”
France and Spain shared the EU stance on retaliation, calling for unity to defend Europe’s interests.
According to French media Le Figaro, French Economy Minister Eric Lombard, who is now participating in the G20 finance minister meeting in Cape Town, South Africa, said that the EU must protect its interests by doing the same as what the United States did.
“We need to have a firm and proportionate reaction,” French Defense Minister Sebastien Lecornu told France Info in an interview on Thursday. “The EU must react in the firmest possible way, in the most immediate way and I insist in the most proportionate way, because that’s how it works,” he said.
The EU will defend itself “against those who attack it with absolutely unjustified tariffs that threaten our economic sovereignty,” Spanish Prime Minister Pedro Sanchez said at an event in the Basque Region of northern Spain. He stressed that the EU was “prepared” and the member states will “adopt measures proportionate” in response to the tariffs.
He emphasized EU’s commitment to open trade and cooperation, in contrast to Trump’s promotion of “isolation.” “We will not abandon that route, because we will keep on looking for collaboration between countries, commercial openness and a multilateral system that is more important than ever,” Sanchez said.
In addition, he rejected Trump’s statement made on Wednesday that the EU was “formed to screw the United States,” arguing that many of the rich in America are, in fact, “thanks to Europe.”
On social media platform X, Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk echoed Sanchez’s stance. He posted: “The EU was not formed to screw anyone. Quite the opposite. It was formed to maintain peace, to build respect among our nations, to create free and fair trade, and to strengthen our transatlantic friendship.”
Adolfo Urso, Italian Minister of Enterprises and Made in Italy, expressed concern over escalating trade tensions with the United States, noting that Italy, with its export-driven economy, is “obviously worried.” Speaking to the media in Paris on Thursday, he stressed the need to avoid a trade war, emphasizing that the West should remain united rather than divided.
However, Italian industrial leaders have called for a stronger response, blaming Trump’s policy for hindering Europe’s economic development. Emanuele Orsini, president of the Italian industry association Confindustria, warned that Trump’s tariffs disrupt trade dynamics and threaten European businesses and jobs.
“The real goal of the U.S. is the deindustrialization of our continent,” he said in a statement. “Europe must change the gear: time is up. The measures announced today in Brussels are insufficient,” he added, calling it a “dark hour” for Europe.
Birla Estates Private Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Aditya Birla Real Estate Limited (formerly Century Textiles and Industries Limited), has launched Birla Trimaya in North Bengaluru. The booking value of the project stood at ₹500 crore with the sale of over 300 units.
With this, the cumulative booking value across all launched phases has reached approximately ₹1,500 crore, with nearly 90 per cent of the units launched to date sold out.
K. T. Jithendran, MD & CEO of Birla Estates, said, “Bengaluru continues to be a key focus market for us, and the success of Birla Trimaya strengthens our position in luxury real estate while underscoring the trust homebuyers have placed in this project.”
Beyond Birla Trimaya, Birla Estates is expanding its footprint across Bengaluru with landmark projects in Whitefield, Rajajinagar, Devanahalli, and Rajarajeshwari Nagar.
Headquartered in Mumbai, Birla Estates currently has regional offices in NCR, Bengaluru, and Pune.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
DOSADIO vam je onaj stari metalni stalak za sušenje posuđa? Zauzima puno mjesta i često izgleda neuredno, zar ne? Pa, možda je vrijeme za promjenu. Joseph Joseph ima nešto što bi vam se moglo svidjeti – sklopivi ocjeđivač za posuđe.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Praktičan, kompaktan i omiljen među kupcima
Zašto je ovaj ocjeđivač poseban? Prvo, jako je praktičan. Umjesto velikog stalka koji stoji nasred kuhinjskog pulta, ovaj se lijepo smjesti uz sudoper. I što je najbolje, možete ga sklopiti kad ga ne koristite. Tako štedite prostor u kuhinji.
Ima i neke cool detalje. Dno je rebrasto pa voda brzo otječe, a posuđe se brže suši. Noge mu ne klize tako da stoji čvrsto dok slažete tanjure i čaše. A na njega možete staviti sve – od velikih tanjura do žličica.
Kad vam više ne treba, samo ga sklopite i spremite. Kuhinja vam odmah izgleda urednije, a radna površina je slobodna za druge stvari. Nije ni čudo da je ovaj ocjeđivač postao hit među kupcima. “Kao i većina JJ stvari, dobro napravljen i čvrst, dobro pristaje uz sudoper”, “Odlična stvar”, “Vrlo praktično”, samo su neke od recenzija.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
More than 30 schools are expected to participate in the Tara Davis Invitational track meet on Saturday at Agoura High.
Tara Davis-Woodhall, an Agoura graduate, won the Olympic gold medal in the women’s long jump last year. Her husband, Hunter, also won a gold medal in the Paralympics. They met at high school meet and believe in the importance of high school competition. …
On Saturday, March 1st, we will be hosting the 2nd Annual Tara Davis Invitational. We are looking forward to having Tara Davis-Woodhall and Hunter Woodhall attend the event. It’s going to be a awesome day with 22+ schools, entertainment, food trucks & give aways! #lvusdpic.twitter.com/1dXmMJ76NZ
It’s championship weekend in high school soccer, and Friday’s Open Division championships for boys and girls are about as good as it gets.
At El Modena for the Southern Section championships, unbeaten JSerra will play undefeated Loyola at 5 p.m. Santa Margarita will face Corona Santiago at 7:15 p.m. for the Open Division girls title.
At Valley College, Birmingham and El Camino Real renew their rivalry by facing off at 7:30 p.m. for the City Section Open Division boys title. Cleveland will take on Granada Hills for the girls title at 5:15 p.m. …
The CIF will release the state basketball playoff pairings on Sunday around 5 p.m.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected]
Google Chrome Browser Settings: Google Chrome is one of the most widely used browsers. However, many users don’t like any browser to track and record several types of online activities. For instance, after searching for something on Chrome, you may notice advertisements related to your search popping up. If you want to stop this from happening, you will need to adjust your settings. According to information available on American technology giant Google’s Support portal, here’s how you can make these adjustments:
For Desktop Users:
1. Open Chrome on your computer. 2. In the top right corner, click on More (three dots) and select Settings. 3. Go to Privacy and Security, then select Third-party cookies. 4. Toggle the option to Send a “Do Not Track” request with your browsing traffic to On or Off, depending on your preference.
ALSO READ: Samsung launches Galaxy M16 5G, Galaxy M06 5G in India with segment-leading features; here’s everything you need to know
For Android Users:
1. Open Chrome on your Android device. 2. Tap the More (three dots) icon to the right of the address bar and select Settings. 3. Tap Privacy and Security. 4. Enable or disable the Send a “Do Not Track” request option.
ALSO READ: Snapdragon X is Here: Key things to know about Qualcomm’s just-launched new AI PC chip
For iPhone and iPad Users:
Currently, the “Do Not Track” feature is not available for iPhones or iPads.
What is Do Not Track?
Do Not Track is a privacy feature available in most web browsers. When enabled, it sends a request to websites asking them not to collect or track your browsing data. By default, this feature is turned off.
However, it’s important to note that the feature only sends a request — it’s up to the websites you visit whether or not they choose to honor it. Many websites still collect and use your browsing data to improve security, provide content and services, serve ads, make recommendations, and generate reporting statistics.
It’s still worth enabling this feature as it adds an extra layer of privacy to your online activity.
Katrina Kaif recently travelled to Austria and shared several pictures from her stay at a luxurious health resort. The pictures showed Katrina taking a swim inside the pool, enjoying the snow-covered mountains, basking in the winter sun, and relaxing amid ice-cold temperatures. She also posted a picture of her table card at the resort, which had her name as ‘Mrs Katrina Kaif’.
Katrina Kaif stayed at a luxury medical health resort in Austria. (Instagram/@katrinakaif, mayrlife.com)
Also Read | Step inside Shahid Kapoor and Mira Rajput’s luxurious ₹58 crore sea-facing Mumbai home that’s like an art gallery
According to Katrina’s post, she stayed at the Mayrlife Altaussee, an award-winning medical health resort in Austria situated directly on the shores of Lake Altaussee.
More about the resort
The health resort offers visitors the opportunity to relax and rejuvenate with the help of medical experts, therapists, nutrition experts, and doctors.
How much does the room cost
During their stay, visitors get a chance to choose from different stay options, including rooms, suites, penthouses, or park residences. Each offers a view of the lake or the mountain landscape. Meanwhile, the park residences also offer a private spa. As per the Mayrlife website, the price of the rooms ranges from 290 EUR to as high as 2,300 EUR, which is approximately ₹2,09,362.
Additionally, the resort offers various medical treatments and programmes, including healthy ageing, stress control, weight care, anti-inflammation, spas, active detox, diabetes care, sports performance boost, movement and training therapies, massages, and more. Check out the price list here.
What’s next on the work front for Katrina Kaif?
Katrina recently visited the Maha Kumbh Mela in Prayagraj with her mother-in-law, Veena Kaushal. Pictures and videos of the actor participating in the rituals were shared on social media. Meanwhile, on the work front, Katrina was last seen in Merry Christmas. Directed by Sriram Raghavan, where she starred alongside Vijay Sethupathi.
Sigourney Weaver fears she had a “nervous breakdown” after a drama teacher had a brutal outlook on her career prospects. While studying at Yale University, Weaver says she had a hard time being cast in serious dramatic plays. Some of her acting teachers, she says, even labelled her as “talentless” and said she should “stick to comedy”.
Speaking to Gyles Brandreth on his Rosebud podcast, Weaver says some of the teachers were “horrible” to her and left her questioning her chances of breaking into acting. However, she eventually found success with the Yale Cabaret, an entirely student-run theatre that lets people act outside of their usual discipline.
While performing in shows in Connecticut, Weaver says she lived with her then boyfriend in New York, commuting between the two for school. It was then she feared she had a “nervous breakdown” that would leave her “sobbing on the train”.
The 75-year-old said: “I auditioned for all the drama schools and got into them all, including Yale, where I went. I was quite confident when I arrived and by the time I left they had told me I had no talent and would never get anywhere.
“They were horrible to everybody and by the time I left they were fired. By that point I thought, ‘I obviously have no talent, no one’s going to hire me’.
“I decided to stay at the school because my father said, ‘listen, I’ve already paid for a year and a half’, my mother said ‘pack your bags and leave’ and I thought, ‘well, at least if I get a degree I can run a theatre, and my friends could work there’.
“What ended up happening is that my friends rallied around me and I was in one cabaret show after the other. By the end of that year, I think I had a nervous breakdown, because I decided to live with my boyfriend in New York and commute everyday.
“I used to spend the whole commute just sobbing on the train. I was so discouraged.”
After leaving Yale in 1974, Weaver went on to appear in the Woody Allen-directed romantic comedy-drama Annie Hall as well as some stage shows. In 1979 however, a then relatively unknown Ridley Scott approached her with a script for Alien.
Weaver initially dismissed the film, saying she “didn’t like the script”. The film however became a blockbuster hit, despite mixed reviews, making around $188 million at the box office and becoming a cult classic.
Speaking about her time on Alien, Weaver said: “At the time I was a terrible snob. I went to the wrong place for the meeting. I’d read the script, which I thought was…you know…if you don’t know the design of the alien, and you don’t know Ridley Scott, because nobody knew Ridley Scott, you don’t really know what it is.
“So when he said, ‘What do you think of the script?’ I said: ‘Well, I didn’t really like it’”
Weaver says the film painted a “bleak picture of humanity” but was won over when Scott pulled out drawings of the alien. Brandreth pointed out that the film “changed her life” making Weaver a globally recognised star with a “big audience”.
Despite Volvo softening its electric vehicle (EV) plans globally, it’s still scaling up locally to become an all-electric brand by 2026.
Note: This is an updated version of a review first published in February 2024. There haven’t been any pricing or specification changes for MY25, save a name change of the Ultimate B4 trim to Ultra B4.
We have updated key details such as pricing and specifications with the most up-to-date information available. Read the original version of this review here.
As part of the process, Volvo has dropped the more powerful B5 mild-hybrid petrol engine from the XC40 range.
Instead the Swedish-Chinese carmaker now only offers the B4 mild-hybrid petrol engine to power the entire combustion-powered range. The electric versions of this car are now also called the EX40, not XC40 Recharge.
On test here is the Volvo XC40 Ultra B4 Dark. This model was previously referred to as the Ultimate B5 Dark when it had the more powerful B5 mild-hybrid petrol engine.
Is this top-spec version of the core Volvo XC40 range still convincing with a less-powerful mild-hybrid petrol engine? Read along to find out.
How does the Volvo XC40 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Volvo XC40 against similarly sized vehicles.
Volvo
XC40
How much does the Volvo XC40 cost?
Although the electric versions of this car are now called the EX40, the mild-hybrid versions have retained the XC40 name.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Volvo XC40 Plus B4
$54,990
2025 Volvo XC40 Plus B4 Special Edition
$54,990 ($59,990 drive-away)
2025 Volvo XC40 Ultra B4 Bright
$61,990
2025 Volvo XC40 Ultra B4 Dark
$62,990
2025 Volvo XC40 Black Edition
$63,990
To see how the Volvo XC40 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Volvo XC40 like on the inside?
Walking up to the Volvo XC40 Ultra B4 Dark, it’s a little hard to differentiate it from the more powerful but now-defunct Ultimate B5 Dark. The main change has happened under the bonnet.
Hopping in the XC40 has a sought-after elevated seating position, like a number of crossovers, that allows you to have good visibility around the car and also feel in command.
Our tester was equipped with the leather-accented charcoal upholstery which is a no-cost option. This also adds driftwood accent trim panels, charcoal tailored steering wheel, as well as a crystal gear shifter from Orrefors.
Despite being leather-accented, the XC40’s seats look and feel like they have a fair bit of faux leather on them. There was also a faint plasticky smell that lingered for the majority of the time I had the car. That’s not something that I’d correlate with a premium vehicle.
Both front seats have electric adjustment with heating. The latter is incredibly helpful on cool Melbourne days, though I’m surprised you can’t even option ventilated seats at all.
The driver’s seat has plenty of thigh support, which is aided by a manually extendable cushion extended. It felt like I was sitting on a La-Z-Boy recliner.
Despite this, the driver’s seat is a little flat and hard, which made driving for longer periods of time a bit uncomfortable. It also lack side bolstering, which at some points made me feel like I was falling out of my seat around corners.
Ahead of the driver is a faux leather-wrapped steering wheel that doesn’t feel anywhere as nice as one wrapped in proper leather. The steering wheel is still a nice size and has an outer rim that isn’t too thick.
All the buttons on the steering wheel are logically laid out and feature clear icons that make them easy to understand. The buttons also have a satisfying click action.
The same can be said for the indicator and wipers stalks positioned behind the steering wheel. Both have a satisfying thwack, although they have a number of icons and functions that make them a little confusing at first.
There’s a 12.0-inch digital instrument cluster as standard that’s both clear and high-resolution. Despite this the interface is largely black and a little lifeless. I understand Volvo is going for minimalism, but the same look could be achieved with two analogue dials and a smaller instrument cluster screen.
One of the few things you can change on the digital instrument cluster is whether the satellite navigation map is on or off. You can also bring up your trip statistics. That’s about it…
Moving across is a standard portrait-oriented 9.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system that has Google built-in. This means it has features including the Google Assistant, Google Maps, as well as access to the Google Play store.
The related Polestar 2 also has a infotainment system with Google built-in, though the screen in it is notably larger (11.2-inch v 9.0-inch). This makes the XC40’s touchscreen look a touch dated in comparison.
The touchscreen itself, like the digital instrument cluster, is high-resolution. It also appears to have plenty of processing power, which means it boots up quickly upon startup and new pages load fast.
Given the touchscreen is portrait-oriented it feels like using an iPad strapped to the dashboard. The native Google built-in interface is also really intuitive to navigate and use.
A lot of the time I didn’t actively look to connect my phone using smartphone mirroring as all the functions I usually look for, including Google Maps and Spotify, were already baked in or available on the Google Play store.
Speaking of smartphone mirroring however, the Volvo XC40 comes standard with wired Apple CarPlay only.
Like the majority of wired smartphone mirroring connections with my iPhone 15 Pro Max, I didn’t experience any dropouts whatsoever.
One gripe is all the climate control functions, including the operation of the heated seats and steering wheel, are altered using the touchscreen. You can use the Google Assistant, but for a lot of the time I’d much prefer having a physical button or dial.
There actually aren’t many physical buttons or dials in the XC40 at all. The main ones include a large volume knob with a play and pause button, a home button for the infotainment system, as well as smaller buttons for functions like the hazard lights and window defrosters.
Looking around the cabin there are some Scandinavian-looking and premium-feeling finishes including the vertical air vents, wooden dashboard inlays, metallic sections on the steering wheel, crystal gear shifter, and felt-lined door bins.
On the flip side however, there are a large number of harder plastics and piano black scattered around the cabin. The latter gets dirty and grimy really quickly, and it also gets scratched when you try to clean it.
Our tester was equipped with the optional glass panoramic sunroof that helps make the cabin ambience feel airier and lighter.
Although the rear doors themselves are large, the opening to get into the car isn’t. This meant I had to contort my legs getting both in and out.
Once you’re in the second row there’s plenty of leg, head, and shoulder space. It’s strange but the second-row seats are also much squishier and comfortable than the front seats.
There is however a large transmission hump in the second row that makes the centre seat feel a little cramped.
Second-row amenities include heated outboard seats, USB ports, centre console-mounted rear air vents, as well as a fold-down rear centre armrest with cupholders.
Moving around the back of the XC40 there’s a power tailgate that opens and closely swiftly and quietly. Once the tailgate is open there’s plenty of usable boot space on offer. Volvo quotes an official boot capacity figure of 460 litres.
There are heaps of bag hooks in the boot, as well as a 12V socket and a handy light on the tailgate. The latter is really handy when you’re trying to load items into the boot at nighttime.
The last thing I’ll mention in this section is one of my favourite features in the XC40. The boot floor is able to fold upwards and create a divider with bag hooks. This means items won’t be sliding around as much as you drive around.
Dimensions
Volvo XC40 Ultra B4 Dark
Length
4440mm
Width
1938mm
Height
1567mm
Wheelbase
2702mm
Cargo capacity
460L (5 seats) 1336L (2 seats)
To see how the Volvo XC40 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
The entire Volvo XC40 range is now powered by a 2.0-litre turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engine augmented with 48V mild-hybrid assistance.
Specifications
Volvo XC40 Ultra B4 Dark
Engine
2.0L 4cyl turbo-petrol 48V MHEV
Power
145kW
Torque
300Nm
Transmission
8-speed auto
Drive type
AWD
Weight (tare)
1729kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
7.3L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
8.1L/100km (250km mixed driving)
Fuel tank capacity
54L
Fuel requirement
95-octane premium unleaded
CO2 emissions
162g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Braked tow capacity
2100kg
To see how the Volvo XC40 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Volvo XC40 drive?
Starting up the Volvo XC40 Ultra B4 Dark is as easy as pressing the start button positioned between the digital instrument cluster and touchscreen infotainment system.
When you do press the start button, the 2.0-litre turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engine fires up seamlessly and quietly thanks in part to the 48V mild-hybrid system which includes a starter-generator.
Setting off can sometimes be a little jerky as the handbrake doesn’t automatically disengage when you select either reverse or drive. It only disengages when you accelerate beyond a certain point or turn it off yourself.
Once you do eventually get moving don’t expect the XC40’s B4 mild-hybrid petrol engine to blow you away at all. With 145kW and 300Nm, these outputs sound more than adequate on paper, but when combined the car’s porky 1.7-tonne tare weight it spells for tardy acceleration.
At the traffic lights plenty of cars will be taking off quicker than you. Cars with less power and torque will strangely be going quicker than you unless you give it more of the beans. Even then, there feels like there’s only just enough on tap.
When accelerating from a standstill the first two gears can rev out to 3000rpm pretty easily. This is jarring given peak torque is delivered from just 1500rpm.
The eight-speed torque-converter automatic transmission does the job and feels a little more natural than a dual-clutch transmission at low speeds, though at points it can feel a bit like an elastic band.
On the flip side when you’re slowing down the brake pedal has a lot of play in the first half of its travel and quickly bites. This means it can hard to tell how much pressure you need to apply to come to a stop smoothly.
The steering in the XC40 is incredibly light which makes low-speed manoeuvrability easy. The crossover also has a small turning circle. As standard there are front and rear parking sensors, dipping side mirrors, as well as a surround-view camera.
The latter of these defaults to a birds-eye view which can be a little tricky to properly gauge how far you actually are from obstacles. There are icons on the touchscreen that allow you to toggle between different views but it’s a little fiddly.
Around town the XC40 Ultra B4 Dark’s suspension is very resolved and compliant. Going over speed bumps are a breeze, though it would likely be even better if the car was equipped with smaller alloy wheels than the 20-inch units fitted as standard.
Even in everyday driving the XC40 has dynamic driving qualities. Sure there’s a little bit of body roll, which is synonymous with crossovers, but the car feels like it wants to be driven quickly.
That’s why it’s so disappointing the B4 mild-hybrid petrol engine can’t hold up its end.
Building up the speed in the XC40 takes a bit of time and work but eventually happens. The engine usually makes a bit of a commotion when asked to accelerate to highway speeds and it’s not really the best sound ever.
Once you’re at highway speeds the revs are kept low and the car finds a groove. A bit more power would be nice though as when you want to overtake the car feels like it’s running out of puff.
On the safety front, the XC40’s adaptive cruise control system does like to initially brake when it detects a car ahead of you, but it eventually sorts itself out.
The cruise control can also creep over the set speed by up to 5km/h before braking, which is a little too lenient if you ask me. In many instances I found myself pumping the brakes to bring my speed back under the limit and then resetting the cruise control.
The XC40’s lane-keep assist function can get a really handy feature when you’re travelling along clearly marked highways and freeways, though on many roads I found the system pinballed within the lane. This didn’t necessarily inspire confidence and for the most part I drove the car with this function turned off.
Lastly, the Pixel LED headlights equipped to our tester are fantastic. When you have the low-beams turned on they have a handy turning function which illuminates around a corner. This makes spotting a pedestrian stepping out onto the road around the corner at nighttime, for example, at lot easier.
The Pixel LED headlights also have an adaptive high-beam which makes rural and regional driving so much easier. You don’t need to worry about dipping your lights when there’s an oncoming car and can instead keep an eye on whether an animal could stray onto your path.
To see how the Volvo XC40 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
On test here is the XC40 Ultra B4 Dark, which is the top-spec variant in the core lineup.
XC40 Plus B4 highlights:
Power tailgate
Automatic LED headlights
Automatic high-beam
Rain-sensing wipers
18-inch five-spoke silver alloy wheels
12.0-inch digital instrument cluster
Wireless phone charging
9.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Google built-in operating system
Google Automotive Services
Volvo Cars app
DAB+ digital radio
8-speaker sound system
Dual-zone climate control
Air purifier
Keyless entry and start
Heated steering wheel
Leatherette upholstery
Power driver’s seat with memory
Heated front seats
Heated outboard rear seats
Manual seat cushion extension
Power passenger seat
Power-folding second-row headrests
XC40 Plus B4 Special Edition:
19-inch Y-spoke matte graphite alloy wheels
Surround-view camera
Leather-accented upholstery
XC40 Ultra B4 Bright adds:
XC40 Ultra B4 Dark adds:
20-inch double-spoke black alloy wheels
Alcantara-accented upholstery
Options
There is a variety of optional equipment available on the XC40 Ultra B4 Dark.
Lifestyle package: $3200
Panoramic glass sunroof
Privacy glass
Harman Kardon premium sound system
Single options:
Panoramic glass sunroof ($2350)
Harman Kardon premium sound system ($1300)
Tinted rear windows ($800)
Leather-accented upholstery ($NCO)
To see how the Volvo XC40 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
Is the Volvo XC40 safe?
The Volvo XC40 had a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on 2018 Euro NCAP tests, but this has lapsed since January 2025.
Standard safety features include:
Front, side, curtain and driver’s knee airbags
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Vulnerable road user detection
Lane departure warning
Lane keep assist
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Adaptive cruise control
Reversing camera
Front, rear parking sensors
The Ultra B4 Bright adds a surround-view camera.
To see how the Volvo XC40 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How much does the Volvo XC40 cost to run?
Volvo covers its range with a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Servicing and Warranty
Volvo XC40
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
5 years
Service intervals
12 months or 15,000km
Pre-paid service plans
$2380 (3 years) $3870 (5 years)
To see how the Volvo XC40 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Volvo XC40
The Volvo XC40 is starting to get on in years now yet it still remains fresh amid an electric push for the Swedish-Chinese brand. The combustion engine range however is starting to seem like an afterthought.
It’s a little disappointing Volvo has axed the more powerful B5 mild-hybrid petrol engine from the XC40 range. The B4 mild-hybrid petrol engine is fine, but you definitely need to work it to get the porky crossover moving at a brisk pace.
Despite being $2000 cheaper, it feels the XC40 Ultimate B4 Dark has lost its defining factor. When it previously had the B5 mild-hybrid engine it was the pick for those wanting a bit more power and torque.
I can see why Volvo has gone down this path however as it’s wanting to make its electric EX40 variants more attractive. Now if want more power you’ll need to step up to the electric single-motor rear-wheel drive variant (175kW/420Nm) or the dual-motor all-wheel drive variant (300kW/660Nm).
Both of these EX40 variants are considerably more expensive than the petrol-powered Ultra B4 Dark on test here.
If you’re not willing to go electric and are wanting to stick with the petrol, you’d arguably be better off looking at the more affordable XC40 Ultra B4 Bright or Plus B4 instead of the flagship Ultra B4 Dark.
You won’t be missing out on much as both of these more affordable petrol-powered XC40 variants come with the majority of the features included in our tester.
Interested in buying a Volvo XC40? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Technicolor India will not pay February salaries to over 2,000 employees due to financial issues at its Paris-based parent company. The closure affects staff in Mumbai and Bengaluru.
Technicolor India shuts down its operations.
Technicolor India Shut Down: Over 2,000 employees at Technicolor India will not receive their February salaries, according to Biren Ghose, MD, Asia-Pacific for Technicolor Group. The announcement follows the complete closure of the Indian arm, impacting employees in Mumbai and Bengaluru.
Unexpected Financial Troubles
Ghose explained in a town hall that Technicolor India was unexpectedly caught in the financial turmoil of its Paris-based parent company. The decision by the Paris headquarters to enter receivership or liquidation came as a surprise. Despite efforts to secure salaries, Technicolor India was informed that the global headquarters could not provide the necessary funds.
Techicolor’s Legacy
Technicolor’s Legacy and Uncertain Future Technicolor Group is renowned for its visual effects, motion graphics, and animation services across the entertainment, media, and advertising industries. The company boasts an impressive portfolio, including contributions to films like *The Lion King* and *Mufasa*, as well as popular franchises such as Harry Potter and Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles.
Technicolor US Studios Announce Shutdown
Several US-based studios owned by Technicolor subsidiaries, including The Mill, MPC Advertising, and Mikros Animation, are closing their doors. The decision comes amidst reports of significant financial struggles impacting the company. While estimates vary, Technicolor employs between 4,500 and 6,000 people, with some reports suggesting the number could be over 10,000. This news follows Technicolor Group’s Chapter 15 bankruptcy filing in 2020 during the COVID-19 pandemic, marking another challenging chapter for the 110-year-old company.
News business Technicolor India Shutdown: Unable To Pay February Salaries, Says Head Biren Ghose
Maradona Legends, recognized as the only official project authorized to represent Diego Maradona in Web3, is a new ecosystem aimed at boosting fan engagement among the five billion-strong global football community. The platform offers digital collectibles, immersive fan experiences, and early-bird stakeholder opportunities in future gaming initiatives, bridging the passion for football and cutting-edge blockchain technology.
The presale, launched on February 20, 2025, marks the first chance for fans and investors to tap into Maradona’s digital legacy through DM10 tokens, which offer governance rights and exclusive perks.
Alongside this, the platform rolls out the first comprehensive Tap2Earn feature, letting users join airdrops and relive defining moments from the career of the Golden Boy of football. Diego’s remarkable rise to glory remains a compelling story, inspiring the next wave of players in the world game.
Another important aspect of Maradona Legends is that it envisages an immersive environment for fans using blockchain technology. They can use this environment to relive iconic moments like the Hand of God and Goal of the Century from 1986.
Notably, the ecosystem is designed to cater to a wide range of football fans, from seasonal followers who tune in for major tournaments like the FIFA World Cup to dedicated enthusiasts who closely follow club leagues year-round.
To enhance this engagement beyond the digital space, its token infrastructure allows multiple pathways for fan interaction, integrating Real World Assets (RWAs) such as authentic memorabilia from El Diego. This not only enables fans to own a piece of football history but also strengthens the project’s TVL, ensuring a sustainable economy where player participation translates into tangible benefits and contributes to the long-term preservation of the legacy.
Strategic Partnerships and Technological Infrastructure
The Maradona Legends Platform has successfully inked important partnerships to maintain the platform’s cutting-edge technological advantage.
Its partnership with Sequence allows a seamless blockchain gaming experience and asset management on the digital front.
On the other hand, its association with WoV Labs introduces digital passport technology, which ensures proof of authenticity for rare digital memorabilia such as NFTs while also enabling real-life activations. This phygital connection bridges the gap between the digital and physical worlds, offering fans an immersive and verifiable way to engage with Maradona’s legacy.
Additionally, Maradona Legends has already secured key partnerships with figures from the Argentinian legend’s career, including Mariano Israelit, further strengthening the project’s credibility and historical significance.
As the official rights holder of the legend’s digital legacy, the platform’s goal is to keep the legacy of the great man alive through digital engagement.
At the heart of the platform is its proprietary Tap-to-Earn (T2E) for the airdrop and more. This first Maradona-inspired mini-app is one where players can relive iconic moments from his legendary career, starting with Diego as a kid and following through on how he earned his legacy.
In the words of Pedro Sandoval, Co-Founder & CEO,
Maradona Legends was created to preserve and expand the legacy of Diego Maradona in a way that truly belongs to the people—his fans. Our mission is to bring Diego and his Fans greatest moments to life through Web3, giving supporters the power to create, own, play, and engage with his history like never before. By integrating gaming, NFTs, and blockchain technology, we are building a fan-driven ecosystem where every collector, player, and believer in Maradona can participate in shaping his legacy. Our vision is to create the ultimate digital and physical tribute to the greatest footballer of all time—an evolving, community-powered space where the spirit of Maradona will live forever, powered by those who love him most.
The digital collectible side of things is a crucial aspect of the Maradona Legends platform, with DM10 serving as the primary token for fan engagement and in-game rewards. The latter is the governance token of Maradona Legends and allows anyone to become a stakeholder and participate in crucial decision-making regarding the future of the platform. This includes game releases, features, new game ideas, events and also allows direct input from them on how Maradona’s legacy can be preserved and celebrated.
While the primary target audience of Maradona Legends is the 5 billion-strong footballing community, other users are also welcome. They can take advantage of the blockchain gaming initiative and enter to earn a chance to collect rare NFTs.
Conclusion
The Maradona Legends ecosystem is part of the next iteration of sports engagement using blockchain technology. Combining innovative gaming experiences and authentic memorabilia has never been so effective as this platform. It creates unprecedented opportunities for fans from around the world to be a part of the digital legacy of the great player.
Maradona Legends has a clear roadmap ahead for development and expansion, including game releases and continuous platform enhancements. The platform is expected to establish new standards for the future and preserve the history of the iconic figure.
Display of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAV) took the limelight at this year’s IInvenTiv, A Global Innovation Showcase 2025, held at IIT Madras, showcasing some of the solutions to solve socio economic problems of the country.
IIT Indore had a drone-based antenna measures and testing system for communication, defence and space technology. SkyGuard, a semi-supervised drone technology from IIT Goa is for real time traffic rule enforcement and IIT Kanpur had a novel shape morphing drone. All the three are in prototype stage.
Abhirup Datta, Professor, Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics & Space Engineering at IIT Indore, told businessline that Low Frequency Antenna Categorisation System for Space Application can replace traditional anechoic chamber by utilising drone technology testing in real-world conditions. The drone can aid in the development of methodologies to increase efficiency of communication and detection of signals. The drone can also help in identifying infrastructural defects in remote locations.
Characterising large antennas, essential for applications like radio astronomy and deep-space communications, is challenging due to their size, which complicates measurements of gain, polarisation and radiation pattern. To address this, the institute autonomously revolves around the antenna with a Radio Frequency (RF) transmitting (Tx) payload, while the large antenna acts as a receiver.
Also read: OpenAI unveils GPT-4.5: A smarter, less ‘hallucinating’ LLM
The ground station collects data from the drone’s RF Tx payload and positional information, mapping it to characterise the antenna. The RF Tx payload has been tested and its integration with the drone is under testing. The system can help advancements in communication and scientific research, and is useful for communication, sectors defence and aerospace, he said.
Datta and Harsha Avinash Tansi are inventors of the drone for which a patent is under process.
An official of IIT Kanpur at the stall said that the quadcopter drone features a shape-morphing design that enhances manoeuvrability in confined spaces. It is equipped with a novel built-in-gripper that adapts to changing loads. It is ideal for rescue missions in hard-to-reach environments, such as collapsed structures and caves. The prototype has been validated through real-environment testing, he said.
Two wheeler riders face significant risks due to minimal protection with India recording an average of 304 daily fatalities in 2020 from accidents involving unhelmeted riders. Existing methods like manual surveillance are costly, have limited coverage and are inefficient in ensuring compliance with helmet regulations.
SkyGuard, an Automated Helmet Detection System, drone-based solution leverages deep learning for enhanced detection. The project, which is still in the prototype and tested inside IIT Goa campus, said an official. The project is supported by the Centre for Drone Applications, IIT Goa, funded by MeiTY under the Capacity Building for Human Resource Development in Unmanned Aircraft System, he said.
India’s largest R&D Fair
Other than drones, some of the interesting products on display at the exhibition included the world’s first autonomous wing-in ground craft for high-speed transportation by WaterFly Technologies incubated at IIT Madras. “Our vision is simple. We want to enable sustainable, high-speed transportation across the globe at less than $100 per ticket,” said Harish Rajesh, Co-Founder & CEO of WaterFly.
India’s largest R&D Fair, IInvenTiv 2025 showcases groundbreaking innovations from IITs, NITs, IISc, IISERs, and other top 50 NIRF-ranked premier institutes. It is being organised under the auspices of the Ministry of Education, Government of India.
Being held today and tomorrow (28th Feb & 1st March 2025) at the IIT Madras Campus, IInvenTiv brings together top research groups and industry from across India.
One of the best parts of staying at a luxury hotel is sinking into an ultra-comfortable mattress. The right mattress can bring that plush, luxurious feel right to your home. Whether you prefer memory foam, a plush pillow top or something else entirely, we’ve tested a variety to help you find the perfect supportive option. In a CNET survey, six in ten US adults said they’d invest in better sleep — so let’s find the best place to start.
CNET’s team of nine mattress experts has thoroughly tested around 300 mattresses over the years, including the exact models used in high-end hotels. We’ve rounded up the best hotel-quality mattresses that offer the perfect blend of support and comfort — just like a luxury hotel bed.
How we sort our mattresses
What’s the best hotel mattress overall?
The WinkBed mattress is the epitome of a luxury hotel mattress. It has a plush, fluffy pillow top and a durable, thick hybrid construction that supports all body types. WinkBed even offers three firmness options to accommodate all sleeping positions. It also doesn’t hurt that the WinkBed looks like a bed straight out of a magazine.
Video: Best hotel mattress
The best hotel mattresses in 2025
8.4
Photo Gallery1/1
Why we chose the WinkBed mattress: The main defining feature of the Wink bed mattress is its nice, fluffy pillow top. I think it will feel similar to a lot of beds you’d find in a high-end hotel. According to WinkBed, it designed this mattress to emulate a hotel-style mattress.
Another standout feature of the WinkBed mattress is that you can choose your firmness level, so it suits all sleeping positions. You have three firmness options to choose from — the Softer model, Luxury Firm and the Firmer model. The firmest option you can choose is the WinkBed Plus, but it’s really a separate mattress altogether and specifically geared for the needs of heavier sleepers.
Based on how nice and luxurious it is, it’s not as expensive as you might think. After discounts, you’re looking at only $1,500 for a queen-size, and the company often throws in a few extras like sheets and pillows.
CNET Score Breakdown
Performance
8
Policies
9
Durability
8
Features
9
8.3
Photo Gallery1/1
Why we chose the Helix Midnight Luxe mattress: The Helix Luxe mattress does a good job of emulating hotel-style comfort at home. The brand has six different beds to choose from, which is honestly a little overwhelming. Luckily, Helix has an easy-to-use sleep quiz on its website, which matches you with the bed that’s right for you. Looking for a new mattress? With this CNET-exclusive deal, you can take 27% off Helix sitewide and get two free pillows with any mattress purchase. This is the biggest discount available — you won’t find it anywhere else. Use code CNET27 at checkout.
I suspect that the majority of people who take the quiz will wind up with either the Moonlight or the Midnight mattress because they are more generally accommodating mattresses that are great for accommodating different sleeping positions.
Regardless of the Luxe model you’re matched with, all of them come with a great pillow top. They add a zone support coil structure and you can even get it with a cooling cover, which is nice. There’s a ton to like about the Helix Luxe lineup of mattresses.
The Helix Luxe mattress is a bit more expensive than your average bed in a box. I think you can expect that just by looking at them. You’re looking at about $1,780 for a queen size after factoring in discounts, but I think it’s still a solid value, considering the amazing quality and construction of the bed.
CNET Score Breakdown
Performance
8
Policies
7.5
Durability
9
Features
8.5
9.3
Photo Gallery1/1
Pricing based on Queen model
Why we chose the Saatva Classic mattress: The Saatva Classic is one of the best innerspring mattresses and is kind of similar to the WinkBed in that it has a decent pillow top as its primary comfort layer and it’s pretty supportive. In addition to the 3″ Euro pillow top, the Saatva Classic has two separate layers of coils for extra support, so I think it’ll be a great option for people with back pain, heavy sleepers or anyone who wants those additional reinforcements.
You can also select your firmness level with the Saatva Classic. There’s a Plush Soft model, a Luxury Firm and Firm. The Luxury Firm is a nice pick for back, stomach sleepers and some combo sleepers. The Plush Soft is closer to a medium and good for side sleepers. The Firm model is a truly firm bed, and only recommended to strict back sleepers who want little to no give. You also have the option to buy it in a 14.5-inch profile or an 11.5-inch profile.
Like the WinkBed mattress, the Saatva Classic is a great deal for what you’re getting. A queen-size mattress will cost you about $1,780. Instead of showing up inside of a box, this mattress comes with complimentary white glove delivery.
CNET Score Breakdown
Performance
9
Policies
8.5
Durability
9.5
Features
10
8.9
Photo Gallery1/1
Why we chose the Nolah Evolution 15 mattress: The Nolah Evolution 15 Mattress is another nice pillow top hybrid that’s supportive and luxurious. The mattress contains the unique proprietary Nolah Air Foam that you’ll only find in Nolah mattresses.
With the Nolah Air Foam, you get the cradling sensation of memory foam, but the foam is also responsive. That said, it has more of a memory foam feel compared to the other beds mentioned in our best hotel mattress review. It has a zoned-support coil structure like the Helix Lux does, and it also has three different firmness options you can pick from when you’re checking out.
The luxury firm model is their most popular, and that one’s actually closer to a medium, so it should work pretty well for everybody. The cover of the Nolah Evolution 15 hybrid is slightly cool to the touch. I wouldn’t necessarily put it in the active cooling category as our threshold for active cooling beds is high, but does a nice job at sleeping temperature neutral in most environments.
After discounts, you’re looking at $1,600 for a queen-size Nolah Evolution Hybrid, which makes it a great value.
CNET Score Breakdown
Performance
9
Policies
8
Durability
9.5
Features
9
8.5
Photo Gallery1/1
Why we chose the Nest Bedding Sparrow mattress: Not surprisingly, we have another luxurious pillow top hybrid on our roundup of best hotel mattresses. It’s the Nest Bedding Sparrow, and I slept on the original version of this mattress for a long time. If you unzip the pillow top, you’ll find a thick layer of what it calls eject foam. This foam has a nice balance between sink, comfort and support. It doesn’t feel much like a memory foam, and most people will find it comfortable.
Like most in our best hotel mattress review, you can pick and choose your firmest level with the Nest Bedding Sparrow. I would recommend most people go with the medium model. It should work pretty well for all sleeping positions, but you also have the Plush option, as well as a Firm.
One novel feature of the Sparrow Hybrid is the lifetime renewal exchange program the brand offers, where you can get a free pillow-top foam replacement at any point in owning the mattress. Price-wise, you’re looking at about $1,900 for a queen-size after applying a discount, which puts it in a similar pricing tier to the beds we’ve discussed so far.
CNET Score Breakdown
Performance
8
Policies
9
Durability
8.5
Features
8.5
8.5
Photo Gallery1/1
Why we chose the Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe mattress: The Aurora Luxe from Brooklyn Bedding is the best cooling mattress that also feels like something you’d find inside a hotel. Most brands claim that their beds sleep cool, but most of the time that proves not to be true. The Aurora Luxe is an active cooling bed with a cool-to-the-touch cover.
This bed doesn’t have that traditional pillowtop feel like the majority of the beds on this list. It has more of a soft neutral feel, which just means you’re not going to get that fluffy feeling that you would expect from a pillow top. That said, Brooklyn Bedding recently announced they’re adding a Cloud Pillowtop option for the Aurora Luxe, and we’ll be trying it out very soon.
You have the option to choose your firmness level. Again, I would just recommend going with that medium model first. It works pretty well for everybody, but you also have a Plush model that’ll be softer, and a firmer option as well.
After discounts on the base model, you’re looking at about $1,400, which makes it a nice value for this bed, and the most wallet-friendly bed in our best hotel mattress review.
CNET Score Breakdown
Performance
8
Policies
7
Durability
9
Features
10
CNET editors pick the products and services we write about based on editorial merit. When you buy through our links, we may get a commission.
Our CNET mattress team has tested over 200 beds, and within that collection, a handful of mattresses stood out as the best hotel mattresses. Hotel mattresses are typically thick, durable and accommodating so they are comfortable for any type of guest who stays, from a petite side sleeper to a heavy back or stomach sleeper. The criteria for finding the best hotel mattress include:
Accommodating firmness options
Strong, hybrid construction to accommodate all body types
Firmness: Most hotels have mattresses with medium to medium-firm firmness levels because a medium profile provides a good balance between supportive and pressure relieving. For a true hotel-like feel, opt for a bed with medium or medium-firm firmness level. Choose a soft mattress if it accommodates your specific needs better.
Feel: Most hotel mattresses have a neutral feel that won’t turn off guests when they sleep in them as dense memory foam might do. They also often include a pillow top, which gives a mattress an extra plush and soft feel. For that ultimate five-star hotel mattress experience, try to buy one with a pillow top.
Construction: The best hotel mattresses are built to last and support all body types. That’s why we suggest a hybrid mattress that combines foam and supportive coils if you want to achieve that hotel-mattress feel.
Hotels often use hybrid mattresses that combine foam and coils because they support all body types and are longer-lasting. High-end hotels typically furnish their rooms with pillow-top mattresses that add an extra layer of comfort and luxury.
They are typically quality-built mattresses with accommodating features so they suit all kinds of different guests. If you sleep better on a hotel mattress than your own, it’s possible yours isn’t accommodating for your sleeping position or body type or it’s outlasted its lifespan.
After testing many different beds, our team found these mattresses emulate the feel of a hotel mattress most:
WinkBed mattress
Saatva Classic
Helix Lux mattresses
Nolah Evolution 15
Nest Bedding Sparrow
Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Lux
Our Experts
Our expert, award-winning staff selects the products we cover and rigorously researches and tests our top picks. If you buy through our links, we may get a commission.
Reviews ethics statement
How we test
Owen PooleSenior Video Producer
Owen Poole, a Certified Sleep Science Coach and proclaimed mattress expert, has been producing sleep video content in the wellness space for over three years. After earning his certification from the Spencer Institute and dedicating hundreds of hours to sleep research, he has extensive knowledge on the topic and how to improve your quality of rest. Having more experience with lying on mattresses than most, Owen has reviewed over 150 beds and a variety of different sleep products including pillows, mattress toppers and sheets. Before he was writing about sleep, he graduated as a Digital Communication Arts major from Oregon State University. The current mattress Owen sleeps on is the Casper Nova Hybrid since it helps keep his spine in a comfortable, neutral position. When Owen isn’t reviewing products, he loves to run, cycle and cook healthy food. Pizza is his kryptonite.
The information contained in this article is for educational and informational purposes only and is not intended as health or medical advice. Always consult a physician or other qualified health provider regarding any questions you may have about a medical condition or health objectives.
Heart disease is the world’s leading cause of mortality, comprising 32% of all deaths.
But that doesn’t mean people are powerless against the condition — there are some steps they can take to help reduce the risk.
In addition to adopting healthier lifestyle habits, getting a specific screening — the coronary artery calcium (CAC) score — can help detect early signs of heart disease, experts say.
DISEASE STARTS ON YOUR PLATE, CARDIOLOGIST SAYS — HERE’S WHAT TO CHANGE
What is the CAC score?
The CAC score is a specialized CT scan that measures calcium buildup in the walls of the heart’s arteries, according to board-certified cardiologist Dr. Robert Segal, founder of Manhattan Cardiology and co-founder of https://www.labfinder.com.
Getting a specific screening — the coronary artery calcium (CAC) score — can help detect early signs of heart disease, experts say.(iStock)
“This calcium points to the accumulation of plaque that can cause heart disease,” he told Fox News Digital.
The higher the score, the more calcium in the arteries, thus a greater likelihood of a heart attack, stroke or other cardiac issue.
SOME WINTER VIRUSES COULD TRIGGER HEART COMPLICATIONS, EXPERTS WARN
A calcium score of zero indicates no coronary calcium and places the individual at a very low risk for heart disease. A calcium score greater than 400 indicates a high risk of heart disease, according to Dr. Bradley Serwer, an interventional cardiologist and chief medical officer at VitalSolution, an Ingenovis Health company that offers cardiovascular and anesthesiology services to hospitals.
“The CAC score is obtained with a rapid, low-dose CT scan,” Maryland-based Serwer told Fox News Digital.
“A high score indicates that you should work with your doctor to reduce your risk.”
The scan images are processed using specialized computer software, producing what is called an “Agatston score.”
“This computer algorithm evaluates how much calcium is present and calculates a number or score,” Serwer said.
The CAC score is a “non-traditional risk factor” that isn’t as widely known as more routine screenings like cholesterol checks or blood pressure measurements, according to one expert.(iStock)
The CAC score is a “non-traditional risk factor” that isn’t as widely known as more routine screenings like cholesterol checks or blood pressure measurements, according to Segal.
“Still, awareness is rising as more research shows how valuable it is in forecasting cardiac disease,” he said.
What to do with the CAC score
The result of the scan can help people take charge of their cardiac conditions, experts say.
“It’s helpful because it helps identify heart disease early, even if you have no symptoms,” Segal said. “This allows for preventive steps, like lifestyle changes or medications, to lower your risk.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
If the CAC score is zero, Segal recommends keeping up good practices and continuing to track risk variables.
“A low score indicates mild plaque; therefore, lifestyle changes such as improving diet, exercising and lowering cholesterol will help,” he said. “A high score indicates that you should work with your doctor to reduce your risk, maybe with statins.”
The result of the scan helps people detect and take charge of their cardiac conditions even if they have no symptoms, experts say.(iStock)
Generally, if a CAC score is zero, there is little need to repeat the study for five years, according to Serwer.
For those with an elevated calcium score, there is limited data on the benefit of repeat testing.
“These patients should discuss their individual case with a trained cardiologist to determine the need for any further testing,” Serwer advised.
THIS DISEASE KILLS MORE PEOPLE THAN ALL CANCERS AND ACCIDENTS COMBINED
The test is used in combination with other risk factors, such as cholesterol, blood pressure and diabetes, to determine who needs aggressive medical therapy for primary prevention of heart disease.
“The earlier we can identify those at higher risk of a heart attack, the earlier we can start them on proven therapies to avoid bad outcomes,” Serwer said.
“While we have no data that shows merely performing this test makes you live longer, knowing who we need to treat aggressively and knowing when we can delay or avoid medical therapy is very important.”
Potential risks and limitations
In terms of potential risk, Segal compared the CAC scan to a mammography, noting that it’s fast, noninvasive, uses only a small amount of radiation, and does not involve dye injection.
“It only gauges current calcium, and it cannot identify soft plaque that’s not solidified,” he noted.
The test can be performed in most radiology departments. For those who are only getting a coronary artery calcium score, there is no preparation required.(iStock)
Segal also cautioned that a zero CAC score does not imply zero risk — particularly in cases of diabetes or smoking, which are additional risk factors.
“It’s a useful instrument to be coupled with other health evaluations,” he added.
How to get the test
People interested in getting the CAC score should start by seeing a cardiologist.
“Those between the ages of 40 and 70 who have risk factors like high cholesterol, high blood pressure or a family history of heart disease are usually advised to get the scan,” Segal said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Serwer recommends that patients discuss individual risk with their primary care provider to determine whether the test will be helpful.
“We don’t currently have standardized guidelines for testing or frequency of repeat testing,” he said.
“Some plans consider this test elective or investigational and therefore won’t pay for it.”
The test can be performed in most radiology departments. For those who are only getting a coronary artery calcium score, there is no preparation required, Serwer noted.
“There is no need for IV contrast, so there is no need to fast or obtain blood work prior to getting this study.”
Coverage for the CAC test varies based on individual insurance plans.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“Some plans consider this test elective or investigational and therefore won’t pay for it,” Serwer noted.
“Medicare currently does not cover the cost for asymptomatic people for risk stratification purposes.”
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
W dzisiejszych czasach wiele firm technologicznych oferuje programy wymiany, które umożliwiają użytkownikom sprzedaż lub wymianę starych urządzeń na nowsze modele. Dell, jako jedna z wiodących marek komputerowych, również oferuje programy, które mogą być korzystne dla osób szukających możliwości wymiany swojego sprzętu. Dell posiada specjalne opcje, które pozwalają użytkownikom na wymianę starych laptopów, komputerów stacjonarnych czy innych urządzeń, co daje im szansę na zaktualizowanie swojego sprzętu, a jednocześnie na uzyskanie pewnej wartości za urządzenie, które już nie jest im potrzebne.
Dell oferuje program wymiany w ramach swojej platformy Dell Reconnect. Jest to inicjatywa, która współpracuje z organizacją non-profit Goodwill, pozwalając klientom oddać swoje stare urządzenia w miejscach zbiórki lub punktach partnerskich. Program ten jest przede wszystkim skierowany do osób, które chcą pozbyć się nieużywanego sprzętu, a jednocześnie nie chcą po prostu go wyrzucać. Sprzęt może zostać przekazany do recyklingu lub naprawy, a dochód ze sprzedaży używanego sprzętu trafia na rzecz wspierania inicjatyw Goodwill, które pomagają osobom szukającym pracy. To dobry sposób na pozbycie się starych urządzeń, jednocześnie pomagając innym i dbając o środowisko.
Dell również oferuje programy wymiany bezpośrednio związane z zakupem nowych urządzeń. Dla firm i użytkowników indywidualnych, którzy decydują się na zakup nowego laptopa czy komputera stacjonarnego, firma oferuje możliwość wymiany swojego starego sprzętu na rabat przy zakupie nowego urządzenia. Program ten działa na zasadzie zwrotu wartości urządzenia, które jest oceniane przez przedstawicieli firmy. Wartość wymiany jest uzależniona od stanu technicznego sprzętu oraz jego wieku, a po ocenie Dell oferuje klientowi rabat lub kartę podarunkową, którą można wykorzystać na zakup nowego sprzętu.
Czy Dell ma program wymiany?
Proces wymiany sprzętu w ramach programu Dell jest stosunkowo prosty. Użytkownicy mogą skontaktować się z przedstawicielami firmy lub odwiedzić stronę internetową, aby dowiedzieć się, jak dokładnie przebiega wymiana. W przypadku wymiany urządzenia bezpośrednio na nowy produkt, klient musi dostarczyć swoje stare urządzenie do punktu wymiany, gdzie zostanie ono ocenione. Na podstawie tej oceny Dell zaoferuje odpowiednią wartość rabatu na nowy sprzęt. Jeśli chodzi o wymianę w ramach programu Dell Reconnect, wystarczy przynieść urządzenie do punktu zbiórki, gdzie zostanie ono odpowiednio przetworzone.
Warto również wspomnieć, że Dell w ramach swoich programów wymiany stawia na bezpieczeństwo danych. Przed oddaniem urządzenia do wymiany lub recyklingu, firma oferuje możliwość usunięcia danych w sposób, który zapewnia ich pełne usunięcie, chroniąc użytkowników przed ryzykiem wycieku prywatnych informacji.
Programy wymiany Dell to świetna okazja dla osób, które chcą pozbyć się starego sprzętu, a przy tym zyskać coś w zamian, na przykład rabat na nowy laptop lub komputer stacjonarny. Dzięki takim inicjatywom firma Dell wspiera zarówno swoich klientów, jak i ochronę środowiska. Jeśli masz stary sprzęt, który nie jest już używany, warto sprawdzić, czy Dell oferuje odpowiednie programy wymiany w twojej okolicy, co może okazać się wygodnym i ekologicznym rozwiązaniem.
Roti, fulka or chappati is a flatbread prepared daily in many Indian households. It is prepared using freshly kneaded atta or wheat flour. Amateurs often struggle with making round rotis and despite all hacks, the ultimate key is practice. All rotis may look the same – round and plain – but are actually quite versatile. How? With the simple addition of an ingredient or two, you can upgrade your rotis and make them more flavourful and exciting. Let’s try!
Here Are 5 Yummy And Interesting Roti Variations You Must Try:
1. Italian Roti
Give your desi rotis and Italian spin with chilly flakes, oregano and fresh herbs. Add these ingredients to your atta dough. Take a small ball-sized portion, roll, and cook on a tawa (pan). Skip desi ghee and choose olive oil for making this flavourful roti. You can also add some grated cheese on top for that added nutty-creamy taste.
2. Pink Heart Roti
Add beetroot puree to your atta and knead it into a pink-coloured dough. Now, roll out the dough and using a knife, carve it into a heart shape. Cook from both sides and serve with love.
3. Multicolour Roti
Similar to the pink roti, you can also make multicolour roti by adding different natural colours to your dough, such as beetroot for pink/purple, blue pea flower powder for blue, spinach puree for green and haldi for yellow. You can use each dough for making rotis of different colours. Alternatively, combine small portions of different doughs and make a multi-coloured roti. Cook and enjoy these fun and tasty rotis. Don’t forget to take a picture if you like posting your food experiments on social media.
4. Achaari Roti
Plain roti too boring? Spice it up by adding achaar masala to your atta dough. Roll out the rotis, cook and enjoy. The spices, tangy ingredients and mustard oil add a yummy flavour to your roti.
5. Cheeni Roti
Why stick to just savoury upgrades? You can also add some sugar to your roti dough. Take a small ball from the dough, make a cavity and add some sugar crystals. Seal it, gently roll it and cook it from both sides. The sugar will melt and caramelise, giving a sweet taste and crunchy texture. Alternatively, you can make a sugar syrup and add it to the atta while kneading the dough.
Also Read: 7 Roti Mistakes You Did Not Even Realise You Were Making
Do you have any personal special ways of adding a flavourful twist to plain-old rotis? Share with us in the comments section.
About Jigyasa KakwaniJigyasa finds her solace through writing, a medium she is exploring to make the world more informed and curious with every story published. She is always up for exploring new cuisines, but her heart comes back to the comforting ghar-ka-khana.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-02-27/Trump-says-EU-was-born-to-screw-U-S–1Bl0xkyuXK0/img/80926ea6d77e40cf8336c301488d0df7/80926ea6d77e40cf8336c301488d0df7.jpeg' alt='U.S. President Donald Trump speaks during a cabinet meeting at the White House in Washington, D.C., February 26, 2025. /VCG'
The European Union (EU) was born to “screw” the United States, U.S. President Donald Trump said Wednesday during the first cabinet meeting of his second presidency.
“The European Union was formed to screw the United States – that’s the purpose of it and they’ve done a good job of it,” Trump told reporters in Washington, D.C. “But now I’m president.”
Trump said he would soon release details of his latest tariff threat. “We have made a decision and we’ll be announcing it very soon. It’ll be 25 percent,” he said.
The European Commission immediately shot back. “The European Union is the world’s largest free market. And it has been a boon for the United States,” the AFP quoted a European Commission source as saying Wednesday.
The source also said that the EU would respond “firmly and immediately” to new tariffs.
“The EU wasn’t formed to screw anyone,” Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk rebutted Trump’s words on X, noting that “Quite the opposite. It was formed to maintain peace, to build respect among our nations, to create free and fair trade, and to strengthen our transatlantic friendship. As simple as that.”
In recent weeks, the U.S. administration has thrown the United States-Europe partnership into turmoil by vowing to impose higher import taxes on European goods, claiming they would equal the tariffs imposed on U.S. exports.
Realty firm Signature Global is targeting to achieve zero net debt during the next fiscal year on healthy internal cash flow supported by strong consumer demand for its residential projects in Gurugram.
The company has reduced its net debt in the October-December quarter to ₹740 crore, from ₹1,020 crore at the end of the second quarter of this fiscal year.
“We will achieve zero net debt during the next financial year,” Signature Global’s Chairman Pradeep Kumar Aggarwal told PTI.
Also read: Signature Global operational revenue set to rise over ₹3,000 cr
He said the company has reduced its net debt significantly and would continue to do so.
Signature Global’s net debt stood at ₹1,160 crore at the end of the 2023-24 financial year.
Aggarwal said the housing demand continues to be robust in Gurugram, although he agreed that the “frenzy” witnessed during the past few years has subsided to some extent.
He said the company would focus on a price bracket of ₹2-5 crore per unit. “In this price bracket there is a huge demand but limited supply.” On an operational front, the company’s collection of funds from customers has risen 54 per cent to ₹3,210 crore in the first nine months of this fiscal, from ₹2,090 crore in the corresponding period of the preceding year.
Also read: Signature Global awards contracts worth ₹567 cr for housing project in Gurugram
Signature Global sold properties worth ₹8,670 crore during April-December period of this fiscal, a sharp rise from ₹3,120 crore in the year-ago period.
Average pre-sales realisation for April-December period of 2024-25 increased to ₹12,565 per square feet, compared to ₹11,762 per square feet in the entire 2023-24.
Signature Global has set a target of achieving sales bookings worth ₹10,000 crore in the current fiscal year, as against ₹7,270 crore in the preceding year.
Signature Global has so far delivered 120 lakh sq ft of housing area and has a robust pipeline of 350 lakh sq ft of saleable area in its forthcoming projects, along with 158 lakh sq ft of ongoing projects.
The company has been buying land to expand its business.
PHOENIX — He might have only been knocking the rust off. But Freddie Freeman was still less than thrilled.
Facing live pitching for one of the few times all spring this week, Freeman stood at the plate on a nondescript backfield at the Dodgers’ Camelback Ranch facility and took swing after swing against a couple of minor-leaguers.
Less than three months removed from offseason surgery on his right ankle, the session was a grind.
Several times, Freeman grunted as he rolled soft grounders toward first base. On a lazy pop-up to left, he sarcastically quipped that it “went the other way, at least.” After ending another at-bat with a big swing-and-miss, Freeman simply looked down as he trudged out of the box.
As the live batting practice ended minutes later, Freeman saw Dodgers strength and conditioning coach Travis Smith approaching. Smith, he knew, was there to oversee the baserunning drills that were next on Freeman’s agenda. So, he turned to hitting coach Aaron Bates and cracked a joke.
“I blame Trav,” Freeman deadpanned, loud enough for a Smith to hear. “I was thinking about running.”
Coming off his triumphant World Series and celebratory offseason, this moment was a more appropriate snapshot of the reality Freeman has faced this spring.
After Freeman gutted it out through his badly sprained ankle and broken rib cartilage last October — when his storybook postseason culminated with MVP honors in the World Series and a historic walk-off grand slam in Game 1 — the physical toll the 35-year-old endured finally caught up with him this winter.
In early December, with his ankle still aching more than a month into the offseason, Freeman had an MRI exam that revealed the need for a debridement surgery; cleaning up loose bodies and chipped cartilage that had matriculated to his Achilles’ tendon.
As late as January, manager Dave Roberts said, there was doubt over whether he’d be able to start the 2025 season on time.
“He wasn’t moving very well, wasn’t recovering, still was in a lot of pain,” Roberts said. “Opening Day didn’t even seem feasible.”
Fast-forward two months, however, and Freeman is now fully expecting to be in the lineup when the Dodgers open their season on March 18-19 in Japan against the Chicago Cubs.
His ankle isn’t 100%, and probably won’t be for the first half of the season. But he has progressed to an important point in his recovery, making his Cactus League debut Thursday with a one-for-three performance in a 2-0 loss to the Colorado Rockies.
“I felt pretty good today,” Freeman said afterward. “Saw the pitches well. Felt like I swung at strikes … Just wanted to swing a lot today. That was my goal, to see where the timing was.”
Freeman still has more boxes to check between now and when the Dodgers leave for Japan in less than two weeks.
He has yet to play the field in a game, limited to designated hitting duties on Thursday. He is continuing to work through a running progress to complete his ankle rehab; his post-BP drills with Smith earlier in the week serving as the latest reminder of the hurdles left to clear.
“It’s good enough,” Freeman quipped when asked if his ankle was 100% yet. “I wish it felt like my left one does.”
That might not happen for a while. Freeman said he will probably have to tape his ankle in games until some point around the All-Star break. He will be a familiar presence in the training room, and might even agree to take an occasional off day early in the campaign — something he has been loath to do during his 15-year career.
“Lower-body injuries are hard to rehab, especially the ankle,” Freeman said. “So I do believe it’s gonna be a lot more treatment-wise than I would like.”
The good news for Freeman is that he’s already starting to feel better about his swing.
On Thursday, he recorded his first hit, a line-drive single to right, after battling back from an 0-and-2 count. He’ll get more chances to collect at-bats over the weekend, planning to DH again on Saturday and potentially return to first base on Sunday.
“I thought he was moving really well,” Roberts said. “Better than I would have expected.”
What wasn’t unexpected: The loud reception Freeman received before his first at-bat, and the “Fredd-ie! Fredd-ie!” chants that followed him as he walked up the clubhouse tunnel after leaving the field.
All offseason, Freeman has experienced such attention; his already substantial popularity skyrocketing in the wake of his playoff heroics last October. Even during trips to the grocery store, he said, fans have approached him to simply say thanks.
“It’s very uncomfortable for me,” Freeman joked with a laugh. “But that’s OK. I appreciate it. I really do. It’s not something you set out for, but taking it in stride. You appreciate what you were able to create for people. I don’t take that for granted.”
Looking ahead to this season, Freeman said he is eager to see the kind of welcome the Dodgers (and the three Japanese stars on the roster) get in Japan during their highly anticipated trip next month.
But it’s the team’s domestic home-opener a week later that he is admittedly most looking forward to — thankful that the ankle he hurt helping the Dodgers win the World Series last year won’t keep him off the field the day they receive their championship rings.
“For me, it’s easy to focus on the now,” Freeman said, “but I can still appreciate last year.”
Samsung Galaxy A Series: Samsung is set to launch three new Galaxy A series smartphones in India next week. According to the company, these devices will be successors to Galaxy A35 and Galaxy A55 models launched last year.
The new Galaxy A series smartphones are designed to meet the evolving needs of young consumers, said the company. The upcoming models are expected to feature a refreshed design, enhanced durability, and advanced security features, ensuring a seamless and secure user experience, it added.
Galaxy A Series: What is it all about?
The Galaxy A series is Samsung’s most successful smartphone series in India so far, with millions of units sold annually.
Galaxy A35 and Galaxy A55
The Galaxy A55 5G and Galaxy A35 5G come with several flagship features, including Gorilla Glass Victus+, AI-enhanced camera capabilities, Samsung Knox Vault for security, four OS upgrades, and five years of security updates.
In terms of camera specifications, the Galaxy A55 5G boasts a 50MP main camera with Optical Image Stabilization (OIS) and a 12MP ultra-wide lens, while the Galaxy A35 5G features a 50MP main camera with OIS and an 8MP ultra-wide lens. Both models are equipped with a 5MP macro sensor. For selfies, the Galaxy A55 5G has a 32MP front camera, while the Galaxy A35 5G comes with a 13MP front camera.
Both devices are rated IP67, meaning they can withstand up to 30 minutes of immersion in up to 1 meter of fresh water. They are also built to resist dust and sand. Additionally, the Galaxy A55 5G and Galaxy A35 5G are designed to endure accidental slips and falls thanks to the Gorilla Glass Victus+ protection on both the front and back.
The Galaxy A35 5G is available in three shades: Awesome Lilac, Awesome Ice Blue, and Awesome Navy. Meanwhile, the Galaxy A55 5G comes in two colours: Awesome Ice Blue and Awesome Navy.
A small group of foreign tourists has visited North Korea in the past week, making them the first international travellers to enter the country in five years except for a group of Russian tourists who went to the North last year.
In this image made from video provided by Koryo Tours, tourist group hike up Sahyangsan in Rason, North Korea. Dare to visit? North Korea quietly reopens for tourism after 5-year shutdown!(Image by Koryo Tours via AP)
The latest trip indicates North Korea may be gearing up for a full resumption of its international tourism to bring in much-needed foreign currency to revive its struggling economy, experts say.
The Beijing-based travel company Koryo Tours said it arranged a five-day trip from Feb. 20 to Feb. 24 for 13 international tourists to the northeastern North Korean border city of Rason, where the country’s special economic zone is located.
Koryo Tours General Manager Simon Cockerell said the travelers from the U.K., Canada, Greece, New Zealand, France, Germany, Austria, Australia and Italy crossed by land from China. He said that in Rason, they visited factories, shops, schools and the statues of Kim Il Sung and Kim Jong Il, the late grandfather and father of current leader Kim Jong Un.
“Since January of 2020, the country has been closed to all international tourists, and we are glad to have finally found an opening in the Rason area, in the far north of North Korea,” Cockerell said.
“Our first tour has been and gone, and now more tourists on both group and private visits are going in, arranging trips,” he added.
After the pandemic began, North Korea quickly banned tourists, jetted out diplomats and severely curtailed border traffic in one of the world’s most draconian Covid-19 restrictions. But since 2022, North Korea has been slowly easing curbs and reopening its borders.
In February 2024, North Korea accepted about 100 Russian tourists, the first foreign nationals to visit the country for sightseeing. That surprised many observers, who thought the first post-pandemic tourists would come from China, North Korea’s biggest trading partner and major ally.
A total of about 880 Russian tourists visited North Korea throughout 2024, South Korea’s Unification Ministry said, citing official Russian data. Chinese group tours to North Korea remain stalled.
This signals how much North Korea and Russia have moved closer to each other as the North has supplied weapons and troops to Russia to support its war against Ukraine. Ties between North Korea and China cooled as China showed its reluctance to join a three-way, anti-US alliance with North Korea and Russia, experts say.
Before the pandemic, tourism was an easy, legitimate source for foreign currency for North Korea, one of the world’s most sanctioned countries because of its nuclear program.
North Korea is expected to open a massive tourism site on the east coast in June. In January when President Donald Trump boasted about his ties with Kim Jong Un. he said that “I think he has tremendous condo capabilities. He’s got a lot of shoreline.” That likely refers to the eastern coast site.
A return of Chinese tourists would be key to making North Korea’s tourism industry lucrative because they represented more than 90% of total international tourists before the pandemic, said Lee Sangkeun, an expert at the Institute for National Security Strategy, a think tank run by South Korea’s intelligence agency. He said that in the past, up to 300,000 Chinese tourists visited North Korea annually.
“North Korea has been heavily investing on tourism sites, but there have been not much domestic demand,” Lee said. “We can assess that North Korea now wants to resume international tourism to bring in many tourists from abroad.”
The restrictions that North Korea has typically imposed on foreign travelers — such as requirements that they move with local guides and the banning of photography at sensitive places — will likely hurt its efforts to develop tourism. Lee said that Rason, the eastern coast site and Pyongyang would be the places where North Korea feels it can easily monitor and control foreign tourists.
Zen Studios has announced plans to release a new Pinball FX game for Meta Quest devices.
Eight years after the release of Pinball FX2 VR, Zen Studios is back with a much more definitive virtual reality pinball game.
Launching on April 3, Pinball FX VR will contain a much wider selection of tables than its superb predecessor.
According to Zen Studios, the launch line-up features Sky Pirates: Treasures of the Clouds, Pinball Noir, and Curse of the Mummy.
That’s on top of an “all-star lineup of Williams Pinball tables”, which are available in VR for the first time ever.
This includes Indiana Jones: The Pinball Adventure, The Addams Family, World Cup Soccer, Twilight Zone, and Star Trek: The Next Generation.
Other VR tables include Battlestar Galactica Pinball, Knight Rider Pinball and Xena: Warrior Princess Pinball.
Additional tables will be available to purchase at a later date. Hopefully this includes The Princess Bride table, because I really want to try that in VR.
Pinball FX VR will also contain other features to make it stand out from previous virtual reality pinball games.
There’s a Global Campaign mode, mini games, interactive unlockables and Mixed Reality Pinball.
“Besides full immersion mode, you can experience the thrill of pinball in your living room or wherever you choose, blurring the line between physical and virtual realities,” Zen Studios explains.
Mini-games, on the other hand, include darts, some sort of Wheel of Fortune style game, and playable gadgets.
The best-selling version of the Toyota LandCruiser Prado is getting a five-seat option.
Toyota Australia has confirmed the GXL, previously offered only as a seven-seater, will be offered without its third row of seating.
“We are always looking at ways to enhance our model lineup and are pleased to be able provide customers with this additional option,” said a Toyota Australia spokesperson.
It’s expected in Australia during the second half of 2025.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Prado GXL
Toyota Australia hasn’t confirmed how much the five-seat GXL will cost. The current seven-seat GXL is priced at $79,990 before on-road costs, or $7490 more than the base GX – albeit with a lot more extra kit besides just a third row of seating.
The company previously said it expected the GXL, which has traditionally been the volume-selling variant in the range, to account for around 50 per cent of total Prado sales.
It launched the GXL exclusively with seven seats, as with the pricier VX and Kakadu.
If you want a five-seat Prado, you need to settle for the base GX or spring for the Altitude. Neither is offered with a third row of seating.
5-seat Prado Altitude
7-seat Prado VX with third row folded
The new Prado’s third row has courted controversy among journalists and customers alike, as unlike the rival Ford Everest it doesn’t fold flat into the floor due to the placement of the 48V battery for the mild-hybrid system.
That means the load floor is a lot higher once they’re folded, which Toyota has attempted to mitigate by installing a removable storage box to sit between the folded seats and the tailgate so there’s a consistent load floor height.
The third row of seating can’t be removed without voiding part of the vehicle’s warranty.
“If a customer removes the third-row seats out the seven-seat LandCruiser Prado variant, the warranty will remain valid for all components of the vehicle besides the third-row components,” said a Toyota Australia spokesperson in November 2024.
The company says seven-seat versions of the Prado offer 182 litres of boot space with all three rows of seating upright, expanding to 906L with the third row stowed, and then 1829L with the third and second rows stowed.
Five-seat Prado variants, however, offer 954 litres of boot space with all the seats upright, expanding to 1895 litres with the second row of seats folded.
All Prado models in Australia are powered by a 2.8-litre turbo-diesel four-cylinder engine producing 150kW of power and 500Nm of torque, mated with an eight-speed automatic transmission. The four-cylinder turbo-petrol hybrid powertrain offered overseas has yet to be locked in for our market.
MORE: 2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado price and specs MORE: Everything Toyota LandCruiser Prado
Tuhin Kanta Pandey, who was earlier India’s finance secretary, will now become SEBI’s new chairman after Madhabi Puri Buch
India’s former finance secretary Tuhin Kanta Pandey appointed SEBI’s new chairman.
Former finance secretary Tuhin Kanta Pandey was appointed as the new chairman of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) on Thursday. He will be taking over from Madhabi Puri Buch whose term will soon come to an end.
Pandey is a 1987-batch Indian Administrative Service (IAS) officer of the Odisha cadre.
In September 2024, he was appointed as India’s finance secretary and took over as the Secretary of the Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance in January 2025.
Earlier, he was the Secretary of three Departments, which were, the Department of Public Enterprises (DPE), the Department of Personnel and Training and the Department of Investment & Public Asset Management (DIPAM). Both the DIPAM and DPE came under the Ministry of Finance.
He was the longest-serving secretary in charge of DIPAM. In his role, Pandey oversaw key disinvestment programs which were aimed at increasing the value of central government sectors.
Earlier, Pandey held various important positions in the central government and Odisha’s state government.
In the Union Government, Pandey was appointed as Joint Secretary of the Cabinet Secretariat, Deputy Secretary in the Ministry of Commerce and Joint Secretary of the Planning Commission (now NITI Aayog).
He worked as administrative head in the Departments of General Administration, Transport, Commercial Taxes, Finance and Health in the Odisha government.
Pandey also worked as Managing Director of Odisha Small Industries Corporation and Executive Director of Odisha State Finance Corporation.
He also worked in the Regional Office of the United Nations Industrial Development Organisation (UNIDO).
The momentous achievements made by Pandey include supervising the public listing of the Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) and finalising the historic sale of Air India successfully.
Briefly, he also took the position of Secretary of the Ministry of Civil Aviation.
Pandey earned a Master’s degree in Economics from Panjab University, Chandigarh and completed his MBA from the University of Birmingham (UK).
News business Meet Tuhin Kanta Pandey, SEBI’s New Chairman Who Will Replace Madhabi Puri Buch
Despite recent setbacks and a significant selloff that brought Bitcoin to a three-month low, Standard Chartered maintains a strong bullish position on BTC market predictions. Geoffrey Kendrick, the head of digital assets research at the bank, forecasts that Bitcoin will climb to $500,000 before the conclusion of Donald Trump’s presidency. Additionally, BTC price might reach $200K by the end of 2025.
Bitcoin Remains Bullish Despite New Low
Standard Chartered predicts that although US President Donald Trump’s first month in office has introduced high volatility for risk assets, his administration could ultimately benefit Bitcoin.
In a CNBC interview, Geoffrey Kendrick, the head of digital assets research at Standard Chartered, projected that Bitcoin’s price would hit $200,000 this year. He anticipates it will surge to $500,000 by the end of President Trump’s second term, influenced by increased institutional adoption and the possibilities of clearer regulations.
Kendrick stated that the crypto ecosystem would benefit from the involvement of traditional financial institutions like Standard Chartered, BlackRock, and others who manage ETFs. He highlighted that their participation is crucial.
Kendrick also mentioned that as the industry grows more institutionalized, it should become safer and likely attract fewer negative headlines, such as the recent $1.5 billion hack at the cryptocurrency exchange Bybit last week.
Also read: Bitcoin Crash Over? Top Trader Predicts Massive Recovery & Altcoin Boom!
He added that the rising adoption of cryptocurrencies by institutions, along with some regulatory clarity in the U.S., is expected to gradually reduce market volatility over time.
Earlier this week, Bitcoin dropped to a three-month low, falling below $90,000 amidst declines in global equity markets, as per CoinGecko data. On Thursday, the Bitcoin price made it to a trading value of $82,256, marking a roughly 20% decrease from its January peak.
Geoffrey Kendrick noted that crypto market has broadly declined due to uncertainties surrounding tariffs and the resolution of significant conflicts like those in Russia-Ukraine and Israel-Gaza.
Bitcoin’s Outlook is Strong Despite Correction
Bitcoin recently dropped below $82,000, hitting a three-month low in response to broader market declines. Market uncertainty is reflected in Bitcoin’s Short-Term Holder Spent Output Profit Ratio (STH-SOPR), which is hovering near the critical 1.0 breakeven level. A report from Glassnode, suggests that breaking above this threshold historically signals bullish momentum, while failure could trigger another wave of selling.
The STH-SOPR ratio, ranging from 0.98 to 1.04, has closely followed Bitcoin’s price movements. Recently, it indicated that short-term holders are uncertain, affecting Bitcoin’s potential to reach new highs or face further declines.
Also read: Bitcoin News Today: $1.5B Crypto Crash Shocks Traders, Is Your Portfolio Safe?
However, Julien Bittel, a Global Macro Investor, described Bitcoin’s recent price drop as a “normal occurrence in bull markets,” particularly after the substantial price surge that followed the US presidential election.
With Bitcoin trading at a lower price, it presents an attractive opportunity for whales and institutions to buy more during this dip. As buying interest increases, the price of BTC could experience a robust recovery, potentially initiating another bull run in the upcoming weeks.
Boss Wallah, founded by investor and serial entrepreneur Sashi Reddi, will acquire the edtech platform ffreedom app. It entered into a formal agreement with Suvision Holdings Private Limited to acquire the platform.
Sashi Reddi, founder and managing partner of SRI Capital, founded the software testing company AppLabs, which was by CSC (now DXC).
Besides the educational content of ffreedom, Boss Wallah’s platform will provide access to thousands of experts in multiple businesses. This addresses a massive gap in the market, providing resources for aspiring entrepreneurs from tier-ii and tier-iii towns and helping them build successful businesses.
With an initial investment of $7 million from Sashi Reddi and associates, Boss Wallah will provide a platform to help thousands of entrepreneurs acquire the skills and advice they need to start and grow a business.
“There are dozens of platforms for JEE and government exams. But what India needs is people looking to build businesses that provide employment and allow people to earn an income. That is what the Boss Wallah platform will do,” Sashi Reddi, Founder and CEO of Boss Wallah, said.
The platform would focus on digital businesses, home-based businesses, small-scale manufacturing, handicrafts, farming, animal husbandry, retail, and food businesses.
“These are the kinds of businesses which can be built without much capital investment and employing 2-3 people to generate a great income in a small town without having to relocate to the metros,” he said.
Meta, the parent company of Instagram, apologized on Thursday for the violent, graphic content some users saw on their Instagram Reels feeds. Meta attributed the problem to an error the company says has been addressed.
“We have fixed an error that caused some users to see content in their Instagram Reels feed that should not have been recommended,” a Meta spokesperson said in a statement provided to CNET. “We apologize for the mistake.”
Meta went on to say that the incident was an error unrelated to any content-policy changes the company has made. At the start of the year, Instagram made some significant changes to its user and content-creation policies, but these changes didn’t specifically address content filtering or inappropriate content appearing on feeds.
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
Meta made its own content-moderation changes more recently and has dismantled its fact-checking department in favor of community-driven moderation. Amnesty International warned earlier this month that Meta’s changes could raise the risk of fueling violence.
Read more: Instagram May Spin Off Reels As a Standalone App, Report Says
Meta says that most graphic or disturbing imagery it flags is removed and replaced with a warning label users must click through to view the imagery. Some content, Meta says, is also filtered for those younger than 18. The company says it develops its policies around violent and graphic imagery with the help of international experts and that refining those policies is an ongoing process.
Users posted on social media and on message boards, including Reddit, about some of the unwanted imagery they saw on Instagram, presumably due to the glitch. They included shootings, beheadings, people being struck by vehicles, and other violent acts.
Brooke Erin Duffy, a social media researcher and associate professor at Cornell University, said she’s unconvinced by Meta’s claims that the violent-content issue was unrelated to policy changes.
“Content moderation systems — whether powered by AI or human labor — are never failsafe,” Duffy told CNET. “And while many speculated that Meta’s moderation overhaul (announced last month) would create heightened risks and vulnerabilities, yesterday’s ‘glitch’ provided firsthand evidence of the costs of a less-restrained platform.”
Duffy added that while moderating social-media platforms is difficult, “platforms moderation guidelines have served as safety mechanisms for users, especially those from marginalized communities. Meta’s replacement of its existing system with a ‘community notes’ feature represents a step backward in terms of user protection.”
Fox News’ Health newsletter brings you stories on the latest developments in health care, wellness, diseases, mental health and more.
TOP 3:
– First measles death reported amid Texas outbreak
– Doctor comments on Pope Francis’ condition
– Low levels of essential vitamin could increase dementia risk
This week’s top health news included an update on Pope Francis’ health, a vitamin’s potential link to dementia, and the first measles death amid the Texas outbreak.(iStock; Getty)
MORE IN HEALTH
LIFELONG LOVE – A couple broke the record for the longest living marriage. Continue reading…
VACCINE RISKS – A Yale study reveals why some people get chronic symptoms after the COVID shot. Continue reading…
HEALTH HELPERS – These 6 handy tools can help you stay on top of your heart health.
Dim sums, or dumplings, have become a beloved street food in many parts of the world, including India. These bite-sized delights, often filled with finely chopped vegetables and aromatic seasonings, are soft, juicy, and bursting with flavour. However, making them at home can be tricky, especially when it comes to ensuring the wrappers don’t break while rolling, filling, or steaming. A poorly made dim sum can either tear apart or turn soggy, ruining the entire experience.
The secret to achieving perfect street-style veg dim sums lies in the dough preparation, filling consistency, and the steaming technique. A well-kneaded dough with the right elasticity, a dry yet flavourful filling, and precise folding techniques can make all the difference. Here are some essential tips to ensure your homemade dim sums turn out flawless, followed by a simple and effective recipe.
Also Watch: 3 Exciting Ways To Make Dim Sums
5 Tips for Perfect Street-Style Veg Dim Sums
1. Knead the Dough Properly
Use all-purpose flour (maida) with a pinch of salt and knead it into a stiff yet pliable dough. Let the dough rest for at least 30 minutes, covered with a damp cloth. This helps in gluten development, making the dough more elastic and easier to roll. If the dough feels too dry, add a few drops of water; if it’s too sticky, dust it with a little extra flour.
2. Roll the Wrappers Right
Roll the dough as thin as possible (almost translucent) to achieve a delicate texture. Thick wrappers can make dim sums chewy. Ensure the centre is slightly thicker than the edges. This prevents tearing when folding the dumplings.
3. Keep the Filling Dry Yet Juicy
Vegetables release water when cooked, which can make the filling too moist. Sauté them on high heat for a short time to remove excess moisture while keeping them crisp. Avoid adding watery ingredients like tomatoes or excessive sauces. Let the filling cool completely before stuffing the dumplings, as the hot filling can soften the dough and cause breakage.
4. Seal the Dimsums Properly
Dampen the edges of the wrapper slightly with water to create a good seal. Fold and pleat the edges neatly to trap the filling inside without air pockets, preventing bursting while steaming.
5. Steam Correctly
Place the dimsums on a greased or parchment-lined steamer basket to prevent sticking. Steam for about 8-10 minutes over medium heat. Oversteaming can make them soggy and weak. Cover the lid with a kitchen towel to prevent condensation from dripping onto the dim sums.
Also Read: 10 Best Dumpling Recipes
Dim sums are a perfect treat for a light and delicious meal.
How To Make Veg Dims Sums At Home I Easy Vegetable Dim Sum Recipe
Prepare the Dough – Mix all-purpose flour and salt, then knead into a stiff dough using water. Cover and rest for 30 minutes.
Make the Filling – Heat oil in a pan, saute onion and garlic, then add chopped vegetables. Stir-fry on high heat for a couple of minutes. Remove from heat and mix in salt, vinegar, and black pepper.
Roll the Wrappers – Roll out the dough thinly and cut into 4″-5″ rounds.
Fill and Shape – Place some filling in the centre of each wrapper, dampen the edges with water, and fold into a half-moon shape. Press to seal.
Steam to Perfection – Arrange the dim sums in a greased steamer and steam for about 10 minutes.
Serve and Enjoy – Serve hot with chilli garlic sauce or soy dip for the best street-style experience.
Click here for the ingredients list and complete recipe for veg dim sums.
With these tips and this simple recipe, you can now make restaurant-style veg dim sums at home that won’t break, ensuring a delicious and satisfying meal every time!
A Chinese mainland spokesperson on Thursday warned Taiwan’s Democratic Progressive Party (DPP) authorities not to miscalculate the situation, the public opinion and the comparison of strength.
It is reported that Taiwan’s Han Kuang 41 military exercise would considerably increase the duration of its live-fire phase, and would mobilize as many as 3,000 reserve troops as prodded by the U.S. side.
Commenting on the reports, Wu Qian, spokesperson for the Ministry of National Defense, slammed DPP authorities’ illusion of “soliciting U.S. support for independence” and “resisting unification by force.”
“We warn the DPP authorities that holding back the tide with a broom will only end up in self-destruction. We will come and get you, sooner or later,” said Wu.
He also pointed out that the Taiwan question is China’s internal affair, which brooks no external interference.
“The U.S. side wants to contain China with Taiwan and connives at risky and provocative activities of the DPP authorities for ‘Taiwan independence.’ This strategy will ultimately backfire,” Wu added.
The spokesperson made it clear that compatriots on both sides of the Taiwan Straits belong to one and the same Chinese family.
“We will strive for the prospect of peaceful reunification with the greatest sincerity and utmost effort. But we make no promise to renounce the use of force, which is targeted at the ‘Taiwan secessionists’ forces and external interference,” he stressed.
Anyone who dares to push for “Taiwan secession” will certainly face swift and strong countermeasures from the Chinese People’s Liberation Army, Wu concluded.
The Enforcement Directorate on Thursday launched searches at multiple premises of two real estate companies — WTC Builder and Bhutani Group — and their promoters in the national capital region of Delhi to probe money laundering into fraud committed with homebuyers.
The searches by the ED office were being carried out in about a dozen locations in Delhi, Noida in Uttar Pradesh, and Gurugram and Faridabad, both in Haryana, under provisions of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA).
The ED swung into action after taking cognisance of FIRs filed by Faridabad police and Delhi Police’s Economic Offences Wing against WTC Builder and the Bhutani Group, the officials said.
It is alleged that the WTC Builder and Bhutani Group had launched a housing project in Faridabad in 2022 in which 2000 persons had invested. People in Faridabad have also been protesting on the street against reported irregularities in the project.
The WTC group has multiple projects in Faridabad, Noida and some other locations. It is alleged that the group has collected large sum of money from investors but did not deliver houses to them for the last 10-12 years, the officials said.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
KUPCI koji žele brži i kvalitetniji san masovno kupuju sprej za jastuk s lavandom, koji se prodaje svakih 79 sekundi i mnogi ga nazivaju “čudom za spavanje”.
This Works Deep Sleep Pillow Spray posebno je formuliran kako bi svojim umirujućim mirisom lavande i kamilice pomogao pri opuštanju i olakšao uspavljivanje.
Ako imate problema s nesanicom, teško utonete u san ili se budite umorni, ovaj klinički ispitan sprej mogao bi biti rješenje koje tražite. Više od 18.500 kupaca ocijenilo ga je s pet zvjezdica, a njegova popularnost ne prestaje rasti.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Iskustva korisnika
Sprej je razvila tvrtka koja je među prvima istražila utjecaj mirisa na mozak, a istraživanja su pokazala da određene arome mogu poboljšati san, povećati koncentraciju i potaknuti opuštanje. This Works Deep Sleep Pillow Spray prošao je testiranja neuroznanstvenika, a fMRI snimke mozga potvrdile su njegovu sposobnost pripreme tijela za san.
Za najbolje rezultate preporučuje se poprskati jastuk nekoliko minuta prije spavanja kako bi se miris ravnomjerno raspršio i stvorio smirujuću atmosferu.
Osim znanstvenih dokaza, tisuće zadovoljnih kupaca potvrđuju njegovu učinkovitost.
“Otkako ga koristim, konačno spavam mirno i bez prekida”, “Iskreno, nisam vjerovao da će djelovati, ali probudio sam se odmoran i svjež – kao da sam spavao duplo duže”, “Godinama se borim s nesanicom i isprobala sam svašta. Dovoljno je samo nekoliko pumpica na jastuk i za 5-10 minuta već tonem u san”, “Ne mogu držati oči otvorene nakon što ga nanesem. Probudim se odmoran i pun energije. Ovo je pravo čudo”, neke su od recenzija.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Given one statistic about Aday Mara’s value, UCLA coach Mick Cronin matched it with one of his own.
When a reporter mentioned that the Bruins are 8-0 this season when the sophomore center logs at least 15 minutes, Cronin added that the team has won all six games in which Mara plays at least 20 minutes.
So what’s the big takeaway from these analytics involving the tallest player on the team?
“Make sure he gets 20 minutes a game,” Cronin said Wednesday.
Those wondering why that wasn’t already the case after Mara enjoyed a breakthrough starting late last month should understand the circumstances. Mara contracted a suspected case of norovirus before the Bruins played Penn State several weeks ago, his condition later turning into a respiratory illness.
Throughout the ordeal, Mara lost more than 10 pounds. He only recently stopped practicing with tissues in his sock so he could blow his nose during a dead ball without having to leave the court.
“That shows how much he’s come in his competitive nature,” Cronin said, “and that’s why he’s getting better.”
Mara’s meaning to the Bruins easily transcends his modest averages of 5.9 points, 3.8 rebounds and 1.5 blocks in 12.7 minutes per game. UCLA has won every game — beating Southern Utah, Prairie View A&M, Wisconsin, Washington, USC, Oregon, Michigan State and Ohio State — when Mara has hit the magic 15-minute threshold. In those eight games, Mara averaged 10.5 points, 7.0 rebounds and 3.0 blocks.
Playing more minutes the rest of the season likely would entail Mara spending more time on the court alongside Tyler Bilodeau instead of merely replacing him because of an injury, fatigue or foul trouble. Cronin also might need to consider using a lineup that includes Mara, Bilodeau and Eric Dailey Jr. if the coach wants to maximize Mara’s minutes; the concern with that lineup has been Dailey’s ability to guard small forwards.
In a nod to Mara’s improved defense, Cronin noted that he inserted him during the Bruins’ win over Ohio State on Sunday as a stopper during a dead ball. Mara finished with 10 points, nine rebounds and two blocks in 20 minutes.
“If you look analytically at our two-point defense when he’s in the game,” Cronin said, “it’s exponentially better because it’s not just blocked shots, it’s changed shots.”
Cronin credited Mara’s development to support staff including Dave Andrews, the team’s athletic performance coach, and parents who preached patience.
“I thought he was going to adjust quicker,” Cronin said. “They’re the ones that told me, ‘Coach, he’s just a young kid now, he’s going to need some time.’ ”
It appears that time may be now.
Scene of their prime
UCLA is on the verge of returning to the site where its last magical postseason run started, though the atmosphere inside Mackey Arena on Friday night hardly should resemble the one the Bruins experienced four years ago.
Amid a 2021 NCAA tournament staged with COVID-19 protocols, attendance was capped at 1,350 — roughly 9% of capacity inside the 14,876-seat arena that should be rocking when the Bruins (20-8 overall, 11-6 Big Ten) face No. 20 Purdue (19-9, 11-6).
Cronin said his most vivid memory of UCLA’s 86-80 overtime victory over Michigan State in the First Four game came before tipoff. With the locker rooms occupied by the teams playing in the previous game, the Bruins and Spartans found themselves waiting together in Purdue’s practice gym.
“We’re in the holding area with Michigan State,” Cronin said. “It’s true. And we’re getting ready to play each other, and guys are changing and I’m sitting there, Tom Izzo’s sitting right there. It was like, is this like an AAU tournament? … Our guys are carrying their stuff up to the bench like an AAU game and putting their bag on the bench. I mean, it was just unbelievable.”
Cronin said the circumstances prevented his players from visiting the John Wooden statue outside the arena or other exhibits dedicated to the former Purdue star and UCLA coach, something Cronin said he intended to rectify on this trip that also will include a game at Northwestern on Monday.
Samsung Galaxy M16 5G, Galaxy M06 5G Launched: Samsung on Thursday, February 27, launched two new smartphones in the Indian market: the Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G. These devices come with several segment-leading features and are the latest additions to the immensely popular Galaxy M series, according to the official release.
Commenting on the launch, Akshay S Rao, General Manager, MX Business, Samsung India, said, “With a refreshed design, these devices are built to enhance both style and performance, featuring MediaTek Dimensity 6300 processor and full 5G support across operators.”
He further added, “The Galaxy M16 5G also sets a new benchmark with a segment-leading FHD+ Super AMOLED display, six generations of OS upgrades, and the introduction of Samsung Wallet with Tap & Pay functionality.”
Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G: Display
– The Galaxy M16 5G features a segment-leading 6.7” Full HD+ Super AMOLED display with adaptive high-brightness mode.
– The Galaxy M06 5G features a 6.7” HD+ display.
Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G: Design and Colour
– The Galaxy M16 5G is 7.9 mm slim, while the Galaxy M06 5G is slightly thicker at 8 mm. – The Galaxy M16 5G will be available in three bold and refreshing colours: Blush Pink, Mint Green, and Thunder Black. – The Galaxy M06 5G comes in two stylish colours: Sage Green and Blazing Black.
Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G: Performance and Connectivity
– Both devices are powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 6300 processor and support segment-leading 5G bands, ensuring fast and reliable connectivity.
Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G: Camera
– The Galaxy M16 5G boasts a segment-leading 50MP main camera, accompanied by a 5MP ultra-wide lens and a 2MP macro camera. It also features a 13MP front camera for high-quality selfies. – The Galaxy M06 5G is equipped with a high-resolution 50MP wide-angle lens with an F1.8 aperture, along with a 2MP depth camera. It also has an 8MP front camera for selfies.
Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G: Battery
– Both the Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G are equipped with a 5000 mAh battery and support 25W fast charging for quick power-ups.
No more airport hassles! Nigeria’s instant e-visa system for travellers could revolutionise African travel.
Nigeria is automating its electronic visa approval and issuance process in an effort to boost travel and business, the interior minister said.
No more long waits! Nigeria’s new e-visa will be in your inbox within 48 hours.(File photo/Reuters)
This automation aims to eliminate lengthy wait times faced by travellers upon arrival and could end a thriving industry for middlemen who work with immigration officials to help visitors jump through the hoops.
Under the proposed plan, travellers can apply online for short-stay visas, with approvals granted within 24 to 48 hours. Once approved, the e-visa will be sent to the applicant’s email, eliminating the need for a physical sticker at the airport.
“The proposed visa policy aims to enhance the ease of doing business, boost tourism, and strengthen bilateral and multilateral relations with other countries,” Olubunmi Ojo, Nigeria’s interior minister said on X following a department meeting on Tuesday.
Since President Tinubu came into office in May 2023, the government has sought to improve visa process for foreigners and ease passport issuance system for Nigerians, setting up a contactless passport application system for Nigerians abroad.
Recommended Topics
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
See More
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Planning a trip to Nigeria? You can now get your visa approved in just 48 hours
See Less
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
Gene Hackman, one of Hollywood’s most celebrated actors, passed away at the age of 95 at his home in Santa Fe, New Mexico. With a career spanning over four decades, he left a mark on the film industry, earning two Academy Awards and a reputation as one of the most versatile actors of his generation.
Throughout his career, Hackman was known for his meticulous approach to roles, and as a result, he turned down several major film opportunities – characters some of which went on to become iconic with the actors who ultimately ended up playing them.
One of the most famous roles Hackman declined was that of Dr. Hannibal Lecter in The Silence of the Lambs (1991). Hackman initially acquired the rights to Thomas Harris’s novel along with Orion Pictures, intending to direct the adaptation and possibly star as the brilliant but terrifying serial killer. He was deeply impressed by the novel’s cinematic potential and hired screenwriter Ted Tally to adapt it.
However, before the script was completed, Hackman had a change of heart – reportedly due to the novel’s dark and disturbing themes. He stepped away from the project, leaving Orion to move forward with director Jonathan Demme, who cast Anthony Hopkins in the role. Hopkins’s chilling portrayal of Lecter earned him an Academy Award and cemented The Silence of the Lambs as one of the most acclaimed thrillers of all time.
Hackman also turned down several other high-profile roles throughout his career. He was considered for the lead in Jaws (1975), with Steven Spielberg reportedly eyeing him for the role of Chief Martin Brody. Hackman ultimately declined, and Roy Scheider took on the part, delivering one of the most memorable performances in film history.
In One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest (1975), Hackman was among the actors considered for the role of Randle P. McMurphy. The part eventually went to Jack Nicholson, whose performance won him an Academy Award.
Spielberg approached Hackman again for Close Encounters of the Third Kind (1977), hoping he would play the protagonist, Roy Neary. Hackman declined, and the role was later taken by Richard Dreyfuss.
Francis Ford Coppola’s Apocalypse Now (1979) was another major film in which Hackman was considered for a role. The film, which became one of the defining movies about the Vietnam War, ended up featuring a star-studded cast including Martin Sheen and Marlon Brando.
Hackman was originally cast as Mr. Robinson in The Graduate (1967), but after a few weeks of filming, director Mike Nichols decided that Hackman looked too young for the part, which ended up being given to Murray Hamilton.
In Network (1976), Hackman was considered for the role of Howard Beale, the television anchor whose on-air breakdown becomes a media sensation. Writer Paddy Chayefsky detailed his top casting picks for the three main roles in the film: Hackman as Beale, Faye Dunaway as programming head Diana Christensen, and Lee Marvin as news division president Max Schumacher. Only Faye was ultimately kept for the role, and Hackman’s spot went to Peter Finch, who posthumously won an Academy Award for his performance.
Another major film Hackman passed on was Misery (1990). He was offered the lead role of Paul Sheldon, a writer held captive by an obsessed fan, but turned it down. James Caan took on the role, starring opposite Kathy Bates in what became one of the most unsettling thrillers of the decade.
In The Fugitive (1993), Hackman was considered for the role of U.S. Marshal Samuel Gerard. The part went to Tommy Lee Jones, who won an Oscar for his performance.
Even Rocky (1976) had Hackman on its casting radar. While Sylvester Stallone ultimately played the titular role – which he had written himself – there were early discussions about other actors potentially taking it on, including Hackman.
Though these roles became legendary in their own right, Hackman’s career choices helped shape his own remarkable filmography. He was critically acclaimed and made history with his work in films such as The French Connection (1971), Unforgiven (1992), and The Royal Tenenbaums (2001), among many others.
After rolling out a range of electric SUVs, Kia is now planning to launch an electric sedan in Australia.
The Kia EV4 – of which the exterior design was revealed earlier this month – has now been detailed at its reveal in Barcelona at the brand’s EV Day.
“Kia Australia is pleased to confirm the EV4 will join the range of Kia’s battery electric vehicle models in Australia. Further information regarding timing, variants, features, and pricing will be announced in due course,” said a spokesperson for Kia Australia.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
It appears unlikely we’ll get the hatchback here, however.
Kia refers to the EV4 hatchback as being ‘Europe-only’, and it’ll be produced in Slovakia. The sedan will be produced in Korea, and it’ll go on sale there in March.
The company says the EV4 uses the E-GMP platform, which also underpins the likes of the EV6 and EV9. It features MacPherson strut front suspension and a multi-link set-up with coil-over units at the rear.
It also features frequency-responsive valves for its dampers, which along with ‘hydro G’ suspension bushing gives what Kia claims to be reduced noise and vibration and improved ride comfort.
EV4 GT-Line hatch
There’s a choice of two battery sizes, but just one 150kW front-mounted electric motor. Given Kia has previously pledged to offer hotter GT versions of all its electric vehicles (EVs), however, a dual-motor all-wheel drive configuration could come in an EV4 GT.
Kia has taken efficiency seriously, and the EV4 has an aerodynamic drag coefficient of just 0.23, aided by full underbody covers.
Range is up to 630km on the WLTP cycle, better than a base Tesla Model 3 RWD (513km) and narrowly beating the Long Range AWD (629km).
Inside, the 2023 Concept EV4’s interior has made the transition to production with few changes.
EV4
There’s still a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster, a 12.3-inch infotainment touchscreen, and a 5.3-inch climate screen, as well as a split-level centre console.
While the overall layout is essentially identical, the production EV4 has gained some physical switches, while the ambient lighting has been adjusted and the concept’s peach interior colourway and patterned centre-console insert are gone.
Over-the-air updates can be carried out remotely via their mobile phones, while Kia says there are “new display themes, such as NBA and Disney-related content” available to allow you to customise the vehicle.
The so-called Vehicle Smart TV solution allows you to watch YouTube, Netflix and Disney+ in the EV4, and also play games and sing karaoke.
EV4 GT-Line
There are selectable interior modes. Rest Mode adjusts the ambient lighting and front-row ‘relaxation seats’, while Theatre Mode “optimises settings” for the 30-inch-wide screen display, ambient lighting, and sound system.
Other available features on the EV4 include:
Automatic high-beam
Remote Smart Parking Assist
Digital Key 2.0, allowing you to unlock the vehicle via smartphone or Apple Watch
12-inch head-up display
8-speaker sound system (unbranded or Harman/Kardon)
Ambient lighting
Kia AI Assistant
The look of the EV4’s exterior is identifiably 2020s Kia, without looking entirely derivative of, say, the combustion-powered K4 or electric EV5.
The sedan has a fastback profile with a steeply raked rear window, while the boxy hatchback has a glasshouse that gets slimmer towards the rear of the vehicle, before terminating at a bolt upright D-pillar treatment.
While Kia says the EV4 features 215/60R17 tyres, it has also confirmed the EV4 GT-Line rides on 19-inch alloys. It’s unclear what impact if any this has on range.
All EV4 models feature prominent black cladding, giving the sedan and hatch a rather SUV-like appearance, as well as flush door handles.
Drivetrains and Efficiency
EV4
EV4 Long Range
Battery capacity
58.3kWh
81.4kWh
Range (WLTP)
430km (sedan) 410km (hatch)
630km (sedan) 590km (hatch)
Power
150kW
150kW
0-100km/h time
7.4 seconds
7.7 seconds
DC fast-charging time (10-80%)
29 minutes
31 minutes
EV4 GT-Line
It features an 11kW on-board charger, supporting both single-phase and three-phase AC inputs.
Vehicle-to-load (V2L) functionality allows you to power appliances, while the EV4 will also feature vehicle-to-grid (V2G) capability where this technology is supported.
The EV4 features Kia’s i-Pedal 3.0 regenerative braking system, and will remember your selected regen setting.
Dimensions
The EV4 sedan is around 10mm longer than a Tesla Model 3, but 73mm narrower on a 55mm shorter wheelbase.
EV4 sedan
EV4 hatch
Length
4730mm
4430mm
Width
1860mm
1860mm
Height
1480mm
1485mm
Wheelbase
2820mm
2820mm
Boot space (VDA)
490L
435L
Safety
Kia is targeting a five-star Euro NCAP rating. Safety features on the EV4 include:
EPF and NPS are key retirement plans in India. Let’s understand from experts which is a good option in the long-term for employees of 20s and 30s.
NPS offers flexibility in contributions, with employers able to contribute up to 14% of the basic salary without requiring employee contributions.
EPF Vs NPS – Which Is Better For Long Term: All employees should commence their retirement planning as early as possible. Considering all avenues is better to avoid regrets later in life, especially at the time of retirement. It is important to have a secure regular income to cater to all your needs and requirements.
Employee Provident Fund (EPF) and National Pension Scheme (NPS) are two options available for employees in India. While EPF is mandatory for the organised sector where the average salary of the employee is above Rs 15,000, NPS is voluntary for employees.
Both have their pros and cons and depend on various factors to determine whether to opt for them or not.
What Are EPF and NPS?
EPF is basically a retirement benefit scheme for organised sector employees where both employee and employer contribute a certain amount each month. The Employee Provident Fund Organisation manages the money by offering a specified interest rate. EPF is a stable, debt-oriented option that offers a fixed interest rate and suits salaried employees with a conservative investment approach.
NPS, on the other hand, is managed by the Pension Fund Regulatory Authority of India (PFRDA). It is a voluntary, market-linked retirement scheme, with returns depending on equity and debt market performance.
Which Is The Better Long-Term Option For Someone In Their 20s Or 30s?
While it carries market risks, NPS offers higher return potential over the long term, making it a suitable choice for those in their early 20s or 30s with a long investment horizon, said Shridhar G S, CEO and Executive Director, Way2Wealth Brokers.
“Therefore, if one has to choose between EPF or NPS, NPS may be preferred for those seeking higher long-term growth potential, while EPF remains a stable choice for risk-averse investors,” he added.
What Are The Tax Benefits Of EPF And NPS?
Kinjal Bhuta, secretary, Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) remarked that any contribution made towards EPF by the employer for its employees is allowed as a deduction under section 80C; however, that deduction is allowed only under the old regime of taxation.
Bhuta added that the new regime of taxation does not allow any deductions under Chapter VIA like EPF etc. to salaried taxpayers except for contributions made by employers for their employees under the National Pension Scheme as per section 80CCD(2) of the Act.
“As per this section, contribution towards NPS by the employer would be allowed as a deduction from income up to 14% of salary if the employer is the Central or State government and up to 10% of salary in the case of private sector employers,” she said.
She concluded that if a salaried taxpayer chooses to have NPS over EPF with his employer, he will have tax benefits under the new regime of taxation because of liberalised slabs and tax rates. “However, these benefits are specifically from a tax perspective, one may have to look into the returns and other features of EPF and NPS individually before arriving at any decision,” he remarked.
Sridhar explained that contributions towards NPS, up to 14% of the (Basic salary+DA) under the new tax regime, are exempt from taxes. The combined employer contribution to EPF, NPS, and superannuation is subject to a ₹7.5 lakh annual limit for tax benefits.
Another lesser-known benefit, Sridhar added, is that at the time of retirement, 60% of the total NPS corpus can be withdrawn as a tax-free lump sum.
Is It Advisable To Opt For Both EPF And NPS If The Employer Offers Them?
Sridhar said that opting for both EPF and NPS can be beneficial as they complement each other in building a well-rounded retirement corpus.
“EPF provides a guaranteed, fixed return with tax-free interest and full withdrawal at retirement, while NPS provides potentially higher returns with a disciplined investment approach, allowing you to withdraw a maximum of 60% of the corpus as a lump sum,” he added.
Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before making any investment decisions.
Litecoin is slowly becoming more popular among market participants ever since it displayed disparity with the other top cryptos. The price has been trying hard to break above the resistance that has been held for over a couple of years. Although multiple attempts have failed lately, the upcoming price action is expected to not only clear these levels but elevate the levels not seen since December 2021.
One of the major reasons behind the surge is the speculation around the spot LTC ETF, which received an acknowledgement from the SEC. With this, the LTC price chart appears to be one of the most bullish charts, as the token is outperforming the other tokens against the USDT and also displaying immense strength against Bitcoin. The LTC/BTC pair has just ignited a parabolic recovery phase, which is expected to gain momentum soon.
The LTC/BTC pair has been displaying immense strength as it trades within a rising parallel channel and the recent upswing has pushed the pair above average levels. Meanwhile, the MACD, which has flipped to bearish, has quickly turned bullish, being within the positive range. Besides, the OBV remains incremental, suggesting a constant inflow of liquidity within the token. Therefore, this suggests Litecoin is gaining strength against Bitcoin, which is a clear indication of the beginning of a strong bullish trend.
What’s Next for the Litecoin (LTC) Price Rally?
During the recent sell-off, the LTC price dropped to $106 but with strong backing by the bulls, the price rebounded and surged by over 15%. Besides, the volume has spiked above $2 billion with a significant rise of nearly 50% hinting towards a constant rise in the ascending trend. Therefore, the Litecoin price is expected to remain consolidated for a while, followed by a massive breakout beyond $150.
As seen in the above chart, the LTC price is stuck within an ascending triangle while the resistance zone is between $136 and $140, which has always pushed the levels lower. Meanwhile, the MACD has triggered a bullish crossover while the OBV also triggered a bullish reversal, hinting towards a rise in the bullish momentum. Therefore, the Litecoin price is expected to test the resistance in the next few days.
If the price fails to clear the zone, then it may remain consolidated within the pattern until it reaches the apex. Otherwise, a breakout may elevate the levels to the interim resistance at $144. With this, a rise beyond $150 may be imminent and if the bulls manage to surpass $154, the bulls are expected to take over the rally and push the price towards the ATH.
The Content Marketing Institute team byline indicates this article reflects the collective work of the CMI team. CMI is a global marketing education and training organization dedicated to advancing the practice of content marketing. We create and curate content experiences that teach marketers and creators from enterprise brands, small businesses, and agencies how to attract and retain customers through compelling, multichannel storytelling. Global brands turn to CMI for strategic consultation, research, and training and certification, and send teams to Content Marketing World, the largest content marketing-focused event, the Marketing Analytics & Data Science (MADS) conference, and CMI digital events every year. Follow @CMIContent on Facebook, LinkedIn, and Instagram, and use the hashtag #CMWorld.
With how connected smart devices have us, loneliness isn’t something that comes to the front of our minds. However, a recent study published by the American Medical Association found that 29.2% of adults aged 50 to 80 said they felt isolated from others “some of the time” or “often” in 2024. This was out of the 2,051 to 2,576 respondents included in the survey. Loneliness was most common among people not working, those living alone and individuals with lower household incomes. For those who reported a high rate of loneliness, they were also more likely to cope with social isolation.
When the loneliness epidemic becomes a public health challenge
Though some people require more social interaction than others, humans are social beings. If we don’t have a sense of community or lack a feeling of belonging, it can have negative health effects. It also threatens public health, as outlined in a 2023 Office of the US Surgeon General advisory.
According to the surgeon general’s office, advisories are reserved for “significant public health challenges” that require immediate awareness and action. Loneliness and social isolation were exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic, but the pandemic also worked to shift our attention to loneliness as a public health problem, according to the report.
Persistent feelings of loneliness or social isolation can impact our mood and emotions, cause symptoms of anxiety and depression and also increase our risk of other health conditions, including heart disease and dementia.
“Loneliness is far more than just a bad feeling — it harms both individual and societal health,” US Surgeon General Vivek Murthy wrote in a letter opening the advisory. “It is associated with a greater risk of cardiovascular disease, dementia, stroke, depression, anxiety and premature death.”
Mortality-wise, or how something contributes to the risk of death, loneliness has a similar effect to smoking up to 15 cigarettes per day and has a greater risk than obesity or physical inactivity, Murthy said.
Many factors may contribute to a person’s isolation from others or persistent loneliness. Some outlined in the advisory include shrinking social networks, increased social media use and people feeling polarized from each other due to differing ideologies.
Feelings of loneliness and isolation also impact people unevenly — older adults and young people, people with poor health, single parents, people who live alone, those who don’t have as much money and people with a disability may be at higher risk, according to the report.
A chart from the US surgeon general’s office showing how lack of social connection can impact your health, compared to other factors we often see linked to some health risks.
US surgeon general’s office
How loneliness impacts health
It may be hard to disentangle the way loneliness and health are directly connected because other factors that stave off your risk of chronic disease, such as physical activity, preparing nutritious meals and even making it to a doctor’s appointment, are often much more difficult to do when you don’t have the support or help from another person. Lack of access to health care services may also impact certain groups more, such as older adults and people with a disability.
Tips for finding community and feeling less lonely
If you are feeling lonely, you are not alone. According to the advisory from the surgeon general, about half of US adults reported feeling lonely in recent years.
Feeling lonely or isolated can come from the sense that you’re not connecting with another person or a community. Feeling “connected” can vary based on an individual’s life, but often comes through things like talking with someone and feeling like the other person understands you, having an enjoyable experience with someone else, or doing an act of kindness for someone and feeling good about the fact that you made someone else feel good.
To make more fun or meaningful connections and beat feelings of loneliness, one of the things you can do is join a club or group around something you genuinely like to do. You can also join a support group — possibly even an in-person group in your area through the National Alliance on Mental Illness. If you have symptoms of anxiety or depression, you could also consider therapy from a professional who can make sure your needs are being met.
But it can also feel daunting trying to make friends, especially as an adult when you feel like you’re the only one looking for other adult friends (not true). For tips on putting yourself out there, follow this CNET list of tricks that may make meeting like-minded people a little easier.
Demi Lovato, Post Malone, Chris Stapleton, Billy Strings and Willie Nelson have all sung about being “California sober.”
What does that mean — and is it any healthier than drinking alcohol?
You don’t have to be from California to be “California sober,” but experts say you should know the risks associated with the lifestyle.
ALCOHOL-RELATED LIVER TRANSPLANTS ON THE RISE AMONG YOUNG ADULTS, DOCTOR SAYS
It originates with the idea that people transition away from alcohol to a “safer” alternative using cannabis-based products, according to Dr. Cara A. Poland, addiction medicine doctor at the Michigan State University College of Human Medicine.
“California sober” originates with the idea that people transition away from alcohol to a “safer” alternative using cannabis-based products.(iStock)
Some who initially identified with the term now have a different take on what sobriety really means.
After a near-fatal drug overdose, singer and actress Demi Lovato openly shared her struggle with addiction and her own version of “California sober” in 2021, but later said she had realized “sober sober is the only way to be,” according to reports.
“Users who aim for ‘Cali sober’ need to understand the medical and psychiatric risks of cannabis.”
“Users who aim for ‘Cali sober’ need to understand the medical and psychiatric risks of cannabis, as well as the problem of medicating away emotions and the increased risk of relapse to one’s drug of choice,” Dr. Lori Karan, director of the addiction medicine fellowship at Loma Linda University in California, told Fox News Digital.
What to know about ‘California sober’
Journalist Michelle Lhooq is thought to have coined the phrase when she wrote a 2019 essay about moving from New York to California to “save herself” in an article for Vice.com, resolving to limit her drug use to only marijuana and psychedelics.
As marijuana was already legal in California at the time, she wrote, “I call this ‘Cali sober,’ a term some people also use when they quit everything but weed.”
“There is growing scientific evidence that no amount of alcohol is good for you,” one expert cautioned.(iStock)
“‘California sober’ is generally a term used by people who are replacing a ‘more harmful’ substance with a ‘less harmful’ substance,” said Poland.
“People should be cautious with this idea of replacing one substance for another, when both are known to cause substance use disorders and are not validated treatment options.”
ALCOHOL POSES THESE 8 RISKS TO OLDER ADULTS, EXPERTS WARN
People may perceive a substance as less harmful, but the risk of adverse consequences on the body depends on how that substance affects the individual, Poland added.
The concept may also perpetuate the unhealthy relationship people develop with their substance(s) of choice.
Switching one drug for another ignores rather than resolves the underlying issues — so it is usually not a good long-term solution, one expert said.(iStock)
“People use addictive substances to modulate how they feel without relying upon interactions with other people or events,” Karan noted.
“Short-circuiting this feedback loop can cover up unresolved trauma, interfere with family and career, and cause emotional arrest.”
Switching one drug for another ignores rather than resolves the underlying issues — so it is usually not a good long-term solution, according to Karan.
Potential risks of alcohol
Previous research has linked alcoholic beverages to at least seven types of cancer, including the mouth, throat, voice box, esophagus, liver, colon and breast.
In 2019 and 2020, 72% of U.S. adults reported consuming one or more drinks per week, but less than half were aware of the link between alcohol and cancer risk, according to past studies.
Experts encourage people struggling with addiction, including alcohol use disorder, to first consult with their doctor for treatment options.((Photo by Bruce Bennett/Getty Images))
Surgeon General Vivek Murthy recently issued a health advisory calling for warning labels on alcohol-containing beverages about the potential cancer risk, Fox News Digital previously reported.
“There is growing scientific evidence that no amount of alcohol is good for you,” Poland cautioned.
Some say, however, that the current concept of sobriety cannot be a one-size-fits-all model.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
While some people need full abstinence, others may find that cutting out alcohol but still partaking in some marijuana use helps them “stay balanced,” according to Kim Gamez, founder of SOBER(ISH), an online marketplace that sells a hemp-derived, micro-dosed blend that can be added to any drink for a “relaxing buzz without alcohol.”
Michigan-based Gamez shared that her mother battled alcoholism for years, where alcohol was the “real demon,” but was able to achieve more balance in her life when she found hemp-derived products.
“Before we discovered hemp-derived beverages together, she often felt left out at social gatherings where drinking was the norm,” she told Fox News Digital. “Now, with a hemp-infused cocktail in hand, she’s part of the party — without the risk, the regret or the relapse.”
Gamez noted that this kind of choice isn’t about replacing one vice with another — it’s about finding a healthier alternative that works for the individual.
Potential risks of marijuana
Karan warned that there is a lot of public misinformation about cannabis, with many unanswered safety questions — especially given the increased potency of today’s cannabis products compared with those of the 1970s.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Humans naturally produce chemicals that are similar to the molecules in a cannabis plant, which move around the body and brain to help balance vital functions like learning, memory, sleep, pain and temperature control, according to Harvard Health.
More research is needed to fully understand the extent of this activity, Karan noted.
“Cannabis can cause memory difficulties, paranoia, psychosis, nausea and vomiting, and a myriad of other problems,” one expert cautioned.(iStock)
“Cannabis can cause memory difficulties, paranoia, psychosis, nausea and vomiting, and a myriad of other problems,” she cautioned.
Experts encourage people struggling with addiction, including alcohol use disorder, to first consult with their doctor for treatment options.
This often includes a combination of behavioral therapy and medications to reduce the risk of overdose, relapse and cravings.
“People use addictive substances to modulate how they feel without relying upon interactions with other people or events.”
There are currently three FDA-approved medications for alcohol use disorder: naltrexone, which dampens alcohol’s pleasurable effects; disulfiram, which makes people sick when they drink; and acamprosate, which restores the imbalance in the brain associated with alcohol withdrawal, according to the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA).
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Of the millions struggling with alcohol addiction, research shows that less than 10% who need the treatment actually get it.
Fox News Digital reached out to Demi Lovato’s team for comment.
강남은 서울에서 가장 화려한 유흥 문화를 자랑하는 지역 중 하나로, 특별한 날을 더욱 빛내줄 다양한 장소들이 즐비하다. 특히 생일파티를 위해 강남의 유흥업소를 찾는 사람들은 고급스러운 분위기와 프라이빗한 공간을 선호하는 경우가 많다. 이에 따라 강남에는 맞춤형 서비스를 제공하는 클럽, 바, 라운지, 호텔 바 등 다양한 옵션이 마련되어 있어, 원하는 스타일에 따라 최적의 장소를 선택할 수 있다.
먼저, 강남의 대표적인 클럽들은 생일파티를 위한 최적의 공간을 제공한다. 인기 있는 클럽에서는 VIP 테이블 예약을 통해 보다 프라이빗한 공간에서 생일을 기념할 수 있으며, 샴페인 서비스나 특별한 연출을 추가하는 것도 가능하다. 유명 클럽에서는 DJ의 생일 축하 메시지나 조명 연출을 통해 특별한 순간을 더욱 화려하게 만들어주기도 한다. 또한, 클럽의 에너제틱한 분위기 속에서 생일파티를 즐기고 싶은 사람들에게 강남의 클럽은 최고의 선택지가 될 수 있다.
조용하면서도 세련된 분위기에서 생일파티를 하고 싶다면, 고급 라운지나 호텔 바를 추천한다. 강남의 고급 라운지들은 넓은 좌석과 은은한 조명이 어우러져 아늑한 분위기를 자아내며, 고급 칵테일과 다양한 프리미엄 주류를 즐길 수 있다. 특히, 일부 라운지에서는 생일파티를 위한 별도의 룸을 제공하며, 맞춤형 음료 및 음식 서비스도 가능하다. 호텔 바 역시 고급스러운 인테리어와 수준 높은 서비스로 생일을 더욱 특별하게 만들어줄 수 있는 공간이다.
강남유흥에서 생일파티를 할 수 있는 곳은?
강남의 프라이빗 파티룸이 마련된 바들도 생일파티를 위한 인기 장소다. 이러한 바에서는 소규모 인원이 함께 어울리며 보다 편안하게 생일을 기념할 수 있으며, 일부 매장에서는 미리 예약하면 케이크나 장식 서비스를 추가로 제공하기도 한다. 또한, 프라이빗한 공간에서만 즐길 수 있는 스페셜 칵테일이나 시그니처 메뉴를 주문해 더욱 특별한 순간을 연출할 수도 있다.
최근에는 강남에서 럭셔리한 파티룸을 갖춘 KTV(노래방)에서 생일파티를 즐기는 트렌드도 늘어나고 있다. 이런 공간에서는 화려한 조명과 음향 시스템을 갖춘 노래방에서 친구들과 함께 노래를 부르며 파티 분위기를 한층 끌어올릴 수 있다. 일부 고급 KTV에서는 생일을 기념하는 이벤트 서비스를 제공하며, 특별한 음식과 주류 패키지를 예약할 수도 있다.
강남에서 생일파티를 할 수 있는 곳을 찾는다면, 파티 스타일과 분위기에 맞춰 다양한 옵션을 고려하는 것이 중요하다. 화려한 분위기의 클럽, 세련된 라운지, 프라이빗한 바, 또는 럭셔리 KTV 등 다양한 선택지가 있는 만큼, 사전 예약과 맞춤형 서비스를 활용하면 더욱 만족스러운 생일파티를 계획할 수 있을 것이다.
오피사이트는 주로 교육, 정보 제공, 또는 특정 서비스를 중심으로 운영되는 웹사이트로, 사용자들이 필요한 정보를 얻고 다양한 활동을 할 수 있는 공간을 제공합니다. 그러나 최근 웹사이트 운영에서 점차 중요한 요소로 부각되는 것이 바로 ‘휴식 공간’입니다. 그렇다면 오피사이트에 휴식 공간을 둘 수 있을까요? 이 질문에 대해 다각도로 접근해보면, 휴식 공간의 개념이 무엇인지, 그리고 이를 어떻게 오피사이트에 효과적으로 반영할 수 있는지에 대해 생각할 수 있습니다.
첫째, 휴식 공간의 개념을 확립하는 것이 필요합니다. 오피사이트에서 말하는 ‘휴식 공간’은 전통적인 의미에서의 물리적인 공간을 의미하는 것이 아니라, 사용자들에게 잠시 머무르며 휴식을 취할 수 있는 온라인 환경을 제공하는 개념입니다. 예를 들어, 많은 오피사이트에서는 사용자가 긴 글을 읽거나 여러 정보를 처리하는 동안 잠시 쉬어갈 수 있는 휴식용 콘텐츠를 제공할 수 있습니다. 이런 콘텐츠는 간단한 퀴즈, 미니 게임, 혹은 명상 음악과 같은 휴식 효과를 주는 요소들이 될 수 있습니다. 이러한 콘텐츠는 사용자가 사이트를 이용하는 동안 스트레스를 줄이고, 집중력을 높이는 데 도움을 줄 수 있습니다.
둘째, 오피사이트에 휴식 공간을 추가하는 방법은 사이트의 사용자가 원하는 형태로 제공할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 교육 사이트의 경우 학습을 진행하는 중간에 짧은 휴식 시간을 가질 수 있도록 유도하는 것이 좋은 방법이 될 수 있습니다. 일정 시간마다 알림을 통해 사용자가 잠시 휴식을 취하도록 안내하거나, 학습을 마친 후 간단한 휴식 게임을 제공함으로써 사용자들의 피로를 덜어줄 수 있습니다. 이러한 방식은 특히 학습 효율성을 높이고, 사용자가 더 오랫동안 사이트를 이용할 수 있도록 유도하는 효과가 있습니다.
오피사이트에 휴식 공간을 둘 수 있습니까?
셋째, 휴식 공간을 설계할 때는 사용자의 편의를 고려하는 것이 중요합니다. 오피사이트에 제공되는 휴식 공간은 사용자가 쉽게 접근할 수 있고, 중단 없이 휴식을 취할 수 있는 환경을 제공해야 합니다. 예를 들어, 미니 게임이나 간단한 퀴즈는 몇 분 내외로 즐길 수 있는 짧은 콘텐츠여야 하며, 사용자가 원하는 때 언제든지 접근할 수 있어야 합니다. 또한, 사이트 내에 짧은 명상 음악이나 휴식용 배경 음악을 설정해두면, 사용자들이 더 편안한 분위기에서 휴식을 취할 수 있습니다.
넷째, 오피사이트의 휴식 공간은 시각적으로도 중요한 역할을 합니다. 사이트의 디자인은 사용자가 긴 시간을 사이트에서 보내기 위해 필수적인 요소입니다. 밝고 화사한 색상이나, 편안한 느낌을 주는 색조를 사용하여 사용자들이 부담 없이 휴식을 취할 수 있도록 유도할 수 있습니다. 또한, 배경음악이나 자연 소리를 활용하여 분위기를 조성하는 것도 사용자가 편안함을 느끼도록 돕는 좋은 방법입니다.
마지막으로, 오피사이트에 휴식 공간을 제공하는 것은 단순히 사용자의 편의를 위한 조치만이 아닙니다. 이는 사용자 경험을 향상시키고, 사이트에 대한 방문자들의 만족도를 높이는 중요한 요소가 됩니다. 많은 이용자가 오피사이트를 자주 방문하게 되며, 필요한 정보나 콘텐츠를 효과적으로 제공받는 동시에, 긴장을 풀 수 있는 공간이 있다면 그 사이트에 대한 긍정적인 이미지를 형성할 수 있습니다. 이는 사이트의 재방문율을 높이고, 이용자들의 충성도를 높이는 데도 기여할 수 있습니다.
결론적으로, 오피사이트에 휴식 공간을 두는 것은 사용자 경험을 풍부하게 만들 수 있는 좋은 방법입니다. 사용자들이 잠시 쉬어갈 수 있는 공간을 제공함으로써, 학습이나 정보 검색이 반복되는 과정에서의 피로감을 덜어줄 수 있습니다. 또한, 이는 사이트 방문자들에게 더 나은 경험을 제공하고, 사이트에 대한 긍정적인 이미지를 형성하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다.
It’s tough to imagine Anna Nagar as a buzzing food night spot. Back in the 1960s, this was a suburban village called Naduvakkari. It was the 1968 World Trade Fair that transformed this sleepy area into a much-sought-after residential neighbourhood in the 1970s. Wide, tree-lined avenues, renowned educational institutions, and well-planned infrastructure marked Anna Nagar’s development as one of the city’s premier residential neighbourhoods. Gradually, the main streets, like the arterial 2nd Avenue, became retail hubs, but it was still an area that had no real nightlife to boast of. That has changed, and how.
Also Read:Date Night Dining In Chennai: 10 Most Romantic Restaurants And Dining Spots
The 2020s have seen Anna Nagar come of age as a popular food and drink destination in Chennai. While the area has been a magnet for high-quality resto-bars and popular restaurants, it’s the affordable, grab-and-go outlets that have made it a popular spot among Chennai’s foodies. Kora Food Street on 2nd Avenue has been one of the key drivers of this transformation, but it’s not the only destination in the mix. Quite a few food trucks and tiny stalls have sprung up over the last couple of years, many of which stay open well beyond midnight. We take you through some of the must-try dishes in this busy street food zone:
Here Are The Best Dishes To Try In Anna Nagar, Chennai:
1. Thai Ilai Biriyani:
The lines can get quite long on busy nights at this popular biriyani hotspot, which takes its name from the leaf (thai illai or thaiyal illai) in which the hot biryani is packed. Regulars crowd this affordable biriyani spot for their promise of freshly made biryani that’s prepared each evening. Where: 5th Avenue, AC Block
2. Srivari Sweets:
This popular sweet shop has expanded to become a favourite for Anna Nagar’s residents seeking a quick vegetarian snack or meal. Srivari offers combo meals, but it’s their snacks-like the onion bajji, multigrain dosa, and vada-that are the big draw. Regulars also swear by their filter coffee. Where: 6th Main Road, Y Block
Also Read: Chennai Breakfast Trail: 12 Must-Visit Places In The City For Authentic Meals
3. Ammavin Adupankarai:
Translating to “Mother’s Kitchen,” this popular restaurant in the Perambur area has carved a niche with its emphasis on home-style flavours from the Thanjavur region of Tamil Nadu. The restaurant operates a food truck in Anna Nagar that draws crowds for its fish kuzhambu (gravy) or dry fish kuzhambu, which pairs wonderfully with idli or dosa. Where: AD Block
4. Nakku Popsicles:
“Nakku” is the Tamil word for “lick.” This popular ice cream destination is not just cleverly named but has also won a loyal following for its popsicles made with real and natural ingredients. Their signature popsicles, like the Belgian chocolate and blueberry, are crowd favourites. Where: 10th Main Road
Nakku Popsicles
5. Pastry Kadai:
This popular cloud dessert spot (kadai is the Tamil word for “shop”) offers a grab-and-go option and created one of the most popular viral desserts in Chennai this summer. One Day in Bangkok is a great shareable dessert option that combines the flavours of mango and coconut, remaining one of the bestsellers at this dessert destination that also serves an array of tubs and cakes. Where: Ponni Colony Main Road
Pastry Kadai
6. Anna Nagar Vaishnavas Thattu Idli Kadai:
This busy, self-serve vegetarian eatery offers a blend of classic South Indian snacks and snacks with a contemporary twist. The flat, thattu idlis are their calling card-the karuvepillai (curry leaf) thattu idli is a popular option. It’s not just thattu idlis; you can also check out the cheese murukku sandwich, the paneer dosa, and the filter coffee while you’re here. Where: 4th Main Road, Q Block
7. Ashok Street Foods:
If you’re a fan of kari (meat) dosa, a favorite in Madurai, then this tiny eatery won’t disappoint. Ashok Street Foods offers a variety of kari dosas that are a treat for meat lovers, including their signature Nalli dosa. Where: 3rd Avenue, W Block
Also Read: 15 Street Food Favourites You Can’t Miss In Chennai
8. Kora Food Street:
This hub has been at the heart of Anna Nagar’s emergence as a popular street food and late-night food destination. Home to over 60 brands, Kora Food Street claims to monitor these outlets with stringent food safety standards.
One of the popular spots here is Mad for Waffles, which offers a wide range of waffles, including popular options like their Kit Kat Waffles and Trippy Triple Chocolate.
Mad for Waffles
Burger lovers usually head to Italian Radicci for their fully loaded burgers, like the ultimate burger, which also includes a generous quantity of bacon.
Italian Radicci
Auro Pizza serves a variety of pizzas at Kora Food Street, including whole wheat pizzas. Local flavours shine at spots like Poricha Parotta, which offers a range of fried parottas. Comfort food options include Saucy and Crispy Momos at Tibet Momo. Where: 2nd Avenue
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-02-26/Mainland-backs-Taiwan-compatriots-participation-in-Chinese-democracy-1BjpAZ0CMAo/img/5a2928fd0a69409abf7071b4798f6e64/5a2928fd0a69409abf7071b4798f6e64.png' alt='Zhu Fenglian, spokesperson for the State Council Taiwan Affairs Office, speaks at a press briefing in Beijing, China, February 26, 2025. /VCG'
A mainland spokesperson pledged on Wednesday to promote Taiwan compatriots’ participation in Chinese democracy and to improve policies and systems that enhance their well-being.
Zhu Fenglian, spokesperson for the State Council Taiwan Affairs Office, made the remarks in response to a media query about the growing interest from people in Taiwan in the Two Sessions, annual sessions of China’s national legislature and national political advisory body.
The Two Sessions, Zhu stressed, serve as a key platform for whole-process people’s democracy, as well as an important window for Taiwan compatriots to understand the socialist system with Chinese characteristics.
The spokesperson noted that in recent years, more Taiwan compatriots have shared their views and suggestions on cross-Straits relations through various channels. She added that the mainland will create more opportunities for people from Taiwan, especially the youth, to observe and participate in whole-process people’s democracy, and will fully consider their opinions and suggestions.
“We are ready to work with compatriots in Taiwan to advance national reunification and rejuvenation,” Zhu said.
TVS Emerald has acquired a 10-acre land parcel in Sathanur, Bengaluru, the fourth acquisition made by the real estate developer in the current financial year, a top official said.
With the latest acquisition, TVS Emerald has added land deals with a total revenue potential of ₹5,300 crore, the company said.
Also read: TVS Emerald acquires 12-acre land parcel in Chennai
Earlier, the city-based realtor had made similar acquisitions with two land parcels in Chennai — a 12-acre land on the Radial Road and another 4.8-acre land in Padur, Old Mahabalipuram Road. It has also purchased a 4-acre land in Thanisandra, Bengaluru during the current financial year, the company said in a statement here on Tuesday.
“We have been growing steadily with multiple acquisitions across Chennai and Bengaluru. The acquisition of this land parcel — our 4th this year — will only help us further consolidate our position in the market,” TVS Emerald Director and CEO Sriram Iyer said.
Also read:TVS Emerald acquires land parcels in Bengaluru & Chennai for residential projects
The overall potential of projects under development by the brand now stands at 8.2 million sq ft, the statement said.
“Our presence in key micro-markets will help us move closer to a leadership position and reinforce our position as a trusted brand in the residential space,” he added.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
U SVOJEM prvom susretu protiv Dallas Mavericksa slovenski košarkaš Luka Dončić privukao je pažnju noseći nove Jordan Luka 4 tenisice. Model ostaje vjeran prepoznatljivom niskom stilu, a odlikuje ga baza u boji limete s upečatljivim zelenim detaljima.
Ono što se posebno ističe je dinamičan grafički uzorak sa strane, nadahnut dizajnom atletskih staza. Ovaj složeni dizajn obrubljen je neonski zelenom bojom za kontrast.
“Želim ih vidjeti u više boja”
Na jeziku tenisice nalazi se Lukin broj 7 u jarkonarančastoj i ružičastoj boji, što pruža snažan vizualni kontrast sa zelenom bazom tenisice. Skriveni motiv srca unutar jezika dodaje osobni pečat simbolizirajući Lukinu duboku povezanost s kćeri.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Ni teaser ni išta, samo se pojavio u novim tenisicama”, “Nadam se da su dovoljno dobre da može igrati u njima”, “Trebam ih”, “Želim ih vidjeti u više boja”, “Podsjećaju na automobil”, “Djeluju jeftino”, “Osrednje”, glase komentari na nove tenisice.
Tenisice će biti dostupne na ljeto 2025. u Nike web-shopu i u odabranim trgovinama. Cijena u ovom trenutku nije poznata.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Quentin Young of Oaks Christian showed off his power Wednesday against Moorpark.
He hit two home runs and finished with six RBIs in a 9-2 win. He has four home runs this season.
The City Section has a star in the making. Freshman Carlos Acuńa is a keeper. Four strikeouts and one walk in five innings. Birmingham 2, Chaminade 1. pic.twitter.com/JSVh2ms09G
Chaminade 5, Birmingham 4: The Eagles scored two runs in the top of the seventh to pull out the victory. Freshman Carlos Acuna was impressive for six innings for Birmingham, striking out seven and giving up two earned runs.
Sun Valley Poly 3, El Camino Real 2: Sebastian Bravo picked up the win for Poly. Jackson Sellz had three hits for El Camino Real.
Bishop Amat 10, South Hills 3: Santiago Ramirez and Raymond Castro each had three hits and Adan Garcia added three hits and three RBIs to lead the Lancers.
St. John Bosco 8, La Habra 4: Moises Razo finished with three hits and four RBIs to power the Braves in their season opener.
Oaks Christian 9, Moorpark 2: Quentin Young hit his third and fourth home runs of the season and finished with six RBIs for the Lions.
Bishop Alemany 14, Hueneme 0: Charlie Larkin, Jayden Lusk and Matthew Salcido hit home runs for Alemany.
Oxnard Pacifica 7, Calabasas 6: Matthew Witkow finished with three hits, including his third home run, but the Coyotes dropped the Easton tournament game.
Ganesha 4, Damien 3: A three-run rally in the bottom of the seventh lifted Ganesha to victory.
Hart 2, Camarillo 1: Brady Werther had three hits, including an RBI single, for the Hawks.
La Canada 8, Granada Hills 3: Will Park had a home run and double for La Canada.
West Ranch 15, Paraclete 1: Cayden Wilson had three RBIs and Landon Hu homered for West Ranch.
Agoura 9, Cleveland 4: Brent Elbert contributed four RBIs for Agoura.
Taft 9, Golden Valley 4: Nathan Swinson had two hits and two RBIs for the Toreadors.
Saugus 10, San Marcos 8: JD Lawless and Kaden Haag each had two hits for Saugus.
Royal 13, Foothill Tech 0: Caden Sramek struck out 11 in six innings for Royal.
When Shanghai-based designer Guo Qingshan posted a vacation photo on Valentine’s Day and captioned it “Puppy Mountain,” it became a sensation in China and even created a tourist destination.
This hidden ‘Puppy Mountain’ in China is going viral and you’ll want to visit ASAP!(Image by X/RodFrank12)
Guo had gone on a hike while visiting his hometown of Yichang in central China’s Hubei province in late January. When reviewing the photos, he saw something he hadn’t noticed before: A mountain shaped like a dog’s head rested on the ground next to the Yangtze River, its snout perched at the water’s edge.
“It was so magical and cute. I was so excited and happy when I discovered it,” Guo said.
“The puppy’s posture is like it’s drinking water, or it’s looking at some fish. It also looks like it’s quietly protecting the Yangtze River,” he said.
Guo’s post on Chinese social media app Xiaohongshu, or RedNote, received 120,000 likes within 10 days. On the media platform Weibo, the hashtag #xiaogoushan — Chinese for “Puppy Mountain” — drew millions of views.
Dog owners started to post pictures of their dogs to see which one had the closest resemblance. Many people traveled directly to the location in Yichang to see the mountain for themselves and some even brought their dogs to take photos.
“Puppy Mountain here I am!” one social media user wrote on RedNote along with photos of the mountain. “Just stroke the puppy’s head and then everything will be OK.” Another social media user commented: “We all need the eyes to see the beauty in this world.”
Yang Yang, who lives about an hour and half from the location, drove there with her friends and her 2-year-old grey poodle named Yang Keyi.
“I was really happy to see the mountain,” she said. “I always travel with my dog if possible, so Puppy Mountain and my own little dog really match.”
The mountain is in Yichang’s Zigui County, where it can be seen from an observation deck. The Yangtze River, the longest river in China and the third-longest river in the world, flows through the mountainous area.
After Guo’s photo went viral, many people shared photos of the view they previously had taken from the same deck, many saying they hadn’t realized it looked like a dog. Some discussed how the dog’s appearance has changed over the years.
Yichang resident Shi Tong said he knew he had seen the mountain before, and posted a photo he took of the location in 2021.
“After I saw the Puppy Mountain photo online, I tried to look up where it is. And then I realized that I have been to this place before. I thought it looked like a dog at that time too!”
First announced last year, Layered Reality is gearing up to launch its official Elvis Presley immersive experience this Spring.
The unprecedented show, set to open in May at London’s Immerse LDN at Excel Waterfront, will take fans on a journey through time.
A synopsis teases: “Elvis Evolution will combine physical sets that move, shake and transform with live actors and musicians, pioneering technology and even the authentic aroma of the man himself, giving guests the chance to walk in Elvis’ blue suede shoes and follow his meteoric rise to superstardom like never before.
“AI has transformed every part of the production process, breathing new life into 60-year-old footage, recreating previously unseen moments and offering fans an intimate view of Elvis the man, as well as the icon.
“The show will culminate with an immersive video performance of Elvis’ ‘If I Can Dream’, accompanied by live musicians.”
Now in a first look, three concept art images tease what’s in-store at the Elvis experience. The first shows off a 1960s Bob’s Burbank Diner, the second depicts the King’s 1968 Comeback Special dressing room, and the third recreates the backstage at NBC Studios, where it was filmed.
Tickets for Elvis Evolution and be purchased here.
Volvo has revealed more details about its upcoming ES90 electric sedan just a week out from its unveiling, with the battery-powered model boasting range anxiety-beating figures.
The Volvo ES90, due to debut on March 5, will have a claimed driving range of 700km on the WLTP lab test cycle, far more than the 570km figure of the EX90 electric SUV flagship.
It’s tipped to be a competitor to the BMW i5 and Mercedes-Benz EQE – which offer up to 627km and 626km of range, respectively – due to the petrol-powered S90’s closeness in size to the 5 Series and E-Class.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
According to Volvo, the ES90 will its first EV underpinned by an 800-volt architecture.
This is despite the ES90 being based on the same SPA2 platform as the EX90, which features a 400-volt architecture.
Higher charging rates are a clear benefit of the increased voltage, with Volvo claiming the ES90 can be DC fast-charged at up to 350kW, allowing its battery to gain 300km of range in just 10 minutes.
Volvo additionally claims ES90s equipped with a 106kWh battery (net capacity) can be charged from 10 to 80 per cent charge in 20 minutes, based on the 350kW charge rate.
For context, the EX90’s 111kWh (gross capacity) lithium-ion with nickel-manganese-cobalt (NMC) chemistry battery can be charged at up to 250kW.
Volvo claims the 800-volt architecture has resulted in undisclosed weight savings for the ES90 compared to its existing EVs, as it can use lighter electric motors and other components.
The ES90 is also a key model towards Volvo’s sustainability goals, with Volvo reporting 29 per cent of all aluminium and 18 per cent of all steel used in the electric sedan is recycled, while it also contains 16 per cent recycled polymers and bio-based materials.
In addition to this, the ES90 will be sold with a “battery passport”, a requirement in Europe from early 2027. The passport tracks raw materials such as lithium, cobalt, nickel and graphite, and details the CO2 footprint of an EV’s battery.
Previously leaked documentation in China revealed the ES90 will measure 4990mm long, 1945mm wide and 1547mm tall on a 3102mm wheelbase.
The ES90 will reportedly be offered in either single-motor rear-wheel drive or dual-motor all-wheel drive configurations.
It’ll join a growing lineup of Volvo EVs, which will include the upcoming EX60 (an electric counterpart to the XC60), as well as two models on the newer SPA3 platform.
Volvo’s current global EV range includes the EX30, the EX40 (formerly known as the XC40 Recharge), the EX90, and the China-only EM90 people mover.
Despite announcing in March 2021 that it would only sell EVs globally by 2030, Volvo walked back this target to 90-100 per cent electrified vehicle sales by 2030 – with the new figure including plug-in hybrids (PHEVs).
MORE: Volvo teases its next wave of new models including EVs and PHEVs MORE: Volvo keeping sedans alive with new EV… even in Australia MORE: Volvo is the latest brand to walk back ambitious EV goals
Petrol, Diesel Price Today: Check City-Wise Rates Across India Including In Delhi, Mumbai And Kolkata
Petrol, Diesel Prices On February 27
Petrol, Diesel Prices Today On February 27, 2025:Oil marketing companies (OMCs) update petrol and diesel prices every day at 6 AM to maintain transparency and account for changes in global market conditions. These daily revisions take into account shifts in international crude oil prices and currency exchange rates, ensuring that consumers get the most accurate and up-to-date fuel price information.
Petrol Diesel Price Today In India
Check city-wise petrol and diesel prices on February 27:
City
Petrol Price (Rs/litre)
Diesel Price (Rs/litre)
Delhi
94.72
87.62
Mumbai
103.44
89.97
Chennai
100.85
92.44
Kolkata
103.94
90.76
Noida
94.66
87.76
Lucknow
94.65
87.76
Bengaluru
102.86
88.94
Hyderabad
107.41
95.65
Jaipur
104.88
90.36
Trivandrum
107.62
96.43
Bhubaneswar
101.06
92.91
In India, fuel prices have remained steady since May 2022, after the central government and various state governments reduced fuel taxes.
Oil marketing companies (OMCs) revise fuel prices daily at 6 a.m., based on global crude oil prices fluctuations. The government regulates these prices through mechanisms like excise taxes, base pricing, and price caps.
Factors Influencing Petrol and Diesel Prices in India
Crude Oil Prices: As the key raw material for producing petrol and diesel, fluctuations in global crude oil prices have a direct impact on fuel costs in India.
Exchange Rate: India imports a significant portion of its crude oil, so changes in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the US dollar influence fuel prices. A weaker rupee generally leads to higher fuel costs.
Taxes: Petrol and diesel prices are subject to various taxes imposed by both the central and state governments. These taxes can vary from state to state, contributing significantly to the final price consumers pay at the pump.
Refining Costs: The process of refining crude oil into petrol and diesel incurs costs that influence fuel prices. These expenses can vary based on factors such as the type of crude oil processed and the efficiency of the refinery.
Demand: The balance of supply and demand plays a crucial role in determining fuel prices. Increased demand for petrol and diesel typically results in higher prices, as suppliers adjust to market conditions.
Check Petrol and Diesel Prices via SMS
You can easily check the latest petrol and diesel prices in your city through SMS. For Indian Oil customers, text the city code followed by “RSP” to 9224992249. BPCL customers can send “RSP” to 9223112222, and HPCL customers can text “HP Price” to 9222201122 to receive the current fuel prices.
News business Petrol, Diesel Fresh Prices Announced: Check Rates In Your City On February 27
Though there are always difficulties, the long-term potential of Ripple (XRP) is still under discussion. Currently trading at $2.39, XRP has seen bearish pressure yet maintains a high market capitalization of $138.14 billion. Reflecting continuous volatility, the price dropped 1.12% throughout the past 24 hours. XRP is projected to stage a comeback; nevertheless, the continuous legal fight against the SEC is about to be resolved. Analysts see a 444% increase in XRP, reaching a fresh all-time high (ATH) of $13 in 2025. Although this would be an amazing comeback, another altcoin is poised to surpass XRP with an astounding 7200% price rise before XRP peaks.
Ripple (XRP) and Its Path to Recovery
In its legal struggle against the SEC, XRP has had minor successes that have helped to calm investor concerns. The years-long litigation has been a main influence on XRP’s price stagnation. The coin is projected to gain greater institutional adoption as regulatory clarity increases, which would cause a positive run. XRP’s 50-day moving average is currently $2.80, suggesting a positive trend.
However, technical signs indicate a possible slowing of upward momentum. Despite technological flaws, XRP has strong foundations. Ripple is a perfect contender for long-term development because of its constant expansion of alliances and practical value in cross-border payments.
As regulatory uncertainty disappears, analysts predict XRP may surpass key resistance levels and fly toward $13. While XRP is projected to see a significant price rise, another altcoin is en route for an even more amazing price explosion.
Rexas Finance (RXS): The Altcoin Set for a 7200% Jump Before XRP Hits $13
Emerging as a transformative blockchain startup that effortlessly combines digital ownership with actual assets is Rexas Finance (RXS). Thanks to its original approach to asset tokenizing—letting users buy, sell, and exchange actual holdings on the blockchain—the platform has been rather popular. Rexas Finance’s (RXS) presale has been incredibly successful, generating significant investor interest. Currently, at Stage 12, RXS prices are $0.20, following a significant 6x rise from its first presale stage. Already generating over $45.69 million, the presale emphasizes the token’s increasing demand.
With Stage 12 currently the last presale stage and almost 89% full, the official launch price is $0.25. The coin debuts on June 19, 2025. Market analysts predict that RXS will soar by 7200%, attaining a cost of $14.6. RXS is among the most interesting investment prospects available on the market, as this huge price surge is projected to show before XRP reaches its expected $13 ATH. RXS is poised to see a price breakout as the formal launch for June 2025 approaches completion, and the last presale stage is almost finished.
Once RXS hits the mainstream market, experts say its demand will spike, causing a significant 7200% price change. Apart from surpassing XRP’s expected increase, the predicted leap to $14.6 makes RXS among the top-performing cryptocurrencies of the year.
What Makes Rexas Finance (RXS) the Best Investment Choice?
The expected increase of Rexas Finance (RXS) is mainly driven by its practical relevance. By allowing fractional ownership of things, including real estate, art, and commodities, RXS offers actual value, unlike many speculative cryptocurrencies.
This utility positions RXS in a unique way to profit from the expanding trend of tokenization. Besides, Certik, a top blockchain security company, has thoroughly examined Rexas Finance (RXS). This audit raises investor confidence and guarantees the project’s security and organization.
Certik’s audit’s legitimacy confirms RXS’s safety as a wise investment alternative even more than other volatile and high-risk cryptocurrencies. Also, RXS’s ongoing $1 million giveaway will award 20 lucky winners, each with $50,000 worth of RXS, from over 1.40 million entries thus far. Attracting retail and institutional investors, this project has greatly helped the coin gain popularity.
Conclusion
Although Ripple (XRP) is predicted to bounce back and hit $13 ATH in 2025, Rexas Finance (RXS) will likely have more influence on the market. Projected to be a 7200% increase, RXS is expected to climb to $14.6 before XRP even makes touch. Rising interest in RXS, combined with its successful presale, practical value, and security audit, makes it an interesting investment option. Rexas Finance (RXS) presents an unmatched chance for those trying to enhance their returns.
For more information about Rexas Finance (RXS) visit the links below:
Try These Kettlebell Exercises Now on Peloton’s Strength Plus App
Kettlebell strength training and classes are now available on Peloton’s Strength Plus app and the original Peloton app. Watch this short tutorial on how to do some of the exercises.
New evidence is highlighting just how important sleep is for overall health.
Emerging research published in The Journal of Immunology found a link between sleep deprivation and the immune system, and the potential to develop obesity, diabetes and cardiovascular disease through inflammation.
Researchers at the Dasman Diabetes Institute in Dasman, Kuwait, aimed to investigate how sleep quality impacts systemic inflammation and immune response in 237 participants.
DO WOMEN NEED MORE SLEEP THAN MEN? HERE’S WHAT EXPERTS THINK
After tracking the participants’ dietary intake, physical activity and sleep patterns, the researchers found that obese individuals had “significantly lower sleep quality and higher chronic low-grade inflammation,” according to a press release.
Sleep disruption also contributed to inflammation, regardless of obesity status.
Sleep deprivation can cause a disruption in immune cells, new research confirms.(iStock)
In a subsection of the study, five healthy participants went without sleep for 24 hours and were monitored and tested throughout.
The experiment uncovered that just one night of sleep deprivation resulted in a disruption in immune cells, or monocytes, in these participants, similar to what was observed in obese participants.
SLEEPY DURING THE DAY? IT COULD BE AN EARLY WARNING SIGN OF DEMENTIA, STUDY SUGGESTS
The researchers concluded that this study “highlights the importance of sleep quality in regulating immune responses and inflammation in obesity, suggesting that improving sleep quality could reduce inflammation and improve health outcomes.”
Sleep expert Dr. Wendy Troxel, RAND Corporation senior behavioral specialist and a licensed clinical psychologist in Utah, also commented on the findings in a conversation with Fox News Digital.
Troxel, who was not involved in the study, said the “intricate connection” between sleep, obesity and inflammation is “consistent with previous research that links these factors to obesity-related diseases.”
Obese individuals had “significantly lower sleep quality and higher chronic low-grade inflammation,” the researchers noted.(iStock)
Regarding the negative health impact of just one poor night’s sleep, Troxel said these effects can be reversed after two nights of recovering sleep.
“[This] highlights that promoting healthy sleep can benefit immune function,” she said.
These findings should be “interpreted with some caution,” Troxel added, given the small size of the study sample.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Nevertheless, combined with prior work, the results underscore the critical role of sleep in supporting and enhancing immune function,” she said.
Dr. Clayton Skaggs, founder and CEO of the Central Institute for Human Performance (CIHP) in Missouri, agreed that these findings support the “vital importance of timely rest.”
During sleep, the body releases proteins called cytokines that help fight infection and mediate inflammation, the expert told Fox News Digital.
“The results underscore the critical role of sleep in supporting and enhancing immune function.”(iStock)
“A loss of sleep disrupts this process, leaving the immune system in a relatively activated, pro-inflammatory state,” he said.
Skaggs added that sleep deprivation can also lead to a stress hormone imbalance, like elevated cortisol and adrenaline levels, which can further impact inflammation and immune regulation.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“While a single night of poor sleep might not cause overt illness in a healthy individual, these studies highlight that the immune system is highly sensitive to even short-term sleep loss,” he said.
“If such episodes become frequent, the cumulative effects may predispose individuals to chronic inflammatory conditions, increased susceptibility to infections and impaired vaccine responses.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Fox News Digital reached out to the researchers for comment.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
Bhagyashree’s culinary tales have a fanbase of its own. In addition to posting her food adventures on social media, Bhagyashree often talks about food nutrition in her “Tuesday Tips with B” series. Her latest Instagram post highlighted a seed that is beneficial for our overall health. Can you guess what it is? It is fenugreek, also known as methi in India. In the caption, Bhagyashree wrote, “My morning routine is this…. something that is a stamp for good health. Overnight soaked methi seeds.”
Sharing the benefits of methi seeds, the actress added, “Methi seeds are a superfood, regulating your insulin levels, cleansing your blood, improving gut health, increasing immunity, packed with iron. This has more benefits than you can ever imagine. Include this in your routine and you will see the difference in your health but also in your skin, hair and digestion.”
In her previous Instagram post, Bhagyashree shared the benefits of a green juice recipe, packed with nutrients and antioxidants. The ingredients – spinach, coriander, celery and amla (Indian gooseberry) – work together to boost overall health and skin radiance, she said. “A glass in the morning will keep your skin glowing. Skin benefits, gut boosting properties and immunity. This green juice has it all. Try it,” she wrote in the caption.
Also Read: Bhagyashree’s “Fave Breakfast” Will Make You Crave This Yummy Dish
In the video, Bhagyashree demonstrated how to prepare the green juice. She blended the spinach, coriander, celery and amla juice together in a mixer, then strained the mixture through a sieve to create a smooth and refreshing juice.
Spinach is rich in vitamins and minerals and improves immunity, hydrates the skin and makes your eyesight better with its high content of vitamin A. Coriander, with its antioxidant properties, promotes gut health and digestion, while celery provides a boost of essential minerals like calcium, potassium, magnesium and selenium, which contributes to radiant glowing skin. Meanwhile, Amla regulates blood sugar levels, helps in weight loss and also has anti-ageing properties.
A first information report has been filed by the Central Bureau of Investigation against Godrej Estate Developers, an arm of Godrej Properties, alleging that the company did not get the clearance of the National Board of Wildlife (NBWL) for a commercial building in Chandigarh.
In an exchange filing, Godrej Properties said that the FIR has been filed under the Indian Penal Code and the Prevention of Corruption Act. The FIR has alleged that the clearance from the NBWL was not obtained for the project Godrej Eternia, as it fell within 10 km of Sukhna Wildlife Sanctuary and therefore constituted a violation of Environmental Clearance for the project.
It said the CBI had initiated an enquiry and the company and its officials were co-operating with the probe by providing documents and information.
Godrej Eternia is a commercial building in Chandigarh and in July 2024, the office of the estate officer in the union territory revoked the occupancy certificate issued to it in June 2015 and the approved building plans for the project citing violations of conditions of environmental clearance.
In its filing today the company said that the FIR registered by the Anti-Corruption Branch of the CBI was, “based on a wrong premise and a misunderstanding of the facts.”
“It is our stand that the EC never stipulated any condition mandating clearance from NBWL,” the company said. It pointed out that a gazette notification in January 2017 had notified the final limits of the environmentally sensitive zone (ESZ) at a maximum 2.75 km from the boundary of Sukhna Wildlife Sanctuary. “Our project is 6.6 km away from the boundary of the Sukhna Wildlife Sanctuary.”
Stating that the action by the investigating body was in “furtherance to the notices issued last year on the same alleged ground,” it said the notices were immediately challenged before the High Court of Punjab and Haryana, “demonstrating that no blanket ESZ of 10 kms was imposed by the Supreme Court.”
The company also pointed out that the action by CBI was being taken 10 years after the completion of the project with requisite approvals.
It added that it was still assessing the material impact of the action on the financials and operations of the company.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
MAJA Šuput nedavno je na Instagramu podijelila uzbudljivu vijest – njezin glas čut ćemo u novom filmu o Štrumpfovima, koji stiže u kina 17. srpnja. No, osim te vijesti, pažnju je privukao i njezin outfit, posebno hlače, koje su se istaknule u kombinaciji.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Jednostavne, trendi i povoljne
Hlače koje je nosila su iz Zare i trenutačno su na sniženju – koštaju 20 eura. Imaju srednje visok struk, elastičnu pojasnicu nalik boksericama, bočne i stražnje džepove te kontrastne bočne trake.
Pjevačica ih je iskombinirala s kratkom bijelom košuljom, bijelim štiklama i elegantnom torbicom brenda Chanel. Jednostavan, ali efektan outfit koji se lako može kopirati.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
PHOENIX — Could Hyeseong Kim start the season in the minor leagues?
Dodgers manager Dave Roberts took the long route to get to his answer Tuesday.
When asked about the team’s new South Korean infielder, and exactly how he will fit into the club’s plans come opening day, Roberts acknowledged that there is still a “question mark” with Kim’s bat. He noted that the 26-year-old utility man was still adjusting to major-league competition. He explained how Dodgers coaches are continuing to guide him through a series of swing changes.
For a few moments, Roberts then lauded Kim, praising the former Gold Glove-winning Korean Baseball Organization star for his decision to “bet on himself to come here and to compete.”
But, finally, Roberts conceded exactly how stiff Kim’s competition for an opening-day roster spot remains — confirming that, yes, Kim could start the season in the minor leagues, though a final decision remains several weeks away.
“Right now, he’s in a competition to earn a job with us,” Roberts said. “So I would say that’s still all in play, and we don’t need to make a decision right now.”
Two months ago, this would have qualified as surprising news.
In early January, the Dodgers landed Kim on a three-year, $12.5 million contract with a two-year club option. Though that didn’t qualify as one of the team’s bigger financial commitments during its nearly half-billion-dollar offseason spending spree, the signing nonetheless marked a serious long-term investment; so much so, the Dodgers traded starting second baseman Gavin Lux three days later to seemingly clear the way for Kim at second base.
There were questions about Kim’s bat then. Though he was a .304 career hitt er in the KBO, he had only 37 home runs in 953 games. Though scouts liked his contact ability, defensive versatility and lightning-quick speed (Kim had 211 career steals in the KBO), his lack of power was a primary concern when he was posted for MLB clubs to sign.
The Dodgers were undeterred. They looked at Kim — a 5-foot-10 ball of muscle with the lowest body fat percentage in this year’s spring camp — and saw the potential for more pop. With the right swing changes, they hoped, the slick-gloved fielder could also provide production at the plate.
“He already has really good bat-to-ball [skills], which is a good foundation, obviously,” general manager Brandon Gomes said. “And then being able to impact the ball a little bit more and ride out some off-speed pitches in a better way, there’s definitely some pieces there that we feel like we can address to tap into the upside.”
Three weeks into camp, however, such improvements remain very much a work in progress.
During live batting practice sessions against the Dodgers’ talented pitching staff, Kim often looked overmatched at the plate, struggling to adjust to a steep jump in velocity (MLB pitchers throw their fastball, on average, some 5 mph harder than those in the KBO) and the flurry of wicked breaking pitches.
In his first four Cactus League games, Kim’s results at the plate have remained bleak: One infield single in nine at-bats, two walks, four strikeouts and only one ball hit harder than 95 mph (the threshold for hard-hit contact under MLB’s Statcast analytics system).
Like Roberts, Gomes also recently left open the possibility of starting Kim in the minors.
“I just think there’s so much unknown between now and Opening Day, seeing how the roster plays out and how he looks,” Gomes said last week, taking a non-committal stance when asked about Kim’s opening day roster outlook. “But we’re excited with what he’s brought to the table. The energy, the defense has been really impressive. And then the work ethic.”
Kim has received rave reviews overall this spring.
Teammate Miguel Rojas called him a Gold Glove-caliber defender at second base, impressed with Kim’s natural athleticism and clean fundamentals. Coaches have noted Kim’s receptiveness to working at other positions, too, taking drills this camp at shortstop (where he also had extensive experience in the KBO) and center field (a position he never played professionally in South Korea).
Most of all, the Dodgers have appreciated Kim’s buy-in at the plate; where he has embraced “significant adjustments” to his bat path and swing mechanics, as Roberts described them, in the hopes of making “this transition easier and sustainable.”
“He’s been really impressive in that sense,” echoed hitting coach Aaron Bates. “He has the ingredients to be great.”
What has become clear of late, though, is that it might take some time for Kim to become a finished product offensively. And in the meantime, the Dodgers will have to decide whether his future development is better suited by trial-and-error in the big leagues, or a lower-stakes stint against minor-league pitching.
“He’s just got to have more game repetitions,” Roberts said. “But the buy-in has been outstanding.”
There are other factors that will influence the Dodgers’ opening-day roster decisions. Currently, there appear to be four players battling for the last two position player slots: Kim and outfielders Chris Taylor, Andy Pages and James Outman.
Though Taylor is coming off a woeful 2024 season, and has gotten off to his own sluggish start this spring, he still seems like a long shot to be cut for now, given his track record with the Dodgers as well as the $17 million still owed on his contract (which expires at the end of this season).
Pages, meanwhile, is trying to build off an auspicious rookie season in which he hit .248 with 13 home runs, 23 doubles and 46 RBIs. A return to the minors, even temporarily, might only slow his development curve.
Much, of course, can change between now and the Dodgers’ domestic home opener in late March, when they will have to trim their roster down to 26 players (the team can bring a larger traveling party to its season-opening games in Tokyo). Even one injury elsewhere on the roster could be enough to cement Kim’s place in the big leagues.
But for now, his roster status remains in question, with the Dodgers seemingly open to starting him in the minors this year if they think it will aid his long-term outlook — and help him continue to improve his swing.
“We’ll let the spring play out,” Gomes said, “and see how those things progress.”
Samsung Galaxy M06 5G: When will Samsung Galaxy M16 5G be launched in India? Samsung is all set to launch two new M-series smartphones in India this week – the Samsung Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G. The company has already teased the launch with a ‘Coming Soon’ title and teaser videos.
Now, has the e-commerce giant really confirmed the launch date of the new M-series smartphones?
According to the promotional banner displayed on Amazon, the Samsung Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G will be launched on Thursday, February 27, at 12 PM IST.
Samsung India has also shared this link through its official X handle.
A new story unfolds! A new character comes into play… Who is he? Stay tuned as the agents unravel the mystery tomorrow.
Samsung Galaxy M16 5G, Galaxy M06 5G Specifications and Features: What we know so far
The Galaxy M16 5G and Galaxy M06 5G will serve as successors to last year’s Galaxy M15 and Galaxy M05, respectively. According to a recent post from Samsung on X (formerly Twitter), the Galaxy M06 5G will feature a dual rear camera setup, while the Galaxy M16 5G is expected to come with a triple rear camera setup.
As for the design, based on the teaser image, both smartphones are expected to share a similar kind of design, offering a sleek and modern look.
What to expect from the Samsung Galaxy M16 and M06 5G?
– Dual and Triple Rear Cameras: The Galaxy M06 5G will have a dual-camera setup, while the M16 5G will feature a more advanced triple-camera arrangement.
– 5G Connectivity: Both models will support 5G connectivity, ensuring faster data speeds and a future-ready experience for users.
– Similar Design Language: The upcoming models will likely have a similar design style as their predecessors, with an emphasis on premium aesthetics and functionality.
Today marks the Hindu festival of Maha Shivratri, a time of spiritual awakening as devotees observe Lord Shiva’s cosmic dance and his wedding to Goddess Parvati. Planning a pilgrimage soon? Here’s a list of Shiva temples you can visit to pay obeisance:
Here’s a list of Shiva temples you can visit to pay obeisance:
Kirupapureeswarar Temple, Tamil Nadu
This 2,000-year-old temple in Thiruvennainallur is also known as Thiru Arul Thurai (place of blessings). It is believed that Lord Shiva appeared here in the form of an old man to test a devotee, Sundarar, during his wedding. The old man claimed that Sundarar was meant to serve him, producing an ancient document as proof. The truth was revealed when Shiva disappeared into the sanctum sanctorum, leaving his footwear behind as a sign. The panchayat mandap, where the debate occurred, still stands, and a pillar where Shiva leaned remains warm to the touch. Visitors can also make the short trip to the historic town of Villupuram (18.7 km) or Puducherry (63 km). The nearest railway station, Villupuram Junction, is 33 minutes away.
Stambheshwar Mahadev Temple, Gujarat
Located in Jambusar, this temple is also known as the Gayab Mandir (Lost Temple) and ‘disappears’ at least twice a day. It is believed that the gods, headed by Lord Kartikeya installed the Stambheshwar Mahadev Linga after eliminating the demon Tarakasur. Tarakasur was a devotee of Lord Shiva, who established a Linga at the site of the demon’s execution as a gesture of execution. The temple is located metres from the seashore, and gets submerged during high tide, re-emerging when the water recedes-interestingly, only the top of the structure remains above water. The closest station, Vadodara Junction, is 73 km away.
Triyuginarayan Temple, Uttarakhand
This is believed to be the site of Lord Shiva and Goddess Parvati’s wedding. Triyuginarayan is derived from Triyugi (three epochs) and Narayan, (a name for Lord Vishnu) and a sacred fire has been kept alight in front of the temple since the wedding, symbolising the eternal bond of marriage. Thought to have been restored by Adi Shankaracharya 1,200 years ago, it is surrounded by four sacred water bodies – Rudra Kund (bathing), Brahma Kund (drinking), Vishnu Kund (purification), and Saraswati Kund (rituals). Visiting pilgrims can also trek to Kedarnath or explore Auli’s breathtaking landscapes and Rishikesh’s spiritual retreats. The nearest airport is Jolly Grant Airport, Dehradun (250 km) while the nearest railway station is Rishikesh Railway Station (215 km).
Kotilingeshwara Temple, Karnataka
Located in Kolar, the Kotilingeshwara Temple is home to nearly ten million Shiva Lingams — with the tallest standing at 108 feet. Established in the late 20th century, its design is a blend of traditional south Indian temple architecture and modern elements. Also on the premises is a 36-foot-tall idol of Lord Nandi, that stands on a platform that is 60 feet long and 40 feet wide. Nearby attractions include the 1,000 year-old Kolaramma Temple (29 km), Anthargange caves (36 km). Well connected by roads, the temple is also about 100 km from Nandi Hills and Bengaluru.
Baldur’s Gate 3 gets another new update within an update (Image: LARIAN)
Baldur’s Gate 3 fans can download another big new update, but only if they’re involved in stress testing Patch 8.
Patch 8 will introduce cross-platform multiplayer to Baldur’s Gate 3, which is why developer Larian needs to test the update before the full release. This means PlayStation, Xbox and Steam users will be able to play together.
With the stress test ongoing, Larian has released another new update to improve the cross-play experience.
The newly introduced Photo Mode has also received a number of improvements, alongside other new gameplay additions and bug fixes.
Fixed a bug preventing you from clicking and dragging objects.
Fixed an error when joining a game via a friend invite on Xbox.
Eldritch Knights now properly use free Extra Attacks before their War Magic attack.
Fixed Freecast getting enabled again after you unequip a piece of equipment.
Fixed Valiant Damage not triggering properly.
Fixed a bug where moving the controller sticks in specific directions wouldn’t register any input.
Fixed Jhannyl’s Gloves not correctly triggering the Defy Villainy passive that casts Lesser Restoration.
Updated Elemental Weapon to allow all damage types at all spell levels and include upcast benefits at Levels 5 and 6.
Examining in-world surfaces with the ‘Pin Tooltip’ keybind now correctly displays the tooltip.
Fixed a bug causing keyboard input to block if you spam the Level Up button and the Esc key.
Fixed a potential blocker causing mouse input to get disabled when clicking an enemy’s portrait as they die.
Fixed a blocker when a follower or summon used the Scrying Eyes in the Iron Throne.
Fixed a blocker when you tried to use any item while your character was Knocked Down.
Photo Mode
Fixed mind flayer tentacles T-posing.
Told the Swarmkeeper’s swarm VFX to play nice and show up in Photo Mode.
Fixed the owlbear’s pointing poses making it look like it was tucking its chin deep into its chest.
Fixed the Field of View slider value sometimes jumping up or down in unexpected increments when clicking on the arrows.
Tutorial and notification pop-ups will no longer appear in Photo Mode.
Fixed the ‘Exit Photo Mode’ option appearing in English on controller when the game was set to another language.
Disabled physics for genitals in Photo Mode to avoid some distressing twisting and contorting when switching between poses.
Resizing stickers will no longer affect their original position.
Fixed Body Type 2 characters’ left arms looking terribly twisted and emaciated in the ‘Shy’ poses.
Updated the position of the button prompts on controller so they don’t overlap in different languages.
Cross-Play
• Resolved an issue that was creating conflicts when enabling cross-play on Xbox.
• Fixed the game sending you back to the main menu with a ‘Connection Error’ pop-up on PS5 if the console went to sleep.
• Fixed a bug preventing PS5 players from joining cross-play games via the Friends List.
New Subclasses
• Limited the Booming Blade cantrip so it cannot be used more than once per turn.
• Fixed some missing and mistimed VFX for spells when cast by Bladesingers.
• Clarified the descriptions of Cosmic Omen’s Attack Roll and Saving Throw reaction tooltips.
• Fixed some missing bow animations for Arcane Shot.
• Updated the visibility of the VFX light source used by Shadow Magic sorcerers for the Eyes of the Dark ability.
• Fixed a bug allowing you to infinitely switch your Twinkling Constellation for free.
• Dirty Trick: Sand Toss now uses your Dexterity modifier on attack.
• Fixed Swashbuckers’ Dirty Tricks not conferring Advantage when they should.
• Added the new subclass spells to the Action Surge and Fists of Fury achievements.
• The Hexed Weapon condition is now properly removed from equipped weapons after you respec out of the Hexblade subclass.
• Rebalanced the number of Arcane Shots that Arcane Archers gain at Levels 7 and 10.
• Fixed the Dirty Trick: Flick o’ the Wrist spell missing its animation for dwarves wielding scimitars.
• Circle of the Stars druids can no longer enter animal Wild Shapes while already in a Starry Form.
• Cosmic Omen will no longer linger after you respec with Withers.
• Deepened Pact now works for Hexblade weapons if the Hexblade warlock has Pact of the Blade.
• The Swashbuckler subclass will no longer force all weapons to use Dexterity after Level 4.
• Fixed the Initiative bonus from rogues’ Rakish Audacity feature being +4 at Level 9.
• Rakish Sneak Attack can no longer be used with Disadvantage. Also updated and simplified the associated tooltips.
• Fixed the Reaper passive letting you target the same target multiple times.
Tooltips
• Mentioned the damage that Corrosive Spit deals in its condition tooltip.
• The Tides of Chaos passive tooltip now correctly states that it only works for ability checks.
• Updated the Lifedrinker tooltip to match functionality; it does not require Pact of the Blade.
• The Acolyte of Nature passive tooltip now shows up in the Character Sheet as expected.
UI
• Fixed the new subclasses’ action resources not showing up when Levelling Up.
• Fixed the audible voice not changing when you’re previewing different voices in Character Creation.
• Fixed a bug in Character Creation where disabling heterochromia wouldn’t actually disable it.
• Fixed area names missing from the minimap.
• Fixed the multiplayer session manager panel not populating properly for players that connected while the panel was open.
• Fixed the small preview of the colour you’ve selected in Character Creation sometimes missing.
• Fixed the body type slider sometimes skipping through a choice on controller.
• Fixed the context menu not opening properly on unselected items if you already have other items multiselected on controller.
• Fixed some settings that were missing their wrap-around navigation functionality on controller when playing Custom Mode.
• Fixed a bug causing an empty text-input panel to pop up and block gameplay.
• Fixed the ‘Rename Character’ field appearing blank in the Magic Mirror UI.
• Fixed some UI issues caused by the game continuing to accept controller inputs when loading a savegame.
Scripting
• Fixed a bug that caused Alfira to be retroactively murdered if that camp scene had played with Quil instead.
Cinematics
• Fixed the VO getting cut off prematurely for githyanki and drow characters entering the Shadow-Cursed Lands for the first time.
Crashes
• Fixed a potential crash when pressing to view ‘More Details’ on an item on split screen.
• Fixed potential UI-related crashes.
• Fixed a potential crash on PS5 when the game is left idle.
• Fixed a crash when attempting to open the game menu on controller while the pickpocket panel is open.
Modding
• Fixed a bug causing the Mod Verification window to appear empty and preventing you from closing it if you get a warning about insufficient storage before it opens.
• You can now navigate between the left and right columns of the Installed tab in the Mod Manager with a controller.
• Improved Character Creation functionality for modded games.
• The Mod Verification window will now also appear on PC for console-related mod issues to account for cross-play.
Nissan’s dual-cab beast is entering its fifth year on sale, and it’s just as tough as it was when it landed.
Note: This is an updated version of a review that was first published in August, as there have no been no major specification changes, save some minor price increases, for the last six months since publication.
We have updated key details such as a pricing and specifications with the most up-to-date information available. Read the original version of this review here.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2022 Nissan Navara PRO-4X Warrior
The Australia-only Warrior is built on the D23-generation Navara, which debuted in 2014 and received a tougher facelift in 2021. That means it’s getting on in years, and it’s showing its age.
On test here is the range-topping Navara PRO-4X Warrior, modified by Melbourne-based Premcar. Our tester was fitted with an automatic transmission, though you can get the same car with a manual – uncommon for modern higher-spec utes.
Modifications include beefy Cooper Discoverer all-terrain tyres, a winch-compatible bullbar with an integrated front light bar, under-body armour, and an upgraded suspension setup with a 40mm lift that means you can go straight from the showroom floor to the trails.
The next-generation Navara is reportedly due in Australia around early 2026. Previous reports suggest the next Navara could share a platform with the new Mitsubishi Triton, following other ute partnerships like Ford Ranger–Volkswagen Amarok and Mazda BT-50–Isuzu D-Max.
Is the current Navara PRO-4X Warrior still worth a look, or should you hold out for the next generation?
How does the Nissan Navara compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Nissan Navara against similarly sized vehicles.
Nissan
Navara
How much does the Nissan Navara cost?
Our tester is the most expensive Navara variant money can buy in Australia, and the only one to come in at more than $70,000 before on-road costs.
To see how the Nissan Navara stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What is the Nissan Navara like on the inside?
Given the 10-year old platform on which it’s based, it’s not surprising the interior of the PRO-4X Warrior is looking dated.
The main thing you’ll notice is how utilitarian it is in appearance. Nearly every large surface is plastered in hard, scratchy plastic, which will certainly be durable as time ticks by… but it ages the Navara alongside the more luxurious new Ford Ranger.
What doesn’t make sense is the use of gloss black trim. While it seems menial, we don’t like its inclusion in a car like this. It may look nice when new, but if you’re going to be moving things in and out of the cabin regularly and likely getting it dirty, it’ll get scratched up in no time.
You’ll find it primarily around the chrome-accented gear selector, but at least there’s next to no reason to be touching the area too often. Besides the small button blank, the sole switch on the panel is the one for drive mode on the far left, which is difficult to reach comfortably as the driver.
There’s some more gloss black surrounding the infotainment and climate controls, though the buttons are made of matte plastic as key touch points. If you look closely, you’ll also notice a faint metallic sparkle to the glossy bezel – nice if you’re into that.
The rest of the cabin is simple in its presentation. Hard plastic can be found all over the dash, centre console, and door cards. Even the mechanical handbrake handle is just hard plastic, but the traditionalist in me thinks it’s good to still have a physical lever in a workhorse like the Navara.
The steering wheel buttons feel sturdy and operate with a solid action, and while more of that hard plastic appears in the centre of the wheel, it’s nice to have that blacked-out Nissan badge with red lettering in front of you. It, and the badges on the outside, still feature the pre-2020 Nissan logo in case you missed having it around.
Plastic continues elsewhere too, including the interior door handles. There’s an A-pillar grab handle to help you climb into the front of the cabin too, though only on the passenger side. Behind the wheel is a straightforward instrument cluster, which comprises two large analogue dials for your tacho and speedo flanking a central screen.
While that screen is far from the highest-resolution display, there’s loads of information here depending on which menu you have selected. Those menus can be cycled through using the buttons on the wheel.
The two large dials also incorporate small temperature and fuel level gauges. I like the direct approach here; Nissan doesn’t try to cram in any unnecessary decorations or animations that would get in the way.
There’s also no guessing when it comes to fiddling with the driver assist tech or off-road mechanisms, as there are clear icons on that information screen that tell you exactly what is and isn’t on when you start pressing buttons.
Fittingly, the seats are the nicest part of the cabin by some margin. They feature leather-accented upholstery with intricate red, white, and black stitching and PRO-4X Warrior-specific embroidery, and they’re comfortable to sit in on longer drives.
Premcar says they’re intended to be “hard-wearing”, but that doesn’t mean you miss out on some nicer seating luxuries. The driver’s seat still includes powered adjustment and lumbar support, alongside heating for both front seats via two chunky switches.
The same white-stitched upholstery is also used on the lid of the centre console storage box, which is adequate in size. Other storage up front includes the typical passenger-side glovebox, two large central cupholders, and bottle holders in the door cards.
Nissan has also included two plastic pockets on either side of the centre console, either one of which is a perfect place to store the key fob or phones when you’re on the road.
The infotainment system is falling behind by today’s standards. It’s an 8.0-inch display as you’ll find in the rest of the Navara range – disappointing as it’d be nice to have a larger screen in the more expensive variants.
Flanking it are eight buttons and two dials, which are all clearly labelled for key functions. It’s a low-resolution against something like an Amarok, and it can feel cluttered when you’re trying to navigate using touch inputs. Everything you need is still there, it can just take a moment to find specific menus or settings.
Unfortunately there’s no wireless smartphone mirroring, and you’ll instead need to bring a USB-A cable with you if you want to hook up your phone. You do at least get the reliability of a hardwired connection, and we saw no glitches with the system in our week with the car.
Elsewhere, you’re limited for phone charging options. There’s no wireless charging pad up front, and while there is a phone storage cubby it’ll only just fit a standard iPhone 12 – so long as you’ve taken its case off.
Other charging options include that single USB-A port or the 12-volt outlet up front, or you can open up the centre console storage box to reveal additional USB-A, USB-C, and 12V outlets. You even still get an AUX audio input, telling of the car’s age.
In keeping with the infotainment layout, there are clear buttons around the cabin for many of the car’s key functions.
These include three central buttons for parking sensors, hill descent control, and differential lock, as well as three to the right of the steering wheel for driver assist features, traction control, and the Warrior-specific front light bar.
There’s a large rotary switch ahead of the gear selector for 4WD modes, as well as a discreet switch to the right of the wheel to open or close the Warrior’s powered rolling tub cover.
All of these functions are clearly labelled and easy to find, which means you won’t have to spend extra time trying to understand what everything does if you’re ever in a pinch.
The two most expensive standard Navara variants offer dual-zone climate control, which is controlled via the hub of buttons and switches below the infotainment display.
Everything here is clearly labelled and easy to operate, as it’s dominated by large buttons surrounding a small LCD display. It’s dated in layout, but I’d happily take conventional form-over-function rather than a touch-only setup.
It’s a small climb to get into the second row of the Navara, but it’s made easier by side steps running the length of the cabin. You can pull yourself in using the rear-facing grab handles on the B-pillars too, and it’s all made easier by reasonably sized rear doors that reveal comfortably wide openings.
The second bench offers the same upholstery and stitching details you get up front, and they’re comfortable enough – although they’re a bit flat. There’s loads of head room, leg room, and toe room, and I could sit comfortably behind my own average-height driving position with room to spare.
While the floor is mostly flat, it’s interrupted by a small driveline hump but it isn’t large enough to cause any real inconvenience. When the surprisingly wide middle seat isn’t being sat on, you can fold down the central armrest to reveal two cupholders.
Other amenities in the rear include a singular USB-A port on the back of the centre console, next to a notch that seems too small to be useful for storing anything; though you could probably put a phone there if you really needed to. Above that are two air vents, and that’s about all there is to keep rear passengers comfortable.
It’d be wrong to go without mentioning the tub out the back, which in our tester was fitted with some extra goodies. As standard there’s the beefy black sports bar up top, as well as large dedicated badging and an embossed Navara logo on the tailgate – not to mention the unique decals on the sides of the car.
Unlike the standard Warrior, our tester featured an electric rolling tub cover made by Victorian-based company HSP, which can be controlled by the interior switch, the key fob, or a control panel on the tub’s front-left corner.
It’s a nice bonus and improves protection against break-ins, and when it’s fully open a bright LED light bar turns on at the front of the tub. The only issue is the cover mechanism and light eat into space at the front, meaning you can’t access the full vertical capacity beneath the sports bar.
You still get plenty of space to carry things around in here though, which means the Warrior has done well to maintain the Navara’s practicality beneath the tougher skin.
Dimensions
Nissan Navara PRO-4X Warrior
Length
5350mm
Width
1920mm
Height
1895mm
Wheelbase
3150mm
Cargo bed length
1509mm floor 1469mm top
Cargo bed width
1560mm floor 1490mm top 1134mm between arches
Tailgate opening width
1360mm
Cargo bed depth
519mm
To see how the Nissan Navara stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
The Navara range is powered by a pair of 2.3-litre turbo-diesel four-cylinder engines mated to either manual or automatic transmissions. Our tester was fitted with the twin-turbo option, mated to a seven-speed automatic.
Specifications
Nissan Navara PRO-4X Warrior
Engine
2.3L 4cyl twin-turbo diesel
Power
140kW @ 3750rpm
Torque
450Nm @ 1500-2500rpm
Transmission
7-speed automatic
Drive type
4WD with selectable low-range
Fuel economy (claimed)
8.1L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
9.9L/100km
CO₂ emissions (claimed)
213g/km
Fuel tank
80 litres
Weight
2298kg (kerb)
Payload
952kg
Braked towing capacity
3500kg
Gross vehicle mass (GVM)
3250kg
Gross combination mass (GCM)
5910kg
Four-wheel drive variants have a part-time four-wheel drive system with low-range and an electronically locking rear differential.
To see how the Nissan Navara stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How does the Nissan Navara drive?
If you thought the Warrior looked big, wait until you get behind the wheel.
Anyone used to driving a passenger car could (understandably) feel intimidated at the prospect of driving a car as tough-looking as this, but once you’re out and about you’ll find it’s all surprisingly familiar.
Besides parking and navigating tighter areas, there are no strange feelings you wouldn’t expect from a ute like this.
There’s a push-button starter to the left of the wheel, which glows red when the headlights are on. Note the engine won’t turn on as soon as you press the button, because it’ll take a moment to warm its glow plugs before it fires up.
Slide the gear selector down and into D to get moving, but if you’re pulling out of a tight space it’s worth making sure you’ve brought your gym equipment.
The steering is heavy at low speeds on account of those chunky all-terrain tyres, coupled with the fact it’s still running a hydraulic power-steering system, which comes with compromises in everyday driving.
That diesel engine brings with it a noisy soundtrack, which is especially noticeable on cold start and under hard acceleration. It does quieten down once things warm up, and once you’re rolling you can start to take in the Warrior’s upgrades.
Beyond contributing to the heavy steering, the upgraded suspension hardware – which is standard on the non-Warrior PRO-4X – allows the Navara to better handle smaller imperfections like speed bumps.
It’s hard to look past the typical ute road manners, because it has a tendency to clatter over bumps at higher speed while clearly relaying any imperfections directly into the cabin.
That’s not to say it rides poorly, but it would be greatly improved by adding weight to the tub. It’s already quite a heavy vehicle at nearly 2.3 tonnes, but some extra weight at the rear would make it easier for the upgraded suspension to compress as needed and iron out bumps.
One of the Warrior’s choice additions is the 40mm suspension lift, and you certainly notice it when you’re out on the road. It’s a commanding driving position, and you feel like you are well above most of the other cars on the road.
That means it’s easy to know exactly where you’re placing the Navara, and blind-spot monitoring helps to avoid running other people off the road when you go for a lane change. Because of its size and your height above the road, it’s hard not to feel like you’re untouchable.
The high driving position is complemented by good visibility all around, and it’s easy to do head checks thanks to the unobstructed rear side windows. Even visibility out the rear-view mirror isn’t terrible, though it’s possible you’ll notice some glare on the rear window from the infotainment display at night.
There are some other tendencies to keep an eye out for behind the wheel. The all-terrain tyres, while off-road ready, tend to create more road noise than you might be used to. It’s nowhere near the roar of chunky mud-terrains, but it is still noticeable.
Extra rubber between the car and the road also means the car will sometimes follow cambers in the road, requiring the driver to hold the steering wheel at a slight angle to continue on straight.
Sink your right foot from a standstill and the Navara takes off in a spritely manner. That’s because first and second gear are both relatively short, allowing the engine to rev up quickly when needed.
Beyond that though, the Navara begins to lose its advantage as it climbs into the higher gears. It’s not necessarily slow, but we’d like it to be quicker than it is.
With 140kW and 450Nm, it’s down on something like a Ford Ranger Bi-Turbo (154kW, 500Nm) or a Toyota HiLux SR (150kW, 500Nm), and while that’s not massive on paper it does make a difference in the real world.
You’ll notice how other cars start to pull away when you climb past 50km/h. You’ll also notice it making a fair bit of noise without actually moving away faster when you put your foot down on the highway, which again suggests to us that it would benefit from some kind of power boost with the beefier, heavier hardware.
At least the automatic transmission is a quality unit, evidenced by its ability to smoothly shift when it should rather than stumbling and second-guessing. Its seven gears mean you have plenty of range for low-RPM highway cruising, though that didn’t help us in getting close to Nissan’s fuel economy claim.
We’ll caveat that by saying our week with the car was plagued by heavy traffic both on the freeway and in suburban areas, settings in which the Navara drinks a fair bit more fuel than we’d like.
Our previous reviews of the car share the same sentiment, and we’ve seen Navara fuel economy figures above the 10L/100km mark. Some of that could be down to the added weight of the tyres, bumpers, and under armour on the Warrior, which hasn’t been given its own economy claim by Nissan.
From a general perspective, it’s a solid ute to drive on the road. It has basic driver assist tech like non-adaptive cruise control, lane departure warning, and selectable lane-keep assist, though the latter uses the car’s brakes to make corrections which can be unsettling if you’re not expecting it.
It also has one particular on-road quirk in that it doesn’t have a footrest for your left foot. As most other cars have one I found myself searching for one in vain, which may be a result of the clutch pedal’s location in manual-equipped models.
Apart from that, the Warrior-specific upgrades are worthwhile. That unique bumper with its red lower portion not only looks the part, but that LED bar it houses is very nice to have.
In regional areas at night the standard LED headlights’ high-beams do an exceptional job in lighting up the way ahead, but flicking the switch to activate the light bar makes it almost like daylight ahead.
It’s reassuring to be able to see everything ahead without having to go through the hassle of an aftermarket job.
Off-road dimensions
Nissan Navara
Track front and rear
1570mm
Ground clearance
220mm
Approach angle
32 degrees
Departure angle
19.8 degrees
Ramp breakover angle
22.9 degrees
Wading depth
600mm
To see how the Nissan Navara stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What do you get?
There are six distinct grades of Navara, each with unique equipment additions over the preceding variant.
Navara SL highlights:
17-inch steel wheels
Full-size spare steel wheel
Automatic halogen headlights
Power-adjustable side mirrors
Tailgate assist (pickup only)
8.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wired Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Bluetooth
7.0-inch digital trip computer with digital speedometer
Vinyl floors (single cab and dual cab only)
Carpet floors (king cab only)
Cloth upholstery
Outboard rear seat ISOFIX points (dual cab only)
Trailer sway control
Hill descent control (4×4 only)
Hill start assist
SL Warrior adds:
Winch-compatible hooped bullbar
Integrated LED lightbar
Branded underbody black bash plate
275/70 R17 Cooper Discoverer All Terrain AT3 tyres
40mm suspension lift
Tow bar
100kg GVM upgrade (3250kg)
New springs, dampers and jounce bumpers
Fender flares and tub liner
All-weather floor mats
ST adds (over the SL):
17-inch alloy wheels
LED headlights
LED fog lights
LED tail lights
Automatic high-beam
Privacy glass
Power sliding rear window
Rain-sensing wipers
Heated side mirrors
Single tube sports bar in polished stainless steel
Drive mode selector (4×4 AT only)
Off-road monitor (4×4 only)
Satellite navigation
DAB+ digital radio
Leather-accented steering wheel
Leather-accented shifter
Carpet floors
Anti-dazzle rear-view mirror
ST-X adds:
18-inch alloy wheels
Full-size alloy spare wheel
Double tube sportsbar in polished stainless steel
Sliding in-tray tie-down hooks
Towbar
Tub liner
Proximity entry with push-button start
Dual-zone climate control
Tyre pressure monitoring
Carpet floor mats
PRO-4X adds:
17-inch black alloy wheels
All-terrain tyres
Full-size steel spare wheel
Black fender flares
Black roof rails
Black-painted side mirrors, side steps, grille and door handles
Black stainless steel double tube sports bar with sail panel
Leather-accented upholstery
Embroidered front seats with PRO-4X logos and red-accent stitching
Heated front seats
Power-adjustable front seats with lumbar support
PRO-4X Warrior adds:
Winch-compatible Nissan Genuine buillbar
Front light bar
Red bash plate and 3mm under-body plating
275/70 R17 Cooper Discoverer AT3 tyres
Full-size alloy spare wheel and tyre
100kg GVM upgrade (3250kg)
40mm suspension lift
New springs, dampers and jounce bumpers
Warrior-specifc fender flares
Warrior decal pack
Warrior headrest embroidery
To see how the Nissan Navara stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
Is the Nissan Navara safe?
The Navara had a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on tests conducted in 2015, though this has now expired.
That rating was based on a frontal offset score of 14.01 out of 16, a side impact score of 16 out of 16, and pedestrian and whiplash protection scores of Marginal and Good, respectively.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Seven airbags
Autonomous emergency braking
Forward collision warning
Driver attention monitoring
Reversing camera (pickup only)
ST models and up add:
Blind-spot monitoring and assist
Rear cross-traffic alert
Lane-keep assist
Lane departure warning
Surround-view camera
Rear parking sensors
To see how the Nissan Navara stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How much does the Nissan Navara cost to run?
The Nissan Navara is covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty like the wider Nissan range, though it can now be extended to 10 years or 300,000km if you keep to the scheduled maintenance at your preferred dealer.
Running costs
Nissan Navara PRO-4X Warrior
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres 10 years, 300,000km (extended)
Roadside assistance
1 year (standard) Up to 10 years (service activated)
Service intervals
12 months or 20,000km
Capped-price servicing
5 years
Total capped-price service cost
$2495
Average capped-price service
$499
To see how the Nissan Navara stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Nissan Navara
It’s a tried-and-true beast of a ute, and is still worth a look if you’re shopping for an upmarket off-roader.
Of course, it’s hard to look past its age. There’s no hiding the fact the Navara is nearing the end of its life.
The interior tech is the bare minimum for a new car in 2024, and the addition of wireless smartphone mirroring would do wonders to extend its life.
While its engine is proven at this point, it does lack power.
Given the multitude of powertrain options available in its competition, we think it’d be worth seeing some additional configurations available in future Navara models.
The PRO-4X Warrior is a comfortable ute to drive on the road, although it’s not approachable as some rivals in daily use because of its slow and heavy steering.
It’s an added bonus to have a car from an international manufacturer modified by an Australian brand, but there’s no hiding behind the fact those tweaks come with an added premium.
Even with that extra money you still get a dated interior, which unfortunately does feel miles behind the competition.
If you can’t spring for the top of the range, you can opt for the cheaper SL Warrior as a strong alternative. It does have fewer features as standard, but it’s worth having a look across the range to see what works best.
Interested in buying a Nissan Navara? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
The development of new shopping complexes, including the iconic Khari Baoli Market, Bhagirath Palace, and Ganaur Market, is set to elevate the retail experience for consumers while boosting the region’s economic prospects.
The development of new shopping complexes, including the iconic Khari Baoli Market, Bhagirath Palace, and Ganaur Market, is set to elevate the retail experience for consumers
The historic city of Sonipat, Haryana’s fast-growing urban hub, is poised for a significant transformation in its retail landscape, driven by the far-reaching initiatives of the Haryana State Industrial and Infrastructure Development Corporation (HSIIDC).
Boasting a strategic location and seamless connectivity to the National Capital Region (NCR), Sonipat is evolving into a bustling commercial and residential hotspot. The development of new shopping complexes, including the iconic Khari Baoli Market, Bhagirath Palace, and Ganaur Market, is set to elevate the retail experience for consumers while boosting the region’s economic prospects.
A Visionary Leap
The HSIIDC’s ambitious proposals aim to create a harmonious blend of tradition and modernity. Among these, the Khari Baoli Market promises to echo the vitality of Delhi’s renowned spice market, offering an eclectic mix of wholesale goods and retail delights. Meanwhile, Bhagirath Palace, inspired by its namesake in Chandni Chowk, will serve as a haven for electronics and consumer goods, catering to the rising demand for quality products in the region.
Ganaur Market, on the other hand, is projected to become a hub for local artisans and vendors, providing them with a platform to showcase their offerings to a wider audience. Together, these developments are expected to enhance the shopping experience for residents and visitors, ensuring centralized access to a diverse range of products.
Transforming Buyer Experiences
The upcoming markets are designed to emphasize convenience, accessibility, and an enriched shopping ambiance. State-of-the-art infrastructure, ample parking spaces, and organized layouts are just some of the features aimed at ensuring a seamless experience for buyers. The integration of digital payment systems and smart retail solutions further aligns these complexes with modern consumer expectations.
For families and casual shoppers, these spaces will not only serve as shopping destinations but also offer recreational facilities, food courts, and entertainment zones, making them community-centric hubs.
Rahul Singla, Director of Mapsko Group said, “Sonipat is on the brink of a real estate revolution. The city’s evolving infrastructure, coupled with its strategic location near Delhi, makes it a hotbed for investors looking for substantial returns on investment. The burgeoning demand for quality residential and commercial properties in Sonipat is fuelled by a combination of affordability, spacious layouts, and a better quality of life compared to the crowded metropolitan areas. With the rise of remote working models is encouraging more people to move away from traditional city centres. Every month, Sonipat is attracting not only locals but also people from Delhi and other metros who are looking for a peaceful yet connected place to settle.”
Sonipat’s emergence as a prime destination for real estate investment is attributed in large part to the city’s burgeoning plotted developments, which offer homebuyers spacious layouts and the opportunity to customise their dream homes. These plotted developments cater to the preferences of modern homebuyers, who prioritise both affordability and lifestyle quality. The well-planned plotted development in Sonipat is reshaping the real estate landscape, making the city the preferred choice for individuals seeking to invest in or settle down in a peaceful yet connected environment, he added.
Catalysing Regional Growth
The retail sector in Sonipat is poised for exponential growth, driven by these developments. The creation of these shopping complexes is expected to generate employment opportunities, attract investments, and boost local businesses. Moreover, these projects will enhance Sonipat’s appeal as a real estate destination, drawing attention from homebuyers and commercial developers alike.
The strategic placement of these complexes near major highways and residential areas ensures their role as pivotal landmarks in the city’s growth story. Their presence is likely to encourage further urbanization and improve the quality of life for residents.
Stimulating Real Estate Demand
The upcoming shopping complexes will not only influence the retail sector but also play a significant role in shaping Sonipat’s real estate dynamics. With enhanced commercial activity, the demand for residential properties in proximity to these markets is naturally expected to rise. Developers are likely to leverage this opportunity by introducing projects that cater to a range of buyer preferences, from affordable housing to premium apartments.
Evidently, Sonipat’s journey toward becoming a modern urban center is marked by the visionary initiatives of HSIIDC. The development of shopping complexes like Khari Baoli Market, Bhagirath Palace, and Ganaur Market is a testament to the city’s potential as a retail and real estate powerhouse. These projects not only promise to elevate the shopping experience but also contribute significantly to the region’s economic and infrastructural growth.
As these markets take shape, they will become harbingers of progress, attracting businesses, residents, and visitors, while cementing Sonipat’s position as a rising star on Haryana’s development horizon.
News business » real-estate Sonipat Real Estate: How Development Is Reshaping Residential, Commercial Landscape In City
The $1.4 billion hack of Bybit, one of the largest cryptocurrency exchanges, is believed to be the work of the Lazarus Group, a North Korean hacking collective with a history of large-scale cyberattacks. The hackers were responsible for the $1.4 billion hack of Bybit, who targeted Bybit’s cold wallet signers and intercepted transfers, gaining access to massive amounts of funds. They have since used over 11,000 cryptocurrency wallets to move and launder the stolen assets, complicating tracking efforts
In response, Bybit’s CEO, Ben Zhou, took action by declaring a “war” on the hackers and launching an initiative to recover the stolen funds. This included introducing a new tool to blacklist suspicious wallets and offering rewards for tracking the stolen money.
Blockchain analytics firm Elliptic released a free data feed listing wallet addresses linked to North Korean hackers. This initiative helps the community avoid sanctions and prevent money laundering of the stolen assets.
“Addresses associated with the Bybit exploit were identified and available to screen within just 30 minutes of the announcement, protecting customers without the need for them to conduct repetitive manual checks,” Elliptic stated.
Elliptic’s intelligence API identified 11,084 crypto wallet addresses linked to the Bybit hack. The list is expected to expand as investigations continue.
Zhou expressed gratitude to the Elliptic team for their assistance in providing real-time data on the Bybit hack. On February 25, Bybit hired the Web3 security firm ZeroShadow to investigate the blockchain and trace the stolen funds from the Bybit hack. The firm’s job is to track the funds and prevent further movement, aiming to recover as much as possible.
Despite the breach, Bybit has worked to maintain platform stability, keeping withdrawals open and securing external liquidity through loans. By February 25, the exchange began repaying these loans, starting with a transfer of 40,000 ETH back to Bidget.
Is it time to expand the definition of content marketing?
In 2020, I posed that question. My argument was simple: Content marketing isn’t just about creating content for marketing — it’s also about marketing the content.
Four years later, this expanded definition is even more relevant. Great content without its own marketing strategy is like a product sitting on a warehouse shelf with no packaging, no sales strategy, and no audience to buy it.
Brands winning today market their content strategically to ensure that it gets seen, shared, and acted on. They actively target content delivery channels beyond websites and social media. They embrace concepts in the evolution of marketing, such as generative engine optimization (GEO) and artificial intelligence optimization.
So, should you revisit the definition of content marketing? Let’s explore how the notion of content marketing has changed and why marketing the content itself is just as important as creating it.
Content marketing isn’t just content creation
Content marketing has evolved into a full-fledged skill set. Marketers who assume their job is done once the content is published are falling behind.
Winning at content marketing today requires:
Content distribution — getting content in front of the right audience
Audience targeting — using data, AI, and personalization to attract ideal consumers
Content repurposing — turning long-form content into multiple formats
Performance tracking — measuring how content drives actual business outcomes
If content is the product, marketing the content is how it generates demand and drives action.
Market your content like a product
Previously, I suggested applying the classic four Ps of marketing — product, price, place, and promotion — to content strategy. However, since then, content and how organizations perceive it are taking a front seat. It requires businesses to adopt a more modern approach to marketing.
That’s why in my book CASH: The 4 Keys to Better Sales, Smarter Marketing, and a Supercharged Revenue Machine, I introduce Lee’s Ps — presence, perception, price, and profitability. These factors apply just as much to content marketing as they do to business strategy. Presence and perception are leading factors in content success, so let’s dig a little deeper into those two.
Presence in content marketing
Having content about your product or service is not enough. It must be present in conversations, social feeds, and communities to cultivate the desire for the product. Many great products have failed simply because the content about them wasn’t sufficiently present in consumers’ minds to foster sales growth. Despite the need for quality content, quantity is still important. Your content must be present.
Supporting this notion, countless products have grown in demand and sales, sometimes before they even existed. The mental and social presence of content pointing to the product is more important than the product’s availability.
In 2020, Nathan Apodaca uploaded a video to TikTok of himself skateboarding on the street while drinking Ocean Spray cran-raspberry juice from a big bottle. It caught the attention of other TikTok viewers, including Jimmy Fallon, who did similar tribute videos. The video went viral, and juice sales increased — all without an Ocean Spray-initiated promotion tactic.
Brands must ensure that their content (or content about their brands and products) is present across multiple platforms, conversations, and formats to stay top of mind.
To build a content presence, you should:
Be where your audience is: Distribute content across multiple platforms.
Use multiple formats: Turn blogs into long-form videos, short-form videos, and posts.
Leverage organic and paid reach: A combination of paid ads and social sharing ensures maximum presence.
Perception in content marketing
The perception of a product can rocket it into viral success or immediately cancel it. Perception rules buyer behavior, and content is what drives — or corrects — that perception. Every brand must shape, control, and amplify perception before someone else does it for them.
To shape content perception, you should:
Position your content as authoritative and valuable.
Leverage influencers and social proof to boost credibility.
Use storytelling to create an emotional connection with your audience.
Content marketing is about how people feel when they engage with the content and that is more than just words or visuals.
Implementing the successful definition of content marketing
With that overview of amplifying your presence and perception, let’s drill down to some specific things you can do to implement a modern definition of content marketing.
How do you create all that content?
The days of relying solely on long-form content are gone. Speed and frequency matter. While crafting that high-quality 2,000-word article or polished video, don’t overlook the opportunity to repurpose it into smaller content pieces to keep your audience engaged. For example:
A blog post can become a LinkedIn thread.
A podcast episode can become short video clips.
A white paper can become a string of carousel posts on social media.
AI-powered tools make remixing easier than ever, but strategy still matters. The best marketers think of content as a modular asset that can be reshaped and redistributed for maximum impact.
Consistency is key. Content that shows up often wins.
How do you get people engaged?
If-you-build-it-they-will-come does not work for content. Every piece of content needs a marketing strategy beyond distribution. To keep content alive long after it’s published, successful brands use:
SEO and AI-driven optimization to ensure that content surfaces in search engines and personalized feeds
Dark social, also known as private sharing (Slack, WhatsApp, direct messages), which plays a huge role in content visibility
Interactive content, such as polls and quizzes, to drive more engagement than static content
What about organic and paid promotion?
Getting content in front of your target audiences requires a mix of organic and paid promotion. Successful brands allocate budgets specifically for content distribution, not just ad campaigns.
Establishing awareness organically includes unpaid avenues, such as search engine optimization, artificial intelligence optimization, social sharing, and public relations. Paid channels allow you to better target your reach using tools such as ads on LinkedIn and Facebook and influencer collaborations.
Should you gate the content?
Free content drives brand awareness and trust. Gated content must be worth enough for the recipients to be willing to exchange their contact details or pay for the information.
Instead of locking everything, many brands now use a hybrid model — providing valuable free content while offering exclusive premium insights behind a paywall or subscription.
Advancing the actions of content marketing
Content marketing works as both a noun and a verb:
Noun: A strategic marketing approach focused on creating and distributing valuable, relevant, and consistent content to attract and retain a clearly defined audience — and, ultimately, to drive profitable customer action
Verb: Applying marketing skills and techniques to written, video, audio, or social content to provide the greatest possible reach, longevity, and effectiveness of that content
To make content marketing successful, you must embrace it as an expansive verb. Websites and social were just the start. Market your content to AI platforms, searches, and generative summaries. Recognize that your efforts need to encompass all the places your content should appear in order to create the proper presence.
And do it in a way that establishes positive perceptions for your content and brand.
That’s how you live the modern definition of content marketing.
Updated from a July 2020 post.
Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.
HANDPICKED RELATEDCONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
After countless hours of testing, we know mattresses like the back of our pillows. But here’s the thing most people don’t realize: mattress testing isn’t always cut and dry. Firmness ratings? Totally subjective. What feels just right to me might feel like a rock (or a cloud) to you. That’s because we all come in different shapes and sizes and have different sleep preferences. And while those differences may seem small, they matter big time when you’re searching for your dream bed.
At CNET, our sleep team has years of hands-on experience and has tested around 300 mattresses and dozens of sleep accessories. Whether you’re a side sleeper, a stomach snoozer or someone who runs hot at night, we’ve got recommendations tailored to your needs. Still, even with all our expertise, there’s no getting around the subjectivity of mattress feel.
That’s why we teamed up with our CNET Labs crew to create something revolutionary: the Mattress Smasher 9000. This one-of-a-kind machine takes guesswork off the table, delivering hard data on firmness. No opinions. No bias. Just cold, objective measurements that show exactly how a mattress stacks up against the rest. And the coolest part? You’ll only find the Mattress Smasher 9000 here at CNET.
Because when it comes to finding your perfect mattress, we believe in combining real-world expertise and rock-solid data.
How CNET tests mattresses
The CNET sleep team has been testing mattresses and sleep accessories for years. We’ve seen it all, from the evolution of Casper’s beds to beds made from funky materials like Airweave to flippable beds like Layla. At this point, we’ve collectively tested around 300 beds between our nine mattress testers.
Our team takes a holistic approach to mattress testing. We don’t just consider what a bed is made of or how it feels when we roll around on it (although we do both of those things); we take the time to consider who would enjoy the bed the most. We use our differences in weight, gender and sleeping needs to determine who we recommend each bed for.
Every bed that passes through our Reno warehouse undergoes extensive hands-on testing to assess metrics like temperature, motion isolation, durability and edge support. We also take our mattress testing a step further and have our team sleep on beds for an extended period to see how they stand up to regular use. This can range from a few months to multiple years.
That’s not enough for us. How could it be when we go to bed thinking about beds only to wake up and do it all again in the morning? That’s why our team has taken the next step in our mattress testing process by integrating the Mattress Smasher 9000. This device will help us pair our hands-on testing with objective numbers.
Meet the Mattress Smasher 9000
Aly Lopez/CNET
The Mattress Smasher 9000 is a proprietary testing machine made by our CNET Labs team. It might look simple enough, but a lot is happening with it and the accompanying software, which helps us collect objective firmness scores for every mattress in our facility. From an S-type load cell to electromagnets to a laser — yes, I said laser — this impressively orange machine took months to create.
Let me explain how it works: Using the linear actuator and laser range finder mounted on the crane, the MS9000 drops to press on the bed. The optical feedback sensor ensures we’re dropping exactly where we want to. The attached 8-inch plate does the actual smashing.
The 8-inch plate of the MS9000 presses onto the mattress to get the firmness score.
Dillon Lopez/CNET
The linear actuator can produce 200 pounds of focus with only 9 inches of travel. Our calculations found that 40 pounds of force is the sweet spot for us because it’s equivalent to 165 pounds, or the average person’s weight. Don’t worry; we can adjust this number to allow us to measure and recommend beds for people outside of what is considered the “standard weight range.” For example, that number may change for the best mattresses for heavy people to ensure we get an accurate representation of who should buy those particular beds.
Dillon Lopez/CNET
The in-house software uses a data acquisition module to control the actuator programmatically. This software also documents the real-time force and range measurements that come from the MS9000.
We’ve established a 1-through-10 firmness measurement scale, with 10 being the most firm. We run the MS9000 several times per bed to ensure our numbers are accurate before confirming the objective firmness score.
How we’ll use the Mattress Smasher 9000 to recommend beds for you
Aly Lopez/CNET
Over the last few months, we’ve been happily smashing beds to build out our data set of objective numbers to complement our personal experience. That’s how we know the extra-firm side of the Plank Firm Luxe comes in at 9.5 out of 10. So far, that’s the firmest mattress we’ve tested to date. It’s truly an ultrafirm-mattress lover’s dream.
The applications don’t just stop at overall firmness. The MS9000 arm can move, which allows us to measure different points across the surface of the bed. Most beds will be consistently firm across the surface, but for those with a zoned-support design, it will come in handy. Zoned support is becoming more and more common in the mattress space, especially as brands think about making beds for people with back pain. Zoned support simply means that the center third of the bed is firmer to support your back at night, while the head and foot will be softer.
Sometimes, zoned support is super subtle, so it can be hard to verify it’s actually there when we’re testing it. The MS9000 will allow us to objectively tell you if a bed actually has a difference in firmness and, if so, how much it is. As with cooling technology, we like to make sure that beds deliver what they say and aren’t just relying on marketing magic.
Will this replace our first-hand experience? Of course not. Nothing could beat Aly and Dillon’s 30 nights of bed testing series, Owen’s blind-testing mattress challenge, or top JD’s experience with the Purple mattresses — seriously, he’s tested all of them.
Dillon Lopez/CNET
You can’t take the people out of mattress testing because objective numbers don’t make subjectivity vanish. Your weight and sleeping position will largely determine how you experience a bed.
For example, someone who weighs 125 pounds will put less pressure on a bed than someone who weighs 235 pounds. The more weight you put on a bed, the softer it will feel to you. I’m not talking about huge, sweeping changes to firmness, but it’s an important thing we always keep in mind when making recommendations. We need both the objective numbers and testing experience from the team to make our best mattress recommendations for you.
“Normal” levels of vitamin B12 may not be enough to ward off dementia, new research finds.
Researchers at University of California San Francisco studied 231 healthy older adults (averaging 71 years of age) who did not have dementia or mild cognitive impairment.
Blood tests showed that their B12 levels averaged 414.8 pmol/L, while the recommended minimum level in the U.S. is just 148 pmol/L.
DRUGS THAT REDUCE DEMENTIA RISK — AND OTHERS THAT INCREASE IT
Participants who had lower B12 levels were found to have “slower cognitive and visual processing speeds” when taking tests, which is linked to “subtle cognitive decline,” according to a UCSF press release.
The effect was more pronounced with age.
“Normal” levels of vitamin B12 may not be enough to ward off dementia, new research finds.(iStock)
The people with lower levels also had more lesions in the white matter in their brains, which can be a warning sign of cognitive decline, dementia or stroke, the researchers found.
The findings were published in Annals of Neurology on Feb. 10.
Based on these results, the researchers recommend updating the current B12 requirements.
DEMENTIA RISK COULD BE LOWERED BY DOING THIS FOR 5 MINUTES A DAY: STUDY
“Previous studies that defined healthy amounts of B12 may have missed subtle functional manifestations of high or low levels that can affect people without causing overt symptoms,” said senior author Ari J. Green, MD, of the UCSF Departments of Neurology and Ophthalmology and the Weill Institute for Neurosciences.
“Revisiting the definition of B12 deficiency to incorporate functional biomarkers could lead to earlier intervention and prevention of cognitive decline.”
“Revisiting the definition of B12 deficiency to incorporate functional biomarkers could lead to earlier intervention and prevention of cognitive decline.”(iStock)
The researchers did acknowledge that the study only included older adults, who may have a “specific vulnerability” to lower levels of B12.
Those lower levels, however, “could impact cognition to a greater extent than what we previously thought, and may affect a much larger proportion of the population than we realize,” according to co-first author Alexandra Beaudry-Richard, who is currently completing her doctorate in research and medicine at the UCSF Department of Neurology and the Department of Microbiology and Immunology at the University of Ottawa.
TWO ALZHEIMER’S DRUGS HELP PATIENTS LIVE INDEPENDENTLY AT HOME FOR LONGER PERIODS
“In addition to redefining B12 deficiency, clinicians should consider supplementation in older patients with neurological symptoms even if their levels are within normal limits,” she suggested in the release.
“Ultimately, we need to invest in more research about the underlying biology of B12 insufficiency, since it may be a preventable cause of cognitive decline.”
“Even participants with B12 levels deemed ‘normal’ by today’s medical standards showed clear signs of neurological impairment.”
Dr. Brett Osborn, a Florida neurosurgeon and longevity expert, said the study supports the idea that “normal” vitamin B12 levels are “grossly inadequate” for protecting the brain from age-related decline.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Even participants with B12 levels deemed ‘normal’ by today’s medical standards showed clear signs of neurological impairment — slower processing speeds, increased white matter hyperintensities on MRI (a marker of small vessel disease), and elevated tau protein (a biomarker of neurodegeneration). This is concerning to say the least,” Osborn told Fox News Digital.
The current minimum recommendations weren’t designed for optimal cognitive function or longevity, according to Osborn.
One neurosurgeon and longevity expert recommends supplements of B-complex vitamins, including B12, to ensure healthy levels of homocysteine, an amino acid that is produced during protein metabolism.(iStock)
“Instead, they were based on population averages — an inherently flawed approach when the ‘average’ person today is metabolically unhealthy. This is yet another example of mainstream medicine lagging behind the science.”
In Osborn’s clinic, he recommends supplements of B-complex vitamins, including B12, to ensure healthy levels of homocysteine, an amino acid that is produced during protein metabolism.
DOES EVERYONE NEED TO TAKE VITAMINS — AND WHICH ARE MOST IMPORTANT? HERE’S WHAT TO KNOW
“When homocysteine is elevated — a potential proxy for low B12 — brain function declines,” Osborn said.
The doctor did note that the study is observational, and that “correlation doesn’t prove causation.”
“Even participants with B12 levels deemed ‘normal’ by today’s medical standards showed clear signs of neurological impairment.”(iStock)
“But do you really need a randomized controlled trial to tell you that optimizing B12 intake benefits brain health? That’s like waiting for a study to confirm that eating vegetables is good for you,” Osborn said.
“The data are there. The science is crystal-clear.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Like the researchers, Osborn called for an update to the “normal” lab levels.
“It’s time to start defining health by optimal levels — not by whatever happens to be ‘average’ in an increasingly sick population. Because who wants to be normal when you can be optimal?”
“No clear evidence has been found to suggest benefit in B12 supplementation in patients without a deficiency.”
Dr. Earnest Lee Murray, a board-certified neurologist at Jackson-Madison County General Hospital in Jackson, Tennessee, agreed that this study raises the question of redefining what levels constitute a B12 deficiency.
“Previous studies have recommended supplementation in patients with a known vitamin B12 deficiency to mitigate cognitive issues; however, no clear evidence has been found to suggest benefit in B12 supplementation in patients without a deficiency,” Murray, who was not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital.
The neurologist cautioned against people taking “mega-doses” of vitamins.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“Often, high levels of vitamins, especially B12, won’t cause issues; however, it can happen,” Murray said.
“I would recommend that patients who are older or at risk of developing cognitive decline discuss with their physician about being tested — not just for vitamin B12 levels, but also for other markers that could suggest improper absorption of vitamin B12.”
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Prime Minister Narendra Modi recently revealed that he eats makhana (foxnuts) almost every day, calling it a superfood that should be promoted globally. At a rally in Bhagalpur, the Prime Minister said, “Now Makhana has become a staple part of breakfast in cities across the country. Speaking personally, I eat makhana at least 300 out of 365 days a year. It is a superfood that we must now take to global markets. That’s why, in this year’s budget, the government has announced the formation of a Makhana Board for the benefit of makhana farmers,”
Also Read: Makhana + Gur = The Ultimate Comfort Snack. Watch Recipe Video Inside
PM Modi’s endorsement of makhana highlights its nutritional value, health benefits, and potential for economic growth. But what makes makhana a superfood, and why should you include it in your daily diet? Let’s explore its health benefits and some easy ways to enjoy this nutritious snack.
Here Are 8 Health Benefits of Eating Makhana Every Day:
Makhanas, also known as foxnuts or lotus seeds, are rich in essential nutrients and offer numerous health benefits:
1. Rich in Antioxidants
Makhanas are packed with flavonoids and polyphenols, which help fight free radicals in the body, reducing the risk of chronic diseases like cancer and heart problems.
2. Supports Heart Health
These crunchy seeds are low in cholesterol and high in good fats, making them an excellent choice for heart health. Their high potassium and magnesium content helps regulate blood pressure.
3. Aids Weight Loss
Makhanas are low in calories and high in protein, making them an ideal snack for weight management. The high fibre content keeps you full for longer, preventing unhealthy cravings.
4. Good for Diabetics
With a low glycaemic index (GI), makhanas help regulate blood sugar levels, making them a great snack for diabetics.
5. Strengthens Bones
Being rich in calcium, makhanas contribute to bone health and help prevent osteoporosis in older adults.
6. Boosts Immunity
Foxnuts contain alkaloids and natural compounds that enhance immune function, helping the body fight infections and inflammation.
7. Supports Kidney and Liver Health
Makhanas act as a natural detoxifier, helping cleanse the kidneys and liver by flushing out toxins.
8. Improves Digestion
With their high fibre content, makhanas aid digestion and help prevent constipation.
With so many health benefits, it’s no surprise that PM Modi includes makhana in his daily diet. But how can you incorporate this superfood into your meals? Here are five healthy makhana recipes to try.
Also Read: This 10-Min Makhana Chaat Is Perfect For A Quick And Healthy Snack (Recipe Inside)
5 Healthy Makhana Recipes You Must Try
1. Roasted Masala Makhana
How to Make: Dry roast makhanas in a pan for 5-7 minutes. Add a dash of ghee, sprinkle black salt, pepper, turmeric, and cumin powder, and toss well. This crunchy snack is perfect for tea-time cravings.
2. Makhana Kheer
How to Make: Boil low-fat milk, add roasted and crushed makhanas, and cook for a few minutes. Sweeten with jaggery or honey, add cardamom, almonds, and raisins, and enjoy a nutritious dessert. Click here for the recipe.
3. Makhana and Mixed Nuts Trail Mix
How to Make: Combine roasted makhanas with almonds, cashews, pumpkin seeds, and walnuts. Toss with a pinch of rock salt and black pepper for a power-packed energy snack.
4. Makhana Chaat
How to Make: Mix roasted makhanas with chopped tomatoes, cucumbers, onions, and coriander. Add a squeeze of lemon juice, chaat masala, and a pinch of black salt for a tangy, healthy chaat.
5. Makhana Smoothie
How to Make: Blend roasted makhanas with low-fat yoghurt, banana, honey, and almonds. This smoothie is a great post-workout drink that keeps you full and energised. Click here for the recipe.
From weight loss and heart health to diabetes control and immunity boosting, makhanas are truly a superfood that deserves a place in your daily diet.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-02-25/China-voices-opposition-to-Canada-s-sanctions-against-Chinese-entities-1BhFiFkDifK/img/9bdeade9535e46d2850b3e240d330fa8/9bdeade9535e46d2850b3e240d330fa8.png' alt='Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Lin Jian at a regular news briefing in Beijing, China, February 25, 2025. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
Canada’s practice of sanctioning Chinese entities is unreasonable and very wrong, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Lin Jian said at a regular news briefing on Tuesday.
“China firmly opposes it and has made solemn representations to the Canadian side,” Lin said when asked about Canada’s announcement that it had imposed sanctions on 76 foreign entities and individuals for providing dual-use items to Russia, including more than 20 Chinese entities.
“China always opposes unilateral sanctions that have no basis in international law and are not authorized by the UN Security Council,” Lin added.
“China has always upheld an objective and impartial position on the Ukraine issue,” Lin said, adding that China is committed to promoting the political settlement of the crisis, never providing lethal weapons to conflicting parties, strictly controlling the export of dual-use items, and its scope and measures for the export control of drones are the strictest in the world.
“Like other countries, China conducts normal economic and trade cooperation with Russia on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, which is reasonable and beyond reproach,” Lin said.
China urges Canada to immediately revoke its wrong decision. China will take necessary measures to firmly safeguard the legitimate rights and interests of Chinese companies, Lin added.
NoBroker has launched its SaaS product, ConvoZen.AI, which it expects to contribute significantly to its revenue in the next 2–3 years.
The platform is used across industries such as banking, travel, automobile, and healthcare, with users such as Microsoft and Google, according to Akhil Gupta, Chief Product & Technology Officer (CPTO) and Co-founder of NoBroker.
Presently, over 15 businesses are using ConvoZen.AI for customer interaction management. Apart from the tech majors, its clientele includes Cars24, TBO Tek, Tata AIG, Leap Scholar, Lendingkart, and Pristyn Care.
The platform was initially developed to address critical operational challenges within its own large-scale customer engagement operations. It offers a complete suite of features, encompassing voice and non-voice agents in multiple languages like Tamil, Telugu, and Kannada, as well as analytics, monitoring, coaching, and quality control for large customer-facing teams.
Though still in its early stages, Gupta expects ConvoZen.AI to reach an annual recurring revenue (ARR) of half a million soon. “In terms of revenue contribution, it is currently negligible, not even a single-digit percentage, since we have just started selling it. The B2B sales cycle is relatively longer, but over time, this will become a significant revenue stream for NoBroker,” he said.
NoBroker projects that it will achieve profitability within the next 12 to 18 months, after which it plans to expand into new cities. Explaining the company’s revenue breakdown, Gupta noted that NoBroker has a well-diversified revenue mix across three key verticals: real estate, NoBrokerhood, and NoBroker home services. “About 45 per cent of our revenue comes from real estate, 35–40 per cent from home services, and the remainder from NoBrokerhood,” he added.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
TAJVANSKI streetwear brend Invincible, poznat po suradnjama s globalnim imenima u sneaker kulturi, ponovno se udružio s velikim sportskim brendom. Nakon nedavne suradnje s On Runningom na modelu Cloudmonster 2, sada su predstavili svoju verziju tenisica adidas Handball Spezial.
Invincible je azijski brend koji kombinira luksuzne materijale s modernim streetwear dizajnom, a često surađuje s velikim imenima poput Nikea, New Balancea i adidasa. Njihove kolekcije su ekskluzivne i teško dostupne, što ih čini posebno privlačnima kolekcionarima.
Minimalistička verzija
Njihova interpretacija Handball Speziala dolazi u minimalističkoj, ali pažljivo osmišljenoj verziji. Gornji dio tenisica izrađen je od bijele kože, dok su prednji i stražnji dio obloženi antilopom – glatkim sprijeda i hrapavim na peti. Jedan od upečatljivih detalja su perforacije na bočnim stranama, inspirirane legendarnim tenisicama Stan Smith.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Osim materijala, poseban naglasak stavljen je na dekonstruktivni izgled – rubovi tenisica djeluju sirovo i nesavršeno, a potplat dolazi s blagim efektom požutjelosti, dajući im retro vibru. Brendiranje je diskretno, ali prisutno – zlatni natpisi sa strane i utisnuti logotipi na petama jasno pokazuju o kakvoj se ekskluzivnoj suradnji radi.
Za sada nema službenih informacija o dostupnosti i cijeni, ali SneakerNews portal navodi da bi trebale biti dostupne od 1 ožujka. Jedno je sigurno – s obzirom na to da su prethodne suradnje ovog brenda bile ograničene i brzo nestajale s polica, ljubitelji tenisica morat će reagirati brzo ako žele uhvatiti svoj par.
Spezialke su danas ponovno popularne
Handball Spezial je model koji je s vremenom prerastao svoju sportsku namjenu i postao nezaobilazan u streetwear kulturi. Prvotno dizajniran kasnih 70-ih za profesionalne rukometaše, danas je jedan od najpopularnijih adidasovih modela, često viđen u posebnim izdanjima i kolaboracijama.
Nosile su ga brojne poznate face, od Andrewa Garfielda, Paula Mescala i Liama Gallaghera do raznih glazbenika i glumaca koji cijene njegov klasičan, retro dizajn, koji se lako uklapa u različite stilove.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
When Jake Chung comes in from the Harvard-Westlake bullpen ready to unleash his 80 mph, scouts put away their radar guns. He’s like a softball pitcher with a rubber arm capable of pitching every game. He pinpoints his pitches with so much accuracy around the plate that batters are left feeling awkward.
Last season as a sophomore, he closed out the Wolverines’ Division 1 semifinal playoff win over Orange Lutheran. On Tuesday against JSerra, he faced a bases loaded situation with none out in the sixth inning and got a pop out and two strikeouts. Harvard-Westlake won 5-2 to improve to 3-0. Chung has pitched in every game.
Everyone needs a reliever with an 80 mph fastball who throws strikes. Jake Chung gets pop out and two strikeouts with bases loaded. B6, Harvard-Westlake 5, JSerra 2. pic.twitter.com/tB1bXdI7hX
“I’m ready to pitch Friday against Santa Margarita,” he said.
Harvard-Westlake starting pitcher Evan Alexander gave up two runs in the first inning on an RBI triple to Jordan Marian and a sacrifice fly, then settled down until the sixth. Sophomore catcher Drew Rico had two hits and an RBI to help rally the Wolverines. James Tronstein had two hits.
Then it was Chung time. “The big thing that helps me is my mentality believing I’m the best out there,” he said.
It also helps to have a pitching coach named Joe Guntz. Harvard-Westlake lost its top three pitchers last season — to pro baseball, Wake Forest and Texas Christian. And yet, the Wolverines have given up only two runs in three games with a group of young pitchers gaining valuable experience for the start of Mission League play in two weeks.
The starting pitchers know that after five innings, they can turn the ball over to Chung with confidence.
Corona 5, Ayala 0: Anthony Murphy led off the game with a home run, Seth Hernandez had a two-run triple and Brady Ebel added two hits for the Panthers (2-0). Ethin Bingaman contributed two hits and struck out seven in four innings of one-hit ball.
Santa Margarita 6, Sherman Oaks Notre Dame 5: A hit batter with the bases loaded gave Santa Margarita the comeback victory, capping a four-run rally in the bottom of the seventh inning. Jacob Madrid and Dominic Cadiz hit home runs for Notre Dame.
Corona del Mar 6, Segerstrom 0: Three pitchers combined for the shutout. Vince Menard had two hits and two RBIs.
Loyola 3, Gahr 0: Luca Marucci had two hits and two RBIs for the Cubs. Jack Murray homered.
Sierra Canyon 10, Cypress 2: Dezi Delgado drove in four runs, Kyas Howard had three hits and Sean Parrow struck out four and walked one in six innings for Sierra Canyon.
El Dorado 4, La Habra 3: In a battle of two unbeaten teams, El Dorado prevailed. Brady Abner had two hits and Diego Gonzalez had a two-run double.
Ventura 2, Westlake 0: Wylan Nelson threw a one-hitter with six strikeouts for Ventura.
Garfield 8, Channel Islands 1: Osmar Vargas gave up two hits over five innings for Garfield.
Villa Park 6, Banning 0: Jake Nobles struck out seven with no walks over five innings and also had two hits for unbeaten Villa Park.
Orange Lutheran 4, Arrowhead Christian 2: Wyatt Hanoian homered for the Lancers.
Eastvale Roosevelt 8, Claremont 0: Braden Annett contributed three hits for Roosevelt.
Foothill 4, San Juan Hills 2: Gavin Lauridsen struck out seven in six innings for Foothill.
Norco 6, Arlington 3: Marcus Blanton had four hits to lead the Cougars. Freshman Jordan Ayala added two hits and sophomore Dylan Seward had two RBIs.
Girls soccer
Granada Hills 1, San Pedro 1: The Highlanders advanced to the City Section Open Division final with a win on penalty kicks. Cleveland defeated Palisades 3-1 and will face the Highlanders.
Boys soccer
Birmingham 3, South East 0: The defending Open Division champion Patriots advanced to the City Section Open Division final and will have a rematch with West Valley League rival El Camino Real on Friday at Valley College. El Camino Real and South Gate went scoreless through regulation and overtime before the Royals won on penalty kicks.
Softball
El Camino Real 6, Louisville 0: Remy Glassman struck out eight in four innings for El Camino Real.
Granada Hills 10, Burbank 0: Elysse Diaz had three hits for Granada Hills. Addison Moorman struck out five in two innings of relief.
Breakfast in bed or stunning view? Italian hotel says, merge both. Watch the viral video here.
When we go for lavish holidays, some of us prefer breakfast with a view, be it a beach or the lush valleys or the deep dense forests. Exotic places all over the world also offer breakfast experiences where animals come by to greet or share a bite at the breakfast table. Some people also prefer to have a quaint breakfast in bed, cozying up in a blanket or watching a view from their bedroom window. Also read | Mouni Roy’s Italy trip: Best, Insta-worthy spots for your next aesthetic vacation
An establishment in Italy, known as Chalet Al Foss is offering breakfast in bed, but outdoors, with nothing but the view of the snow-clad Italian Alps. (Instagram/@theglobewanderers)
But it seems like a hotel in Italy took it up a notch and merged both the ideas together. An establishment in Italy, known as Chalet Al Foss is offering breakfast in bed, but outdoors, with nothing but the view of the snow-clad Italian Alps. Dreamy much? We think so too.
Travel influencer duo Kaylee Reid & Jake Reid who go by the handle @theglobewanderers on Instagram shared a snippet of their dreamy breakfast in Italy and we cannot have enough of it already. The snippets shared in the video features two hotel attendants taking an elaborate breakfast spread to a heated bed placed outdoors over snow. The influencers perched up on the heated bed and inside a blanket can be seen enjoying the view of the stunning Italian Alps while gorging on their breakfast spread. Also read | Italy’s ‘Path of Love’ reopens for visitors with paid reservations along Cinque Terre coast
“Taking breakfast in bed to a whole other level. One of the many incredible experiences you can expect to have during your stay at Chalet Al Foss is breakfast in their outdoor heated bed overlooking the Italian Alps,’ wrote the influencers on their post. Also read | Let Manushi Chillar’s Tuscan vacation inspire your next Italian holiday: Top places to visit
Here’s how the Internet reacted:
The video went viral in no time with netizens having mixed reactions to the lavish outdoor breakfast in bed idea. While a section of the internet supported the idea, the video also drew flak from others.
One netizen commented, “This sounds perfect imo,” while another comment read, “I’d do it in a heartbeat..!!! How unique.” One Instagram user wrote, “This is my dream. Manifesting this for real!”
A section of the Internet also called it influencer money and elitist. “This screams influencer money. Hard to imagine anyone with old money embarrassing themselves with such a spectacle,” read a comment, while another user wrote, “Elitists aren’t cool these days, they are a pox on society.”
Recommended Topics
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
See More
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Outdoor breakfast with the stunning view of Italian Alps: Viral video shows dreamy crossover
The PS5 Pro may have only launched a few months ago, but that hasn’t stopped retailers such as Argos from giving the console a hefty discount or two.
Argos is currently selling the PS5 Pro with a selected console stand for its lowest price yet, discounting the bundle to just £659.99.
It appears to be part of the retailer’s Big Red Event, which has seen hundreds of items receive discounts for a limited time.
According to the Argos website, the PS5 Pro is “in-demand” and “selling fast”, so you might need to hurry if you want to take advantage of the deal.
Just click the link below for the reduced price PS5 Pro.
The PS5 Pro console comes with Sony’s excellent DualSense controller, as well as a copy of Astro’s Playroom built-in to the device.
Argos customers can add a free console stand to the deal, choosing from either the Stealth Horizontal USB Console Stand, or the iMP Compact LED Console Stand.
The Stealth Horizontal USB Console Stand comes with four built-in USB ports, which means you can charge multiple controllers and plug in other accesories while using the PS5 Pro.
The iMP Console Stand, on the other hand, comes features LED lighting with six colour modes and a pulsing rainbow effect. This is said to create “a subtle ambient light to enhance your console”.
A big upgrade over the original PS5, the PS5 Pro makes a variety of improvements to visuals and performance.
While the improvements to visuals and performance are the headline features, it’s worth remembering that the PS5 Pro also comes with a 2TB solid-state drive, which is twice the storage of the original PS5 at launch.
With games like Call of Duty potentially taking up a few hundred gigabytes of storage space, the bigger SSD is arguably worth the price alone.
Of course, it’s the improved specs that really makes the PS5 Pro worth purchasing, especially if you’re sick of choosing between graphics and performance.
BMW is celebrating motorcycle racing legend Valentino Rossi’s 46th birthday with a limited-run M4, but you’ll need to be quick – and have deeper pockets than ever – if you want to buy one.
The BMW M4 CS Edition VR46 was revealed this week in honour of the nine-times world champion, who since retiring from MotoGP at the end of 2021 has gone on to race sports cars for BMW.
Earlier this month, Rossi – along with teammates Raffaele Marciello and Charles Weerts – finished second in the Bathurst 12 Hour GT3 endurance race, driving a BMW M4.
A total of 92 examples of the limited-run M4 CS Edition VR46 are being produced globally, split into 46 units of the ‘Style’ and ‘Sport’ variants respectively – honouring Rossi’s iconic #46 racing number.
Just two examples of each variant are coming to Australia in the third quarter of 2025 (July to September), each priced from a cool $346,900 before on-road costs.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
That’s a significant increase on the $254,900 before on-road costs price tag of the 50 M4 CSs which came to Australia last year, and even more than the 30-unit M4 CSL, which was priced from $303,900 in 2022.
The most distinctive visual change compared to the M4 CS upon which they’re based is Rossi’s famous #46 adorning the car’s doors and roof.
On Style examples, the body is finished in matte Frozen Tanzanite Blue metallic paintwork, with the #46 in contrasting Frozen Marina Bay Blue metallic. Sport versions are painted in Marina Bay Blue metallic, with the #46 coloured Tanzanite Blue.
Both examples feature a bright yellow #46 on the roof, alongside Rossi’s signature.
More subtle visual tweaks include a bright yellow outline on the kidney grilles and a single spoke of the wheels (pointing towards the tyre valve), while the yellow theme continues to the brake calipers and, on Sport examples, an accent strip on the door frames.
There’s also VR46 lettering at the rear, denoting the special edition model.
Inside, the sports seats are upholstered in black and Night Blue Merino leather with Sao Paulo Yellow Alcantara shoulder bolsters, while the head restraints and door sill trims feature a yellow VR46 logo.
The red contrast stitching and centre marker from the M4 CS’s flat-bottomed steering wheel have also been exchanged for yellow colouring.
According to BMW, “the chassis technology for the new BMW M4 CS Edition VR46 has been tuned precisely to the performance characteristics of the engine, the overall vehicle concept and its weight distribution”. However, it’s not clear whether this includes steering or suspension changes beyond those made for the M4 CS.
There’s no change in engine performance for the Edition VR46, which continues to be powered by a twin-turbocharged 3.0-litre inline six-cylinder petrol engine, producing 405kW of power and 650Nm of torque.
Drive is delivered to all four wheels through an eight-speed torque-converter automatic transmission, with the 0-100km/h sprint taking a claimed 3.4 seconds.
While this may not make the M4 CS Edition VR46 seem like a good deal on paper, BMW will also include two customer experiences which aren’t available to any other M4 buyers.
The first of them includes meeting Rossi at his home – known as VR46 Motor Ranch – in Tavullia, Italy. In addition to this, buyers will be treated to a BMW M driving experience at the Misano World Circuit Marco Simoncelli.
Orders are now open for the BMW M4 CS Edition VR46.
MORE: Everything BMW M4 MORE: 2025 BMW M4 CS prices: More power, less weight for hot coupe
Tesla shares fell 9% due to disappointing European sales and CEO Elon Musk’s political involvement. Sales in Europe dropped 45% from last year. Market cap fell below $1 trillion.
The decline in the company’s share price dragged its market capitalization back below $1 trillion for the first time since November 2024.
Shares of the US electric vehicle pioneer Tesla slumped as much as nine percent Tuesday, as investors digested disappointing European sales and chief executive Elon Musk’s aggressive foray into politics.
The auto giant sold less than 10,000 units in Europe last month, down around 45 percent from a year earlier.
Tesla’s shares fell nine percent in early trading before paring some losses to trade down 8.1 percent at around 12:15 pm local time in Washington (1715 GMT).
The decline in the company’s share price dragged its market capitalization back below $1 trillion for the first time since November 2024.
Musk has taken on a high-profile advisory role in US President Donald Trump’s administration, charged with slashing government spending.
He has also voiced strong support for far-right political leaders in Europe — including in the recent German elections — sparking criticism from some European politicians.
“Tesla is clearly facing challenges in Europe and the Musk brand issues are adding to the headwinds,” Wedbush Securities analyst Dan Ives told AFP in a message, estimating that between 10 and 15 percent of these headwinds were down to anti-Musk behavior.
Tesla’s share price surged in the wake of the 2024 US presidential election, with investors betting that Musk’s proximity to Trump could help his companies succeed.
The poor sales figures in Europe appear to have punctured that optimism — at least for now — and raised concerns that what may be popular in the United States could in fact be detrimental to the company’s success elsewhere.
Musk’s political views in Europe and Germany are “not the best thing for Tesla sales,” Ives said, adding: “It’s like putting mustard on a slice of pizza.”
Alongside its European struggles, Tesla also faces stiff competition from automakers like BYD in China — a key market for electric vehicles.
Earlier this week, the company announced it would start offering advanced self-driving functions for its cars in China, shortly after BYD said it would introduce self-driving technology for nearly all its vehicles.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – AFP)
Location :
California, USA
News business Tesla Shares Slump 9% On Disappointing Europe Sales
ADA, the native token of the Cardano blockchain, is poised for a massive price recovery due to its current market structure and price action. After a significant price drop and consecutive strong red candles pushed ADA to the crucial $0.65 level, traders believed it had failed to hold this support. However, the asset has formed a green candle, shifting market sentiment.
The reason ADA has held this level is its strong history of price reversals and the significant buying pressure at the $0.65 level.
Current Price Momentum
However, the price has begun recovering, as ADA’s four-hour chart has witnessed two large green bullish candles, indicating a potential price rebound.
The asset is currently trading near $0.69 and has seen a modest decline of over 0.85% in the past 24 hours. However, during the same period, its trading volume surged by 85%, indicating heightened participation from traders and investors compared to the previous day.
Cardano (ADA) Technical Analysis and Upcoming Level
According to expert technical analysis, ADA appears to be recovering and has formed a bullish morning star candlestick-like pattern on the four-hour chart, indicating an upward move. Based on recent price action and historical patterns, if ADA holds above the $0.65 level, there is a strong possibility that the asset could soar by 21% to reach the $0.83 level in the coming hours.
Source: Trading View
This bullish price action is further supported by ADA’s technical indicators, which are flashing a bullish divergence on the daily timeframe, suggesting a potential price recovery.
However, despite this bullish outlook, if sentiment shifts and the price falls, closing below the $0.65 level, it could drop by 30% to reach the $0.45 level.
Major Liquidation Levels
Looking at the ongoing price recovery, trader sentiment has begun shifting as they start building their positions on the long side after continuously betting on the short side, as reported by the on-chain analytics firm Coinglass.
Source: Coinglass
Data from the ADA exchange liquidation map shows that traders are currently over-leveraged at $0.695, with $3.70 million worth of short bets, while at $0.62, bulls have built $19.50 million worth of long positions.
From 2026, class 10 students will be able to take CBSE board exams twice in an academic session or choose between the two editions–one in February and another in May, officials said.
The Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE) on Tuesday approved draft norms which will now be put in the public domain and the stakeholders can submit their feedback by March 9 following which the policy will be finalised, they said.
Candidates will also have the option to appear for both examinations if they wish. Additionally, students will be allowed to skip specific subjects in the second attempt if they are already satisfied with the scores they have achieved in the first examination as well as particular subjects in the first attempt as well.
As per the draft norms, the first phase of the exams will be held from February 17 to March 6, while the second phase will be conducted from May 5 to 20.
Read: New Education Policy after 34 years. 10+2 system to go, flexible degree plan coming
“Both the examinations will be conducted on full syllabus and the candidates will be allotted the same examination centres in the two editions. Exam fees will be enhanced and collected for both exams at the time of application filing,” a senior board official said.
“The first and second editions of the board exams will also act as supplementary exams, and no special exams will be conducted in any circumstances,” the official added.
The new National Education Policy (NEP) recommended that to eliminate the “high stakes” aspect of the board exams, all students will be allowed to take the exams on up to two occasions during any given school year.
The Board has clarified that no separate supplementary exams will be conducted under this system. Instead, the second session of the Board examination will serve as the supplementary exam for those who wish to improve their scores.
“The list of candidates (LOC) will be finalised in September of the preceding year. This means that for the February 2026 exam, the list will be finalised by September 2025. No new candidates will be allowed to register for the May 2026 exam if they were not part of the September 2025 list,” the official said.
“Once the LOC is finalised, candidates will not be permitted to change their subjects. However, there is some flexibility in subject selection. If a candidate wishes to modify their subject choices, they can skip a subject in the first examination (February-March) and opt for a different subject in the second examination (May). However, if a candidate completes all subjects in the first exam, they will have to take the same set of subjects in the second exam if they choose to reappear,” the official added.
The Board has also decided that for practical and internal assessments, the evaluation will be conducted only once per academic year. No separate certificates will be issued after the completion of the first examination in February-March.
“The final passing certificate and marksheet will be issued only after the May examination. This document will include the marks obtained in both exam sessions (if the candidate appeared in both) as well as the best of the two scores for each subject,” the official said.
The new exam framework categorises subjects into seven groups: Language 1, Language 2, Elective 1, Elective 2, Elective 3, Regional and Foreign Languages, and Remaining Subjects.
What is the best internet provider in Springfield, Massachusetts?
CNET recommends Xfinity as the best internet service provider in Springfield, due to its extensive network, speeds reaching up to 2000 Mbps and competitive pricing. Not only that, but Xfinity is among the cheapest ISPs, with speeds up to 300Mbps starting at $35 per month. Current plans include unlimited data, allowing users to stream, browse and download without worrying about hitting data caps, although a contract may be required to get the lowest pricing and a $15 fee may apply if you rent a router.
If you’re looking for something different, then Spectrum’s cable internet serves as an alternative to Xfinity in Springfield. But be warned: With only 2% coverage, it’s unlikely to be available at your address. Fixed wireless internet, on the other hand, is significantly more accessible from both Verizon 5G Home Internet and T-Mobile Home Internet.
You may experience slightly faster speeds with T-Mobile, but both providers offer unlimited data, free equipment rental, no contract requirements and potential discounts for bundling with mobile services. These benefits are enticing, but it’s important to check the speeds available in your area before deciding if either option is a viable alternative to the benefits Xfinity can provide.
CNET considers speeds, pricing, customer service and overall value to recommend the best internet service in Springfield across many categories. Our evaluation includes referencing a proprietary database built over years of reviewing internet services. We validate that against provider information by spot-checking local addresses for service availability. We also do a close read of providers’ terms and conditions and, when needed, will call ISPs to verify the details.
Despite our efforts to find the most recent and accurate information, our process has some limitations you should know about. Pricing and speed data are variable: Certain addresses may qualify for different service tiers, and monthly costs may vary, even within a city. The best way to identify your particular options is to plug your address into a provider’s website.
Also, the prices, speed and other information listed above and in the provider cards below may differ from what we found in our research. The cards display the full range of a provider’s pricing and speed across the US, according to our database of plan information provided directly by ISPs, while the text is specific to what’s available in Springfield. The prices referenced within this article’s text come from our research and include applicable discounts for setting up automatic payments each month — a standard industry offering. Other discounts and promotions might also be available for things like signing a term contract or bundling with multiple services.
To learn more about how we review internet providers, visit our full methodology page.
Springfield, Massachusetts, internet providers compared
Provider
Internet technology
Monthly price range
Speed range
Monthly equipment costs
Data cap
Contract
CNET review score
Spectrum Read full review
Cable
$50-$70
500-1,000Mbps
$7 (optional)
None
None
7.2
T-Mobile Home Internet Read full review
Fixed wireless
$50-$70 ($35-$55 with eligible mobile plans)
87-415Mbps
None
None
None
7.4
Verizon 5G Home Internet Read full review
Fixed wireless
$50-$70 ($35-$45 with eligible mobile plans)
50-250Mbps
None
None
None
7.2
Xfinity Read full review
Cable
$35-$105
300-2,000Mbps
$15 (optional)
None
None
7
Show more (0 item)
Source: CNET analysis of provider data.
What is the cheapest internet plan in Springfield?
Show more (2 items)
Source: CNET analysis of provider data.
Getty Images
How to find internet deals and promotions in Springfield
The best internet deals and the top promotions in Springfield depend on what discounts are available during that time. Most deals are short-lived, but we look frequently for the latest offers.
How many members of your household use the internet?
Springfield internet providers such as Xfinity may offer lower introductory pricing or streaming add-ons for a limited time. Many, including Verizon 5G Home Internet, Spectrum and T-Mobile Home Internet run the same standard pricing year-round.
For a more extensive list of deals, check out our guide on the best internet deals.
Fastest internet plans in Springfield
Plan
Starting price
Max download speed
Max upload speed
Data cap
Connection type
Xfinity Gigabit x2 Read full review
$105
2,000Mbps
200Mbps
None
Cable
Spectrum Internet Gig Read full review
$70
1,000Mbps
35Mbps
None
Cable
Xfinity Gigabit Read full review
$70
1,000Mbps
20Mbps
None
Cable
Show more (0 item)
Source: CNET analysis of provider data.
What’s a good internet speed?
Most internet connection plans can now handle basic productivity and communication tasks. If you’re looking for an internet plan that can accommodate videoconferencing, streaming video or gaming, you’ll have a better experience with a more robust connection. Here’s an overview of the recommended minimum download speeds for various applications, according to the Federal Communications Commission. Note that these are only guidelines and that internet speed, service and performance vary by connection type, provider and address.
For more information, refer to our guide on how much internet speed you really need.
0 to 5Mbps allows you to tackle the basics: browsing the internet, sending and receiving email and streaming low-quality video.
5 to 40Mbps gives you higher-quality video streaming and videoconferencing.
40 to 100Mbps should give one user sufficient bandwidth to satisfy the demands of modern telecommuting, video streaming and online gaming.
100 to 500Mbps allows one to two users to simultaneously engage in high-bandwidth activities like videoconferencing, streaming and online gaming.
500 to 1,000Mbps allows three or more users to engage in high-bandwidth activities at the same time.
How CNET chose the best internet providers in Springfield, Massachusetts
Internet service providers are numerous and regional. Unlike the latest smartphone, laptop, router or kitchen tool, it’s impractical to personally test every ISP in a given city. What’s our approach? We start by researching the pricing, availability and speed information drawing on our own historical ISP data, the provider sites and mapping information from the Federal Communications Commission at FCC.gov.
It doesn’t end there. We go to the FCC’s website to check our data and ensure we consider every ISP that provides service in an area. We also input local addresses on provider websites to find specific options for residents. We look at sources, including the American Customer Satisfaction Index and J.D. Power, to evaluate how happy customers are with an ISP’s service. ISP plans and prices are subject to frequent changes; all information provided is accurate as of the time of publication.
Once we have this localized information, we ask three main questions:
Does the provider offer access to reasonably fast internet speeds?
Do customers get decent value for what they’re paying?
Are customers happy with their service?
The answers to those questions are often layered and complex, but the providers that come closest to “yes” on all three are the ones we recommend. When it comes to selecting the cheapest internet service, we look for the plans with the lowest monthly fee, although we also factor in things like price increases, equipment fees and contracts. Choosing the fastest internet service is relatively straightforward. We look at advertised upload and download speeds and take into account real-world speed data from sources like Ookla and FCC reports (Disclosure: Ookla is owned by the same parent company as CNET, Ziff Davis.).
To explore our process in more depth, visit our how we test ISPs page.
Internet providers in Springfield, Massachusetts, FAQs
What is the best internet service provider in Springfield?
Xfinity is the best internet service provider in Springfield, Massachusetts, due to its broad availability, fast speeds and low introductory pricing. Throughout much of Springfield, Xfinity is the sole wired internet provider.
Is fiber internet available in Springfield?
According to the most recent FCC data, fiber internet is only available in Springfield, Massachusetts to less than 1% of homes. Fiber internet is available just to the north in Chicopee, but not as much within the Springfield city limits.
What is the cheapest internet provider in Springfield?
Xfinity has the lowest introductory rate on internet in Springfield at $35 per month for download speeds up to 300Mbps. The plan includes unlimited data, but renting equipment will add $15 to your bill.
Which internet provider in Springfield offers the fastest plan?
Xfinity offers the fastest internet plan in Springfield with download speeds up to 2,000Mbps starting at $105 per month. Such speed is impressive as many cable internet providers offer max speeds of only around 1,000Mbps. As a cable provider, Xfinity’s upload speeds are slower than downloads. Still, Xfinity delivers maximum upload speeds of 300 with its 2,000Mbps plan, far faster than upload speeds from all major cable providers.
Is Pope Francis going to live? Is he going to die? Will he remain as pope?
How much can be learned from the daily or twice-daily Vatican announcements and from media reports?
Below are my current answers, based on my interpretation of the available information (which is, of course, subject to change).
POPE FRANCIS’ MEDICAL CONDITION: WHAT TO KNOW ABOUT BILATERAL PNEUMONIA
The pope has a long history of medical problems, including respiratory infections. Back in 1957, he had a piece of one lung removed.
(Despite this, Pope Francis is not a smoker, and in fact ordered a ban on the sale of cigarettes in the Vatican’s duty-free shop beginning in 2018.)
Pope Francis holds the Holy Book of Prayers as he celebrates the Epiphany mass on January 6, 2020, at St. Peter’s Basilica in the Vatican. (Vincenzo Pinto/AFP via Getty Images)
The Catholic leader was last hospitalized for pneumonia in 2023. He previously underwent abdominal surgery, when part of his colon was removed.
Most recently, the pope was hospitalized for a respiratory infection on Feb. 14, 2025, at Gemelli Hospital, one of the best hospitals in Italy.
What is the pope’s medical condition?
The pope’s condition has been described as bilateral pneumonia, which generally appears as consolidation on a chest x-ray or CT scan.
Pneumonia is an infection in the air sacs of the lung. Bilateral pneumonia is more problematic and difficult to recover from than unilateral pneumonia or pneumonia in one lobe, especially in an elderly patient with scarring from previous surgeries and bouts of pneumonia.
The pope is presumably being treated with broad-spectrum antibiotics and is reportedly non-septic.
LUNG CANCER RISING AMONG NON-SMOKERS — HERE’S WHY
Though pneumonia is the most common cause of bacterial sepsis in the elderly, the statistic that one out of three cases leads to sepsis is misleading, because it refers to the period before the antibiotic era.
Given that the pope has likely been given antibiotics for several days and appears to be stable, the chances of him developing sepsis are greatly reduced.
What is sepsis?
Sepsis is a life-threatening condition of hemodynamic compromise (where the body is not getting enough blood flow to function properly), which causes a drop in blood pressure.
The condition generally causes a high fever, and heart and kidney output may decrease.
“Although the pope’s prognosis is currently unknown, it doesn’t sound like he is truly in critical condition.”
Often, a septic patient needs special drugs (pressors) to maintain blood pressure, and toxins and acid (lactate) can build up in the blood.
Blood cultures can turn positive with a pathogen, which in this case would presumably be a bacteria.
Why is the pope on oxygen?
The pope is receiving what is known as high-flow oxygen by nasal cannula (a device that provides extra oxygen through a tube and into the nose), which can vary in oxygen percentage.
This is a treatment for respiratory decompensation (breathing difficulties), but is not as aggressive as CPAP (continuous positive airway pressure) or mechanical ventilation.
“The fact that the pope is not currently on a ventilator is a good sign that he is not decompensating or septic and that his chances of recovery are possible or even probable,” writes Dr. Marc Siegel.(Fox News)
The fact that the pope is not currently on a ventilator is a good sign that he is not decompensating or septic and that his chances of recovery are possible or even probable.
It is not yet clear why he needed blood transfusions (although they do improve oxygen-carrying ability) or why his platelet count was reportedly low.
Reports of complications
Over the weekend, on Saturday, the pope reportedly experienced an asthmatic episode, which was presumably treated with oxygen and with bronchodilators to open his airways (which constrict during an airway attack).
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
An existing asthmatic condition can be exacerbated by pneumonia. In the pope’s case, it appears to have responded well to treatment.
The media has also been ablaze with references to “kidney failure,” leading people to put that together with double pneumonia and instantly believe the pope is through.
Pope Francis meets President Donald Trump in the Private Library of the Apostolic Palace at Vatican City on May 24, 2017.(Vatican/Pool/Galazka/Archivio Grzegorz Galazka/Mondadori via Getty Images)
While Pope Francis is certainly far from out of the woods, per Vatican reports, it is important to clarify that mild renal insufficiency simply means blood flow to the kidney is mildly reduced, perhaps from low volume or dehydration, and it might well be improving from the blood transfusions he is receiving.
As long as his urine output keeps up and his kidney function doesn’t worsen, this should not be a major obstacle.
What is the pope’s prognosis?
Although the pope’s prognosis is currently unknown, it doesn’t sound like he is truly in critical condition, a term doctors tend to reserve for much more unstable patients.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
It is hopeful to read in the local Italian press (translated to me) that the pope is once again up and reading newspapers and had a successful night.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
He is reportedly considering possible successors, but hopefully he will be alive to choose them.
Don’t underestimate the impact of great medical care combined with the power of prayer.
Marc Siegel, M.D. is a professor of medicine and medical director of Doctor Radio at NYU Langone Medical Center. He is Fox News Channel’s senior medical analyst and author of “COVID: The Politics of Fear and the Power of Science.” Follow him on Twitter @drmarcsiegel.
Constipation is a common digestive issue that makes it difficult to pass stools or have regular bowel movements. This can occur due to several factors, such as a low-fibre diet, high-fat intake, stress, or inadequate water consumption. If you are struggling with constipation, eating kiwifruit may help. According to a recent Instagram post by renowned nutritionist Dominique Ludwig, eating two kiwis a day can help relieve constipation naturally. Wondering how it works? Read on.
Nutritional Benefits of Kiwifruit
Kiwifruit is an excellent source of vitamin C. Eating just two kiwis a day can help boost your vitamin C levels. They also provide vitamin K, vitamin E, and folate. In fact, kiwis contain twice the fibre and up to three times more vitamin C than oranges.
Eating kiwifruit, especially with the skin on, could be a natural remedy for constipation. Studies show that kiwifruit helps soften stools, improve digestion, and regulate bowel movements without the need for harsh laxatives.
Also Read:No More Mushy Kiwis: 4 Effortless Ways To Keep Them Fresh
Research on Gold Kiwifruit and Constipation Relief
A 2022 study found that eating two golden kiwifruits daily was as effective as psyllium (a common fibre supplement) in relieving constipation and making bowel movements easier. The nutritionist explains that kiwifruit consumption was associated with increased frequency, softer stools, and reduced straining.
Another 2019 study used MRI scans to observe the effects of kiwi on digestion. The results showed that kiwifruit helps retain water in the intestines, softening stools and promoting smoother bowel movements.
How Does Kiwi Help with Constipation?
1. High Fibre Content
Kiwi has a unique combination of soluble and insoluble fibre, which supports gut health. The soluble fibre found in the fruit nourishes the gut microbiome and adds bulk to stools. Eating kiwi with the skin increases fibre intake to approximately 5g per serving, making it even more effective for digestion. The kiwi skin contains insoluble fibre, which can help regulate bowel movements. Always wash the skin thoroughly before eating.
2. Actinidin Enzyme
Kiwi contains actinidin, a natural digestive enzyme that helps break down food, improves digestion, and stimulates the bowels. This enzyme enhances gut motility and supports overall digestive health.
Kiwi vs Prunes – Which is Better?
Many people drink prune juice to relieve constipation. However, a 2021 study compared green kiwifruit, prunes, and psyllium and found that kiwi showed the best results. It provided effective constipation relief with fewer side effects and higher patient satisfaction.
Adding kiwi to your daily diet-whether golden or green-can support gut health and help prevent constipation naturally.
Disclaimer: This content including advice provides generic information only. It is in no way a substitute for qualified medical opinion. Always consult a specialist or your doctor for more information. NDTV does not claim responsibility for this information.
British Prime Minister Keir Starmer pledged Tuesday to boost defense spending to 2.5 percent of GDP by 2027 ahead of talks with U.S. President Donald Trump in Washington.
Starmer said the increase would be funded by cutting overseas development aid from 0.5 percent of GDP to 0.3 percent. The UK spent 2.3 percent of its GDP on defense in 2023/24.
The demand for luxury apartments in Mumbai is witnessing a significant surge, driven by changing lifestyle preferences, increasing urbanisation, and the need for premium living in prime locations. With a growing segment of young professionals, MSME owners and nuclear families seeking compact luxurious homes, areas such as Dadar and Shivaji Park have emerged as the top choices for homebuyers looking for comfort and potential investment.
Smaller units are popular as they have more resale value and a host of other advantages in the real estate market.
In cities such as Mumbai where space commands a premium, well-designed and luxurious 1 and 2-BHK homes are now seeing increasing demand.
Riding the growing demand, Viyaara Realty has launched South Mumbai’s first development of one and two BHK residences with about 11-feet floor-to-floor height.
The project offers well planned 1 BHK (445 sq.ft.) and 2 BHK (650 & 720 sq. ft.) configurations. The pricing ranges from approximately ₹2.3 crore to ₹4 crore.
RERA completion is targeted for 2029, ensuring a well-planned and structured development for future homeowners.
Being in the heart of the city — Dadar and Shivaji Park — offers a combination of luxury and accessibility, making it an ideal choice for buyers looking to upgrade their lifestyle with a home in South Mumbai.
Priyanka Jindal Gupta, Advisor, Viyaara Realty said the demand for smaller luxurious residences in prime locations is on the rise and considering the luxury element the new project has been receiving good response.
With easy access to commercial hubs, top-tier educational institutions, and recreational spaces, this project is positioned as an ideal investment choice, said Manoj Paliwal, Director. Viyaara Realty has delivered 15 luxury developments spanning 4 million sq.ft. in Mumbai.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
G-SHOCK je predstavio GA-V01, potpuno novi model koji se ističe nesvakidašnjim dizajnom inspiriranim Y3K estetikom. Sat donosi odvažne vizualne elemente, a prvi dojmovi su podijeljeni – dok neki hvale inovativan pristup, drugi smatraju da izgleda – ružno.
Na Redditu se razvila rasprava o novom modelu. “U redu je priznati da je to ruglo”, “Tako je ružan”, “Ovo je smiješno”, “Kao da su G-Shock i Crocs imali dijete”, “Covid sat”, “Grozan je”, “Ruglo”, “Mislio sam da je ovo šala”, “Ovo je možda najružniji G-Shock koji sam ikad vidio”, kritizirali su neki izgled novog sata.
S druge strane, dio korisnika smatra da mu upravo ta neobičnost daje poseban šarm. “Toliko je loš da je zapravo genijalan”, napisao je jedan komentator, dok je drugi dodao: “Ne sviđa mi se, ali ga želim. Nisam siguran što to govori o meni ili o satu.”
Ima i onih koje je oduševio. “Neću lagati, obožavam ga. Ali oduvijek sam imao slabost za čudne satove”, “Drago mi je što napokon viđamo neke drugačije siluete. Podsjeća na stare Oakley satove i siguran sam da će se jako dobro prodavati”, “Osobno mi se sviđa. Razlikuje se od drugih G-SHOCK modela.”
Što G-SHOCK kaže o svom novom modelu?
Prema brendu, GA-V01 prati koncept Open V World, koji simbolizira svijet bez pravila i ograničenja, gdje moderna generacija može slobodno izražavati svoju individualnost i povezivati se s različitim popularnim kulturama.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Tehnički gledano, ovaj model donosi potpuno novo kućište s velikim podignutim oznakama za sate i zakrivljenim sfernim staklom, koje ne samo da vizualno dominira već i dodatno štiti sat od udaraca. Brojčanik ima vanjske oznake za sate, što mu daje prepoznatljiv i odvažan izgled.
Unutrašnjost sata ima novi mehanizam koji omogućuje upotrebu velikih kazaljki, dok posebna magnetska minutna kazaljka smanjuje utjecaj udaraca i sprječava da se kazaljke pomaknu prilikom jakih vibracija. Osim toga, LCD zaslon u obliku leptira dodaje vizualnu upečatljivost, dok jedinstvena konstrukcija okvira i remena dodatno naglašava nekonvencionalan dizajn.
Jedna od najvećih prednosti ovog modela je baterija koja traje čak 10 godina, što je velik iskorak u odnosu na prethodne modele. GA-V01 dolazi u četiri boje – srebrnoj, neonsko zelenoj, ljubičastoj i crnoj. Za sada je dostupan isključivo u Kini, a još nije poznato hoće li stići na globalno tržište.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
It’s already time to get excited about a freshman baseball player.
Pitcher Jordan Ayla of Norco High made a sensational debut last week against Orange Lutheran, striking out 11 in a 2-1 victory. He retired the first 11 batters and gave up two hits with one walk in 5 1/3 innings.
“He’s really good,” Norco coach Gary Parcell said.
Jordan Ayala (28 CA) peaked at 94 early, still grabbing 92’s in the 6th. Mixed a banger slider in the 81-85 range. Excellent athlete and combines the highest level upside and ultra-competitive traits. #PGHSpic.twitter.com/TTF0DQwXJ1
Ayala was clocked throwing fastballs in the 90s. Besides his good velocity, it’s Ayala’s poise that makes Parcell convinced the right-hander has a talent for pitching. He’s also a three-sport athlete, playing football, basketball and baseball.
He was originally attending South Hills until transferring to Norco in November.
“We’re really young and adding a young pitcher like that takes you to another level,” Parcell said. …
The City Section boys’ basketball semifinals in Division I are Wednesday, with Granada Hills hosting Poly and L.A. Jordan hosting Grant.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected]
Snapdragon X Launched in India: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc.’s latest offering, the Snapdragon X platform, is set to reshape the personal computing landscape in India by introducing an affordable, AI-powered chip for PCs. This new technology aims to make advanced PC features accessible to the masses, with a focus on superior performance, power efficiency, and cutting-edge AI capabilities. Here are the key takeaways from the launch of Snapdragon X in India:
1. AI-Powered Performance at an Affordable Price
The Snapdragon X processor balances performance and built-in intelligence with a 45 TOPS (Tera Operations Per Second) NPU (neural processing unit), enabling seamless on-device AI experiences, according to the company. Devices powered by Snapdragon deliver premium experiences within a sleek, lightweight, and highly portable design, it added.
2. Enhanced Performance and Efficiency
Devices powered by the Snapdragon X platform offer up to 163 per cent faster performance at ISO-power compared to competitors, as per the official release. Qualcomm’s innovative OryonTM CPU and integrated GPU deliver a balanced performance with power efficiency, providing smooth experiences for creating presentations, web browsing, and streaming content, all while maintaining multi-day battery life.
3. Seamless Connectivity with 5G and Wi-Fi 7
The Snapdragon X platform also comes equipped with advanced connectivity features, including 5G and Wi-Fi 7, ensuring that users stay connected from virtually anywhere. These capabilities enable users to enjoy fast, stable internet speeds, whether they’re working from home or on the go.
4. Immersive Audio and Robust Privacy Features
The Snapdragon Sound™ Technology Suite offers immersive, high-fidelity audio for wireless listening. Furthermore, Snapdragon X incorporates robust privacy features, enabling comprehensive protection from chip to cloud.
5. Affordable Devices Like Asus Vivobook and Zenbook A14
The first devices powered by Snapdragon X in India are the Asus Vivobook 16 and Zenbook A14. Starting at Rs 65,990, these devices are now available for pre-order. According to the company, these laptops set a new standard for affordable, high-performance laptops in India, with the promise of more OEMs to follow soon.
Can you imagine the kind of stories and conversations that flow over an intimate dinner with a celebrity? It’s not every day you get that kind of access!
The dinner featured a customised six-course menu which was a fusion of Indian and Japanese cuisines
Last month, Hilton Honors, the award-winning guest loyalty program of Hilton, successfully hosted its first-ever celebrity dining experience in India.
Hilton Honors allows members to earn points through stays and purchases, which can be redeemed for a variety of rewards, including complimentary nights, premium merchandise, and exclusive experiences.
This rare and exclusive event invited a select group of guests to enjoy a beautifully handcrafted menu at Conrad Bengaluru, alongside actor Sidharth Malhotra.
The dinner featured a customised six-course menu which was a fusion of Indian and Japanese cuisines, designed by Conrad Bengaluru’s Executive Chef, Mohammed Eliyaz, and inspired by Sidharth’s love for Japanese cuisine and Indian culinary heritage.
Commenting on the choice of menu, Eliyaz, said, “This menu was about storytelling – every dish was designed to take guests on a journey through flavour, technique, and tradition.”
The evening kicked off with a cocktail hour featuring drinks as a tribute to the actor, named as Malhotra Margarita, a fiery twist on the classic cocktail, and Malhotra Twist, a playful take on refreshing Moscow Mule.
As the soiree progressed, a luxurious, intimate dinner table, adorned with beautiful pink and red floral arrangements and soft candlelights awaited the guests for dinner.
Each seat was carefully reserved with guest’s name, adding a special, personal touch to the experience.
The dinner began with fusion dishes such as Moringa & Morels with Mutton Nihari, Chatpata Miso Black Cod, and other delicacies, and ended on a sweet note with Mochi Shrikhand paired with Red Beam Ice Cream, Saffron Ganache, Allahabad Boondi Cracker. Each dish was carefully crafted to represent true flavours.
Actor Sidharth Malhotra and Manish Tolani, vice president & commercial director, South Asia, Hilton
Talking about the dinner, Malhotra said, “Great food and great company always make for the best experiences. Hilton Honors brought both together in a way that felt personal and effortless. From curating a menu inspired by my travels to seeing it come to life, it was exciting to be part of something so unique. Can’t wait to see what’s next!”.
Throughout the evening, the conversations with representatives of the brand, and guests from different parts of the country and world mirrored the quality of food – engaging and thoughtful.
“We wanted to create something that felt personal, immersive, and reflective of Hilton’s signature hospitality,” said Manish Tolani, vice president & commercial director, South Asia, Hilton.
He also shared plans for the expansion of the brand. He said, “Hilton Honors is focused on bringing more experiences to India and internationally to show how Hilton Honors further enhances the stay.”
As the night unfolded, Sidharth kept switching seats to make sure he interacted with every guest, connecting on a personal note. It is moments like these which makes us realise that celebrities are just like us – they love to bond over simple, heartwarming conversations around food and travel!
As the main songwriter of Oasis, Noel Gallagher remains one of Britain’s most iconic rock stars, best known for wildly successful hits like Wonderwall and Don’t Look Back in Anger.
The band, fronted by Noel’s younger brother Liam and formed in their native Manchester, had a meteoric rise in the mid-90s, quickly becoming one of Britain’s biggest-ever bands and famously playing to a total of 250,000 people across two nights at Knebworth Park in 1996.
The relationship between the two brothers has been notoriously fraught over the years, fuelling a heap of headlines, as well as public spats and cancelled gigs.
The band eventually split in 2009, with both Noel and Liam going on to have successful solo careers.
But in August last year, the group delighted fans by announcing that they would finally be reforming for a 2025 tour, prompting a renewed interest in their music, and a surge in listenership on Spotify.
Since their heyday, the Manchester band made no attempt to dispel comparisons with The Beatles, infusing their look and sound with constant nods to the Fab Four.
But Noel, who wrote all of Oasis’ major hits, has been open about the wide range of influences on the band, with likes of 70s punk rockers the Sex Pistols and even Burt Bacharach making a mark on his style.
Far Out Magazine trawled through interviews and playlists to compile a list of Noel’s favourite numbers. And while the presence of classics by The Stone Roses and The Who won’t come as much surprise, there are also several unexpected inclusions.
You can listen to the playlist on Far Out’s Spotify profile here.
It’s getting on in years, but the Mazda CX-3 is still one of the Japanese brand’s strongest offerings.
2024 model shown throughout
Note: This is an updated version of a review first published in August. There have been minor pricing and specification changes for 2025 model year.
We have updated key details such as pricing and specifications with the most up-to-date information available. Read the original version of this review here.
You can also read the most recent price and specs article here.
WATCH: Paul’s video review on the 2024 Mazda CX-3 G20 Evolve
It landed here in 2015 and received a facelift in 2018, while it’s continued to receive minor updates here and there as Mazda works to keep it on par with the competition.
The updates seem to be working too, because it outsold rivals like the Kia Stonic and Toyota Yaris Cross by a considerable margin last year. That places it firmly at the top of its segment in a league of its own.
Mazda had the small SUV market figured out when this car launched, but a lot has changed since then. Even if it is a segment leader, there’s still a bit of modernising to be done on the CX-3.
Tech is getting dated, and while it still works as it all should, it does leave a bit to be desired when you consider the latest generation of touchscreen infotainment you can get in other Mazdas.
You do still get wireless Apple CarPlay and some extra goodies, which helps to keep it in the running. It would still benefit from a major tech overhaul, but it’s just about hanging on with what it has at the moment.
On test here is the Mazda CX-3 G20 Evolve, which sits bang in the middle of the lineup. Aesthetically it does the job in a low-key way, and the interior is well presented with unique white and tan upholstery.
Does that mean it can still duke it out with its rivals, or is it beginning to fall behind?
How does the Mazda CX-3 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Mazda CX-3 against similarly sized vehicles.
Mazda
CX-3
How much does the Mazda CX-3 cost?
For 2025, pricing for the CX-3 G20 Evolve went up $900. It also picked up additional safety and assistance technologies, as well as front fog lights and keyless entry.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Mazda CX-3 G20 Pure
$30,370 (+$920)
2025 Mazda CX-3 G20 Evolve
$32,100 (+$900)
2025 Mazda CX-3 G20 GT SP
$35,330 (+$880 over Touring SP)
2025 Mazda CX-3 G20 Akari
$38,890 (+$120)
To see how the Mazda CX-3 stacks up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Mazda CX-3 like on the inside?
Mazda seems to be going for a borderline luxury look in the CX-3, and for the most part it seems to work.
MY24 interior shown
The elephant in the room is the fact this is a carbon copy of the Mazda 2’s interior, which isn’t surprising given the common platform shared by the two models.
Some elements have been spruced up for the CX-3 though, most notably in the materials used. The lower section of the dashboard has been fitted with soft-touch suede to match the door cards, while some gloss black trim has been added around the gear selector.
Fake carbon fibre features on the door armrests, while the instrument housing has been draped in black leather-look trim in a brief excursion from the hard-touch plastic we’re used to seeing here.
There’s also some softer leather-look surfaces on the sides of the centre console for your knees, so it’s so far quite a consistent approach with a couple of accents to break it up.
For 2025 the White Maztex/Tan Grand Luxe Synthetic Suede you see on this 2024 example has been swapped out for black leatherette upholstery, which is likely more appealing to Australian buyers and family-friendly.
Ahead of the driver is the same steering wheel seen in the Mazda 2, which works just fine. Unlike the rest of the interior it isn’t flashy at all, with just a small selection of buttons for infotainment and cruise control.
Its stripped-back nature means it’s quite sturdy, which gives you the assurance all the buttons will always work as you expect them to. The simple layout also means nothing is left to guesses, and everything is where you’d expect it to be if you’re hopping into this car for the first time.
Behind the wheel is a traditional analogue gauge for a speedometer, flanked by a couple of LCD screens. This setup is again carried over from the Mazda 2, but for those who prefer a more old-school driving interface it’s a perfect fit.
It’s hard to argue with the simplicity offered to the driver, and in a time where cars are increasingly tech-dependent it’s sometimes refreshing to drive a car that still has some hints of the recent past – even if it’s all starting to get a bit dated.
At least you do get a head-up display, which incorporates a clear piece of plastic that folds up with an endearing electric whirr when the car starts up. You need to have your seat adjusted right to see it properly though, but that means it can be a decent guide to getting yourself in the right spot.
Speaking of dated, my biggest gripe is with the infotainment system. It’s not too dissimilar to what you’ll find in some of Mazda’s other cars, but this small screen is where something like the CX-3 really begins to show its age.
It’s again toggled by rotary controls on the centre console, and while I understand why that setup isn’t for everyone, I still find it fun to interact with. Sure, it’s clumsy and finicky to navigate something like Apple CarPlay, but it works well enough on the car’s native infotainment software.
Unlike the Mazda 2, the CX-3 has a central armrest where you can rest your elbow while operating the central dials. When you’re cruising along the highway, it feels like it takes much less effort to keep your arm relaxed to adjust the volume rather than reaching for a dial elsewhere.
A significant downside is the lack of touchscreen functionality when you’re on the move, which unlike in newer Mazdas can’t be changed. It means if there’s something you just can’t figure out with the dials, or if a passenger wants to make an adjustment, it’s needlessly awkward and cumbersome.
On top of that, its graphics are much too early 2010s and it can be slow to respond, especially when the car has just started up.
Given its small hatch roots, storage in the CX-3 is limited. There is storage in the centre console, though it’s not the typical lidded-box you’ll find in most other cars. Instead, it’s more of a folding armrest with some small shelves underneath.
You do still get some storage here, but it’s compromised. There’s also a small cubby ahead of the gear selector for your phone, but it’s awkwardly sized – my standard iPhone 12 is too tall to fit comfortably lengthways, and there’s no way it’d work sideways. A symptom of the past, perhaps.
Aside from that, there’s a normal glovebox ahead of the passenger and some bottle holders in the doors, but that’s about it. At least there are still some interesting design choices scattered around, like the soft-touch leather upholstery that continues down the sides of the centre console.
The classic tri-dial climate control again makes an appearance here, which works just fine. Unfortunately there is still some gloss black trim creeping in around the gear selector, but aside from the drive mode switch there’s no real reason to be touching the area too much.
The rear seats are really a case of what you see is what you get. There are no extra amenities back here at all, which means no chargers for your phone and no rear ventilation.
At least you get a fold-down centre armrest with cupholders and bottle holders in the doors. The seats themselves are comfortable too, but don’t expect to have a lot of headroom if you’re on the taller side.
Additionally, the door opening isn’t the largest, which means it might be a bit of a squeeze to fit a child seat or load any extra cargo. Otherwise, it understandably feels fairly small, though there’s still more space back here than what you get in a Mazda 2.
As with other smaller cars, room for legs and toes is dependent on how the front seats are adjusted, though most people and children should have no problems at all.
Boot space in the CX-3 isn’t amazing, though it’s still plenty for what most would use it for. Again it’s larger than a Mazda 2, though the key difference here is the load floor is higher and extends further towards the front of the car.
It’s a square area too, which means it’s ideal for boxes or suitcases. Removing the cargo cover reveals much-needed room for taller objects, and while the rear seats don’t fold flat you still get that bit of added space if you need it.
If that’s still not enough, the standard load floor can be lifted to reveal another shallow space underneath for smaller items. For a smaller SUV, it’s a fair arrangement if you have a young family – I’d just be wary about going for one with white upholstery.
Dimensions
Mazda CX-3 G20 Evolve
Length
4275mm
Width
1765mm
Height
1535mm
Wheelbase
2570mm
Boot capacity (VDA)
264L (5 seats) 1174L (2 seats)
To see how the Mazda CX-3 stacks up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
The entire CX-3 range is powered by a 2.0-litre naturally aspirated four-cylinder petrol engine, which is good for 110kW of power and 195Nm of torque.
Model
Mazda CX-3 G20
Engine
2.0L 4cyl petrol
Power
110kW @ 6000rpm
Torque
195Nm @ 2800rpm
Transmission
6-speed automatic
Driven wheels
Front-wheel drive
Weight
1294kg (kerb)
Fuel economy (claimed)
6.3L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
7.6L/100km
Fuel tank size
48 litres
Fuel requirement
91-octane regular unleaded
CO2 emissions
143g/km
Braked towing capacity
1535kg
To see how the Mazda CX-3 stacks up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Mazda CX-3 drive?
While the general driving experience is solid, it’s clear the CX-3 is better suited to driving around the city.
In and around town it’s a nimble little car, with enough power to scoot away from the lights and direct steering to get around tight corners. The steering isn’t terribly light, which in this case is fine because it brings a more authentic feel.
It starts up with the push of a button, and shifts into gear with a traditional selector on the centre console. There’s even a manual mode if you like, but it expectedly can only be used via the shifter itself because there aren’t any paddles behind the wheel.
That engine is peppier than I expected too, at least compared to a Mazda 3 with the same displacement. Because it’s a light car, the engine feels like it doesn’t have to work as hard when accelerating to the speed limit.
If you need to get away from a stop in a hurry, there’s even a Sport switch that you can flick in a heartbeat. It doesn’t add any extra power, but it does hold gears longer to utilise most of what the engine has to offer.
Just take care, because if you’re a little heavy footed it will easily spin up the front wheels if the roads are damp. It’s easily avoided, but worth taking an extra second if you need to pull out onto a busy main road in the rain.
The drawbacks start to surface when you hit the freeway. At speeds up to 80km/h, there are no problems at all as it cruises along happily with relatively low revs and a smooth ride.
As you climb further though, it begins to feel less confident. On the freeway at 110km/h, it feels like it’s especially susceptible to bumps and gusts of wind.
I’d hazard a guess to say it’s mostly because it really is just a jacked up Mazda 2, which means the centre of mass is higher than it would’ve been thanks to its lifted suspension. The Evolve grade also gets large 18-inch wheels, which means it’s a bit harsher over bumps.
Even so, there’s a weird feel in the suspension over softer, larger bumps on the freeway. The front end seems to float for a second after bumps before settling again, which isn’t the end of the world but it’s worth noting so it doesn’t catch you off guard.
Otherwise, everything is more or less as you’d expect. For 2025, the Pure and Evolve trim levels picked up adaptive cruise control. This means it’s now standard across the range.
The Evolve trim still misses out on a surround-view camera, however, which would make it that little bit easier to park in the city. At least it’s a physically small car, which means it’s not too hard to park with the help of the reversing camera – even if it is fairly low-resolution.
Fundamentally, the CX-3 is a very easy car to drive. Its proportions mean people coming from smaller cars aren’t going to feel intimidated behind the wheel, while the engine and transmission combo makes for easy driving in the city and on more open suburban roads.
That transmission in particular is solid, because it doesn’t hold revs, short shift, or hold gears at any point when it shouldn’t. It will even try to sit in higher gears where it can to maximise fuel economy.
You do get a bit of control either in manual mode or with Sport mode engaged, which is just about as much as you can ask for in a cheaper modern automatic.
MY24 G20 Touring SP shown
Generally it’s a solid driving experience which doesn’t give anything more or less than what you’d expect for this segment. It’s still a small SUV, and if you’re going to be driving around in mostly urban areas it’ll be perfect.
A fair bit of road noise can creep in on more coarse roads and the in-cabin experience can be somewhat unrefined, but it’s nothing that should get under your skin if you’re spending a lot of time with the car.
It even has good quality LED headlights, which makes night driving especially easy. It’s all exactly as you’d expect – nothing more, nothing less.
To see how the Mazda CX-3 stacks up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
There are four trim levels in the 2025 CX-3 range.
Mazda CX-3 G20 Pure highlights:
18-inch alloy wheels (NEW)
Rain-sensing wipers
Automatic LED headlights
Automatic high-beam
LED daytime running lights
LED tail lights
Power-folding exterior mirrors
Head-up display
8.0-inch infotainment screen
Wired Android Auto
Wireless and wired Apple CarPlay
Satellite navigation
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
Climate control air-conditioning
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Six-speaker sound system
DAB+ digital radio
Tilt and telescopic steering column adjustment
Cloth upholstery
Electric parking brake with auto hold
Keyless start
G20 Evolve adds:
18-inch black machined alloy wheels (NEW)
LED front fog lights (NEW)
Keyless entry (NEW)
Black leatherette upholstery, including on centre console and door trims (NEW)
To see how the Mazda CX-3 stacks up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
Is the Mazda CX-3 safe?
The Mazda CX-3 is currently unrated by ANCAP, as its five-star rating from 2015 has now expired.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Pedestrian, cyclist detection
Adaptive cruise control
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Driver attention alert
Lane departure warning
Front, front-side and curtain airbags
Reversing camera
Rear parking sensors
For 2025, the Pure and Evolve now get the more sophisticated AEB system and adaptive cruise control previously limited to up-spec models.
Evolve and above gain front parking sensors, while GT SP and up receive traffic sign recognition.
To see how the Mazda CX-3 stacks up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How much does the Mazda CX-3 cost to run?
The Mazda CX-3 is backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Running costs
Mazda CX-3
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
Up to 5 years
Service intervals
12 months or 15,000 kilometres
Total estimated service cost
$2200 (5 years)
Average estimated service cost
$440 (5 years)
To see how the Mazda CX-3 stacks up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Mazda CX-3
If you’re in the market for a small SUV, it’s hard to look past the CX-3.
It’s an easy car to live with thanks to its compact proportions, while its drivetrain is smooth and refined. It’s comfortable at urban speeds, and if you don’t have to spend much time on the highway it’ll be perfect.
Lower-speed highways are certainly workable, though it can be a bit unsettling if you’re driving at speed in especially rough weather. Smaller wheels would make it more compliant, but it’s not a reason to avoid the CX-3 altogether.
It’s unassuming all around and leaves nothing to guesses, which means anyone will be able to hop in and quickly feel comfortable. Its older-style tech will be easy for people coming from older cars to figure out what everything does.
There’s no question it’s feeling dated, but it’s not the end of the world just yet.
There isn’t a huge model range, but there is something in there to cater to most needs. I’d suggest the Evolve strikes a good balance between tech, features, and cost; though the now-base Pure is almost identical and cheaper.
Despite this the entire CX-3 range is now beyond the $30,000 asking price threshold, which I guess is just a sign of the times.
Interested in buying a Mazda CX-3? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Unilever confirmed that its 2025 outlook and medium-term guidance remain unchanged.
Unilever CEO Hein Schumacher steps down.
FMCG-giant Unilever announced today that Hein Schumacher will step down as CEO and Board Director on 1 March 2025, with a departure date of 31 May 2025. Fernando Fernandez, current CFO and Executive Director, will succeed Schumacher as CEO effective 1 March 2025.
Fernandez Brings Strong Track Record To CEO Role
Fernandez has a proven track record of success at Unilever, previously serving as President of Beauty & Wellbeing and leading high-performing markets in Latin America, Brazil, and the Philippines.
The Board expressed gratitude for Schumacher’s leadership in resetting Unilever’s strategy, driving productivity, and initiating the Ice Cream separation. They highlighted his role in putting Unilever on a path to higher performance.
Board Confident In Fernandez’s Ability to Drive Growth
The Board expressed confidence in Fernandez’s ability to accelerate Unilever’s Growth Action Plan, deliver strong financial results, and enhance shareholder value. They cited his decisive leadership, results-oriented approach, and deep understanding of Unilever’s operations.
Schumacher expressed pride in the progress made during his tenure and his confidence in Unilever’s future strength and growth. He highlighted the company’s clear strategy, portfolio reset, and strong leadership team.
Fernandez Outlines Priorities as Incoming CEO
Fernandez emphasized his focus on building a future-fit portfolio, driving growth across key brands, and strengthening Unilever’s global industry position. He expressed gratitude to Schumacher for his leadership and commitment to the business.
Search For New CFO Underway
Unilever initiated a search for a permanent CFO. Srinivas Phatak, current Deputy CFO and Group Controller, will assume the role of acting CFO from 1 March 2025, leveraging his extensive finance and leadership experience.
Business Outlook and Financial Guidance Remain Unchanged
Unilever confirmed that its 2025 outlook and medium-term guidance remain unchanged.
Remuneration Details for CEO Transition
Details of the remuneration arrangements for both the incoming and departing CEOs, including Fixed Pay, bonus eligibility, and Performance Share Plan participation, will be outlined in the Remuneration Report.
News business Unilever CEO Hein Schumacher Steps Down, Fernando Fernandez Appointed Successor
Ripple’s grand vision aims to revolutionize the financial scene with massive transaction capabilities. With the bull market in full swing, speculations arise on how XRP might reach astonishing heights. Excitement also surrounds a promising new player, Codename:Pepe, with its unique approach and potential for massive gains.
XRP dreams of price explosions, while Codename:Pepe offers intriguing chances for investors. As the world of digital currency heats up, these cryptos, supported by community-driven strategies, stand in the spotlight. Investors keen on maximizing profits find themselves drawn to the potential of Codename:Pepe, which is set to take the crypto space by storm with its novel AI-powered strategies.
Codename:Pepe Unleashes True Intelligence for Maximum Profits
The crypto underworld is infested with fake AI agents—shady operators promising “next-gen intelligence” while barely outsmarting a toaster. This nonsense ends today.
Codename:Pepe has come to denounce fake AI agents. This ultimate undercover agent does not pretend, it is actually doing something useful: helping you make money in the chaotic meme coin jungle. Codename:Pepe is on a mission of mass hilarity (and, naturally, ridiculous gains).
Classified Intel: The True Identity of Codename:Pepe
Keep this under wraps: Codename:Pepe is a Pepe in disguise. Modeled after the legendary PEPE coin, which skyrocketed nearly 22,000%, this covert operative has the same ambition. Will it succeed? That depends on its community.
Your Directive: Secure Your Position in the Codename:Pepe Mission
Unlike VC-backed rug pulls, Codename:Pepe is powered by the people. The bigger the support, the higher it moonwalks. That’s why it has chosen the community-driven presale strategy with a smart plan:
Entry Price at Stage One: $0.003333333 (because three is a lucky number)
Final Stage Price: $0.151515152 (because round numbers are boring)
Codename:Pepe plans to use the power of artificial intelligence to hunt down the juiciest meme coins, predict market trends, and deliver exclusive AI-powered trading signals before the FOMO kicks in.
Beyond smart analysis, this genius agent will also trade for you with its fully automated AI-trader, turning those signals into sweet gains.
Every great agent needs an elite organization backing them. That’s where $AGNT comes in. Holding $AGNT unlocks membership in a top-secret DAO, where operatives (investors) gain access to classified strategies, insider analytics, and the ability to vote on high-stakes missions. Holding $AGNT will unlock:
Membership in a top-secret DAO
Access to classified strategies
Insider analytics
Ability to vote on high-stakes missions
Profits from the mutual DAO fund will be allocated to those who stake their $AGNT, ensuring the spoils of the trade go to the most loyal agents.
Top-Secret Tokenomics (No Funny Business)
This is a community-first operation, so 25% the total token supply is allocated for staking and rewards.
Codename:Pepe isn’t just throwing tokens around like confetti. The supply is capped at 5 billion, ensuring no surprise inflation bombs.
Further breaking down the tokemonics, only 20% of the supply is allocated for the presale. The offer at a discounted price is limited.
Final Orders: Deploy Capital & Secure Your $AGNT Now
This is your shot to join crypto’s most ridiculous yet lucrative mission. The best entries go to the fastest trigger fingers. Don’t be the guy who “wished he got in early.”
The mission is set. The presale is live. Are you in, or will you let the AI fakes win?
Buy $AGNT Early for a Bigger Discount
Ripple is a decentralized network for money transfers, primarily catering to financial services. It supports fast, cost-effective transactions between different currencies, including both fiat and cryptocurrencies. Its native currency, XRP, helps in making transactions secure and quick using a unique consensus protocol. Ripple’s system can handle up to 1,500 transactions each second, making it scalable for extensive use.
XRP faced challenges due to a legal case with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) which affected its price. Although the decision in 2024 led to a fine of $125 million against Ripple Labs, XRP’s price saw a 26% rise post-ruling. Indicating a steady adoption rate, Ripple has formed partnerships with various financial institutions, pointing towards wider integration into mainstream systems. Despite the legal hurdles, XRP’s technology remains focused on providing fast and low-cost global transactions, showcasing its potential in the financial market.
Conclusion
Established coins like XRP may offer steady growth, but their short-term potential seems limited compared to new contenders. The market is currently favoring projects that can deliver significant returns quickly.
Codename:Pepe emerges as a standout with its unique use of genuine artificial intelligence to maximize profits. By combining advanced AI strategies with a community-driven approach, it presents an opportunity for investors to capitalize on the current bullish momentum in the crypto space.
Did you hear the canary chirping in the marketing coal mine?
It got a little louder in the past month after Ahrefs released a report showing a 32% month-over-month drop in search traffic at HubSpot.com, the website home of the popular customer relationship management software. (January 2025 had 5.7 million visits, and December 2024 saw 8.7 million visits.)
Marketers did a lot of squawking, sharing the stats with surface-level responses and proclaiming the findings as an indicator that SEO is dead.
Why should you care about what’s happening with HubSpot’s website? You shouldn’t. After all, you’re probably not in the CRM industry, nor do you know in detail exactly what the company’s marketing strategy is.
But you shouldn’t ignore the potential implications. Content Technologist’s Deborah Carver writes: “In favor of rapidly pushing out content for a zero-click reader, [prominent SEO influencers and their content marketing acolytes have] forgotten that other fields, tactics, and ideas exist outside of the internet.”
See the recent search hullabaloo for what it really is — an early warning sign that marketers are in tumult about the rapid evolution of how consumers find a company and its content, products, and services.
It’s time to stop your (likely) longstanding traditional SEO approach. Here are five questions to answer to prepare your brand for the future:
1. Does your audience behave the same as it did?
Before diving into how your audience members use search, explore all their interactions with your company. A lot has happened in recent years, from changes in where people work (remote vs. company office) to how they learn (online and in person) and how they get answers (generative AI tools vs. traditional search engines). Add in the legal and social challenges around social media, from the TikTok ban to the platform owners, and you can see that your audience is going through a lot.
Has all that change affected how it engages with your company? An audit of your audience’s behavior can answer that. Examine data points from 2023, 2024, and today for your marketing tactics. What’s increased? What’s decreased? What’s stayed the same? Do the numbers indicate any big behavior changes worth noting (and responding to)?
With this big-picture view, you can now dig deeper into the specifics, and in this process, that’s referral traffic to your website.
2. Does your referral traffic really deliver?
Go below the surface of website traffic numbers to understand which visitors truly matter to your organization.
Does search referral traffic lead visitors to take the actions you want them to?
If not, maybe you should adjust your SEO investment and put some (or all) of it into your marketing strategy components that do deliver results.
If referral traffic is helpful, drill down to understand which visitor segments really deliver. What are the intents of those coveted searchers? Is it informational, commercial, or transactional?
What are the most effective keywords? After all, just because your site ranks highly for some keywords doesn’t mean it’s helpful for the business.
Szymon Slowik illustrates this in his in-depth analysis of the HubSpot news on Surfer SEO. He points out how HubSpot lost its No. 1 rankings for “marketing strategy template” as well as “quotes” and notes that one is likely more important than the other to HubSpot’s business.
With this new analysis, reprioritize your keyword list to emphasize the ones with the biggest impact and delete those that are irrelevant.
That leads to the next step.
3. Do your metrics really measure success?
Metrics for SEO success typically center on keywords and rankings. Bosses get impressed by how many top three rankings appear on a seemingly endless list of words in the quarterly report. Of course, none of that matters if the high rankings don’t serve the business.
That’s why you should revise the measurement plan to ensure that it counts what contributes to the company’s marketing goals. Of course, you can’t just unilaterally revise the metrics on your own. Talk to company executives to get their input, explain your recommended new reporting system, and get their OK before implementing the more helpful report.
4. What about your content competition?
With a better understanding of your audience’s behavior and your newly prioritized keyword list, you’re ready to explore wider search behavior.
Input each keyword to learn what sites’ content already ranks well for it. What does that search results page look like? Is there an AI overview at the top? If so, does it include a single or multiple source links? Visit those sources and any of the top rankings not cited in the AIO. Analyze the content itself (including embedded links, images, videos, and headers), along with the available metadata, to find opportunities for your brand to improve or create new content.
TIP: Don’t forget to do an audio search for your keywords to understand what turns up in your audience’s ears.
5. What’s in the SEO name?
Your company has likely codified SEO and SEM into the marketing structure. Employee titles may include the acronyms. You may contract with SEO agencies or SEM specialists.
It’s a good time to start the conversation about updating the title, recognizing that SEO and SEM are not siloed activities. But don’t just implement a title change. Ask these employees to describe their work without using “SEO” or “SEM.” Do the same with any external partners, too. Evaluate those descriptions, add your own modifications, and collaborate to arrive at a role name that more accurately reflects what they do or accomplish.
TIP: If the conversation about a new name reveals that they only do traditional SEO work, it’s time to update the job description or find a new agency.
Sing a modern marketing song
You don’t need to worry about HubSpot’s big traffic drop. That’s for the CRM provider to do (or not). However, you can hear all the hullabaloo as a warning call.
It’s time to better understand how your audience behavior is evolving and how your brand’s marketing should respond. Then, you can sing a tune that will be met with applause from your audience and your executives.
Need more guidance to hone your content marketing skills? Enroll in CMI University and get 12-month on-demand access to an extensive curriculum designed to help you do your job more effectively.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Looking for the most recent Strands answer? Click here for our daily Strands hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Mini Crossword, Wordle, Connections and Connections: Sports Edition puzzles.
Hey, I thought Valentine’s Day was over! Today’s NYT Strands puzzle might remind you of some of those lovely heart-shaped candy boxes that come out every Feb. 14. If you need hints and answers, read on.
I go into depth about the rules for Strands in this story.
If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections and Mini Crossword answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: NYT Connections Turns 1: These Are the 5 Toughest Puzzles So Far
Hint for today’s Strands puzzle
Today’s Strands theme is: Life is like a box of chocolates.
If that doesn’t help you, here’s a clue: See’s Candies.
Clue words to unlock in-game hints
Your goal is to find hidden words that fit the puzzle’s theme. If you’re stuck, find any words you can. Every time you find three words of four letters or more, Strands will reveal one of the theme words. These are the words I used to get those hints, but any words of four or more letters that you find will work:
These are the answers that tie into the theme. The goal of the puzzle is to find them all, including the spangram, a theme word that reaches from one side of the puzzle to the other. When you’ve got all of them (I originally thought there were always eight but learned that the number can vary), every letter on the board will be used. Here are the nonspangram answers:
Today’s Strands spangram is FILLINGS.To find it, start with the F that’s three letters to the right on the top row, and wind down.
The completed NYT Strands for Feb. 25, 2025, #359.
NYT/Screenshot by CNET
Toughest Strands puzzles
Here are some of the Strands topics I’ve found to be the toughest in recent weeks.
#1: Dated slang, Jan. 21. Maybe you didn’t even use this lingo when it was cool. Toughest word: PHAT.
#2: Thar she blows! Jan.15. I guess marine biologists might ace this one. Toughest word: BALEEN or RIGHT.
#3: Off the hook, Jan. 9. Similar to the Jan. 15 puzzle in that it helps to know a lot about sea creatures. Sorry, Charlie. Toughest word: BIGEYE or SKIPJACK.
Some medications could have the unintended benefit of reducing dementia risk.
That’s according to a recent study by the universities of Cambridge and Exeter, where researchers evaluated several existing drugs to see if they could do double-duty as dementia treatments.
The team reviewed data from 14 prior studies, which included more than 130 million patients and one million dementia cases, according to a press release.
They determined that several classes of prescription drugs were shown to affect dementia risk.
DEMENTIA RISK COULD BE LOWERED BY DOING THIS FOR 5 MINUTES A DAY: STUDY
The findings were published in Alzheimer’s and Dementia: Translational Research & Clinical Interventions.
Researchers determined that several classes of prescription drugs were shown to affect dementia risk.(iStock)
“We urgently need new treatments to slow the progress of dementia, if not to prevent it,” said co-first author Dr. Ben Underwood, from the Department of Psychiatry at the University of Cambridge and Cambridgeshire and Peterborough NHS Foundation Trust, in the release.
“If we can find drugs that are already licensed for other conditions, then we can get them into trials and — crucially — may be able to make them available to patients much, much faster than we could do for an entirely new drug.”
Drugs that reduce and increase risk
Antibiotics, antivirals, anticoagulants (blood thinners) and anticonvulsants (medications used to prevent or treat seizures) were all linked to a reduced risk of dementia, according to the study.
Four vaccines — for hepatitis A, typhoid, hepatitis A and typhoid combined, and diphtheria — were also associated with a reduced risk.
“If we can find drugs that are already licensed for other conditions, then we can get them into trials and — crucially — may be able to make them available to patients much, much faster than we could do for an entirely new drug.”(iStock)
“This finding supports the hypothesis that common dementias may be triggered by viral or bacterial infections, and supports recent interest in vaccines, such as the BCG vaccine for tuberculosis, and decreased risk of dementia,” the researchers wrote in the release.
Anti-inflammatory medications, such as ibuprofen, were also found to reduce dementia risk.
“Inflammation is increasingly being seen to be a significant contributor to a wide range of diseases, and its role in dementia is supported by the fact that some genes that increase the risk of dementia are part of inflammatory pathways,” the release stated.
TWO ALZHEIMER’S DRUGS HELP PATIENTS LIVE INDEPENDENTLY AT HOME FOR LONGER PERIODS
Some drugs were associated with an increased risk of dementia, including antipsychotic medications.
There was “conflicting evidence” for other classes of drugs, including those indicated for blood pressure, depression and diabetes.
“Though dementia lacks a cure and available drugs present challenges, my experience highlights the value of personalized care,” one doctor (not pictured) told Fox News Digital.(iStock)
Two medications are currently approved for Alzheimer’s treatment in the U.S. — lecanemab (Leqembi) and donanemab (Kisunla).
Both are monoclonal antibodies that are administered via IV infusions. They work by reducing the build-up of amyloid plaques in the brain, but they are only effective for those with early-stage Alzheimer’s and have the potential for some serious side effects, according to experts.
“You should never change your medicine without first discussing it with your doctor.”
Dr. Chris Vercammen, a board-certified internal medicine physician at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF), was not involved in the study but shared his reaction to the findings.
“This review identifies classes of medications that have an association with an increased risk of dementia,” Vercammen, who specializes in geriatrics and palliative care, told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Systematic reviews offer the advantage of aggregating data across multiple studies, which can provide a more comprehensive understanding of the current state of knowledge on a subject.”
The study did have some limitations, the researchers acknowledged, due to differences in how each individual study was conducted and how the data was gathered.
One doctor said the findings are “plausible” and highlight the importance of comprehensive medication reviews for older adults at risk of dementia.(iStock)
Vercammen agreed that these types of reviews are limited by the overall quality of the available studies.
“Furthermore, unlike meta-analyses, they do not provide a summary effect size for each medication, which makes it difficult to discuss risk precisely.”
Despite the limitations, Vercammen said the findings are “plausible” and highlight the importance of comprehensive medication reviews for older adults at risk of dementia.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Lourida emphasized that all drugs have benefits and risks.
“You should never change your medicine without first discussing it with your doctor, and you should speak to them if you have any concerns.”
Personalized care involves “addressing the practical needs of the person living with dementia and their caregivers — the ‘second patients’ — who provide essential daily support.”(iStock)
Vercammen agrees that patients who are considering new medications or treatments should consult with their doctors.
“Though dementia lacks a cure and available drugs present challenges, my experience highlights the value of personalized care,” he told Fox News Digital.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“This involves addressing the practical needs of the person living with dementia and their caregivers — the ‘second patients’ — who provide essential daily support. This is the essence of continuous, compassionate care in the absence of a cure.”
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
롤대리 서비스는 리그 오브 레전드(LoL)에서 원하는 티어를 달성하기 어려운 플레이어들이 이용하는 방식으로, 특정 상황에서 필요성을 느낄 수 있습니다. 그러나 이 서비스는 라이엇 게임즈의 정책에 위배되는 불법적인 행위이므로, 이를 고려하는 플레이어들은 여러 가지 요소를 신중하게 검토해야 합니다. 롤대리 서비스가 주로 사용되는 시기와 목적에 대해 살펴보면, 서비스 이용자들이 어떤 이유로 이를 선택하는지 알 수 있습니다.
많은 플레이어들은 시즌 종료 전 최종 랭크 보상을 받기 위해 롤대리를 고려합니다. 리그 오브 레전드에서는 매년 랭크 시즌이 끝나면, 일정 티어 이상을 달성한 플레이어들에게 특별한 보상이 지급됩니다. 보통 골드 티어 이상부터 시즌 보상 스킨을 받을 수 있기 때문에, 시즌 종료가 다가올수록 티어를 올리기 위해 롤대리를 찾는 경우가 많습니다. 시간이 부족하거나 실력이 부족한 경우, 짧은 시간 안에 원하는 티어를 달성하기 위해 대리 서비스를 이용하는 것입니다.
또한, 일정 랭크를 유지하고 싶을 때도 롤대리 서비스를 고려하는 경우가 있습니다. 일부 플레이어들은 일정 기간 게임을 플레이하지 못하거나, 실력이 하락해 랭크가 떨어지는 것을 걱정합니다. 이런 경우, 대리 기사를 통해 계정을 관리하고 티어를 유지하는 방식으로 롤대리를 활용합니다. 특히, 마스터, 그랜드마스터, 챌린저 티어에서는 티어 유지가 중요한데, 높은 랭크에서 한동안 게임을 플레이하지 않으면 강등될 위험이 있기 때문에 이를 방지하기 위해 대리 서비스를 이용하는 경우가 있습니다.
롤대리 서비스는 언제 사용하면 좋나요?
롤대리 서비스는 신규 계정을 빠르게 높은 티어로 올리고 싶을 때도 사용됩니다. 새롭게 만든 계정을 빠르게 원하는 티어로 올리기 위해 롤대리를 이용하는 것입니다. 이는 주로 기존 계정의 MMR(매치메이킹 레이팅)이 낮거나, 부계정을 운영하고 싶은 경우에 해당됩니다. 특히, 스트리머나 콘텐츠 크리에이터들은 새로운 콘텐츠를 위해 일정 티어 이상의 계정을 필요로 하며, 이에 따라 대리 서비스를 고려하는 경우도 있습니다.
친구나 지인들과 함께 플레이하기 위해 티어를 맞추려는 경우에도 롤대리를 찾기도 합니다. 랭크 게임에서는 티어 차이가 너무 크면 친구와 듀오 플레이를 할 수 없는 경우가 많기 때문에, 일정 티어까지 빠르게 올리고 싶을 때 대리 서비스를 이용하는 것입니다. 다만, 이는 게임의 공정성을 해치는 행위이므로 주의가 필요합니다.
결론적으로, 롤대리 서비스는 시즌 종료 전, 티어 유지, 신규 계정의 빠른 랭크 상승, 친구와의 플레이를 위한 티어 조정 등의 이유로 사용됩니다. 그러나 롤대리는 라이엇 게임즈의 규정 위반 사항이며, 계정 정지 위험이 크기 때문에 신중한 판단이 필요합니다. 단기적인 이득을 위해 불법적인 방법을 사용하는 것보다, 게임을 꾸준히 연습하며 정당한 방식으로 실력을 키우는 것이 장기적으로 더 좋은 선택이 될 것입니다.
A Zepto customer allegedly found insects in Meat 99 chicken ordered from the quick-commerce platform. Ahtsham Malik, a video creator, shared a video on Instagram, revealing, “Raat ke 11 baaj rahe hai toh maine Zepto se kuch groceries order kiye. (It was past 11 at night, so I ordered some groceries from Zepto.)” “Need your attention and action on this,” he captioned the video and tagged the official Instagram handle of Zepto. Pointing at the items, he says, “Yeh saara item aya tha, aur saath mein ye chicken meat 99 mein. Toh isme likha huya hai ki jab ye cheez aap open karoge toh halki si smell ayegi par woh bhi theek hai, aati hai. Maine wash karke kadhayi mein daal diya. (All these items came, and along with it this chicken meat for 99. It is written here that when you open these things, it will smell a bit, which is fine; it does come. I washed it and put it in the pan.)”
Also Read:20-Year-Old Student Becomes Swiggy Delivery Agent To Pay College Fees. Shares Earnings, Experiences, More
He adds, “Ab jab yeh chicken almost adha pak chuka hai tab maine taste karne ke liye chammach se nikala aur main tumko dikhata hu iss chicken mein kide bhare huye hai. Hadh hoti hai yaar. Main dikhata hu tumhe yaar. (Now, when this chicken was almost half cooked, I took a spoonful of it to taste it, and I am showing you that this chicken is full of bugs. It’s too much. I am showing you.)”
Watch the full video below:
NDTV does not vouch for the authenticity of the claims made by the user.
The video creator then zooms into a spoonful of the already prepared dish and says, “Yeh dekho kitna clear nazar aa raha hai aur dikhata hu main tumko. Ek aadh thori hai. Yeh halke mein lene waali baat nhi hai. Ab bhai yeh koi aesa issue nhi hai jo ki tum ignore kar diya jae. Jiske liye tum sorry boldo. Tum sada huya chicken order kar rahe ho aur deliver kar rahe ho logo ko yaar. (Look how clearly it looks and I will show you. This is not something to be taken lightly. Now, this is not an issue that you can ignore. For which you say sorry. You are ordering fresh chicken and delivering it to people.)”
Also Read:Watch: Digital Creator’s Hilarious Review Of An Air Fryer Will Leave You In Splits
In response, a spokesperson from Zepto told NDTV, “At Zepto, user safety and product quality are our top priorities. Following an escalation regarding a specific meat product, we took immediate action by instructing our sellers to conduct a thorough quality check.
Quality checks were conducted across the entire batch, including the specific product in question, and no concerns were identified.
We cross-checked platform records for any similar escalations and found no prior complaints against this brand.
An audit of the brand’s facility were conducted and were not alerted to any lapses or mishaps in their process audits.
That said, given the seriousness of the escalation and our zero-tolerance policy towards quality lapses, our seller network has made the proactive decision to delist the brand from our platform. We remain committed to working only with sellers and brands that meet the highest standards of safety and quality, ensuring our users receive only the best.”
On social media, the video gained attention, and people expressed their concern.
One user reacted, “Experienced the same, not the fault of blinkit / zepto, but the brand. I didn’t even give it to my dog.”
Another person wrote, “Mere sath huwa hai with prawns.. wo khake 2 din tak pet kharab ho gaya tha (This happened to me with prawns.. after eating it, my stomach got upset for 2 days).”
“Don’t order from meat 99 they mostly have issues with their quality,” advised another social media user.
When a few users made fun of the customer for his non-vegetarian diet, someone penned, “To all the vegetarians saying, “Khaa le bhai, extra protein hi toh hai,” by that logic, you should be eating everything green for an extra dose of chlorophyll. Someone is rightly complaining about worms in their food, yet instead of questioning the brand, we’re busy debating diets,” adding, “This is exactly how big corporations get away with negligence. They distract us with pointless arguments while they cut corners and dodge accountability. As long as we fight each other, no one is holding them responsible—and that’s exactly what they want.”
On Sunday, China unveiled its “No. 1 central document” for 2025, which outlines key priorities for further deepening rural reforms and taking concrete steps toward comprehensive rural revitalization. As the first policy statement released by China’s central authorities each year, the document is a crucial indicator of the country’s policy direction.
Prominent words such as “rural area,” “agriculture,” “development,” “farmers,” and “arable land” were frequently emphasized, highlighting the country’s focus on sustainable and high-quality growth.
Lilly Singh caught some flak for what online critics called cringey interviews before the Screen Actors Guild Awards ceremony. The job may be tougher than it looks.
StarBigBloc Building Material Ltd, an arm of BIGBLOC Construction, on Tuesday said it has acquired a land parcel in Madhya Pradesh, to set up a new manufacturing plant.
The proposed Indore facility will produce Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (AAC) blocks strengthening its presence in the state and nearby regions, the company said in a statement.
AAC blocks are built from building materials like cement, sand, fly ash and water.
Also read: BIGBLOC board approves JV with Thailand’s SCG
The company purchased the land parcel in Indore for ₹6 crore.
StarBigBloc Building Material operates a plant at Kheda near Ahmedabad with an installed capacity of 2,50,000 cubic metres per annum, serving most parts of Gujarat, Rajasthan and some parts of Madhya Pradesh.
Also read: Q3 Results Highlights 14 February: Manappuram, IIFL, Deepak Nitrite lead Q3 profit declines amid rising costs, slowing demand
BIGBLOC Construction Chairman Narayan Saboo said, “The proposed expansion in Indore aligns with our growth strategy, focusing on geographic expansion, R&D investments and product diversification.”
BIGBLOC Construction recently expanded into construction chemicals with Block Jointing Mortar, Ready Mix Plaster and Tile Adhesives, tapping into high-demand segments.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
SINOĆ se u Los Angelesu održala dodjela filmskih nagrada SAG koja je okupila brojne zvijezde, a među njima je i glumica Millie Bobby Brown čije nas je izdanje oduševilo. Mlada glumica zasjala je u elegantnoj, svilenoj haljini boje breskve, kreaciji kuće Louis Vuitton.
Haljina je bila duga do poda, imala je tanke naramenice i suptilne drapirane detalje oko dekoltea, stvarajući sofisticiran i profinjen izgled.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Pronašli smo sličnu haljinu
Millie je upotpunila stajling nakitom brenda Chopard, a nosila je dijamantne naušnice te prsten sa žutim dijamantom. Njezina nedavno obojena platinasto plava kosa bila je zalizana u elegantnu punđu, dok su pastelno obojeni nokti dodali nježan dodir cjelokupnom izgledu.
Pronašli smo sličnu haljinu brenda Malina. Ova je haljina izrađena od viskoze. Također doseže pod, breskvaste je boje i ima ušiveni patentni zatvarač. Pronašli smo je na Zalandu, gdje je sada na sniženju.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Senior pitcher Jackson Eisenhauer of Crespi High has earned so much respect and confidence from his coach, Mike Glendenning, that he has been installed as the Celts’ pitcher for Tuesday games.
“He’s improved so much,” Glendenning said.
Eisenhauer’s development was on display Monday in a semifinal game of the Easton baseball tournament. He struck out 10, walked two and gave up two hits in a 4-0 victory over St. Francis. Troy Miller had a first-inning RBI single for the Celts (4-0), who will play Simi Valley in Wednesday’s 7 p.m. final at Birmingham.
Diego Velazquez had a two-run double.
Simi Valley 5, Chaminade 3: Danny Pina had a double, single and three RBIs to send Simi Valley (4-0) into the Easton tournament championship game.
Bell 4, Maywood CES 2: The Eagles stayed unbeaten. Jesse Anguiano had three hits and also struck out five in four innings for Bell. Gustavo Ramirez contributed two hits and two RBIs.
Bishop Alemany 5, Oaks Christian 4: Jayden Lusk hit a two-run home run for Alemany. Quentin Young hit a two-run home run for Oaks Christian.
Paloma Valley 2, Redlands East Valley 0: Jacob Melendez struck out 10 in 6 2/3 scoreless innings for Paloma Valley (4-0).
Paraclete 2, Saugus 0: Jacob Draper threw four scoreless innings for Paraclete.
Birmingham 7, Hart 3: Isaac Monterrubio had three hits and three RBIs while Zion Waddell added three hits and two RBIs to lead the Patriots. Freshman Jordan Lindsay also had three hits for Birmingham (3-1).
Cleveland 2, Culver City 1: Otis Bush yielded one hit in five innings for Cleveland.
Calabasas 7, Castaic 5: Luc Olson struck out six in in six innings for Calabasas.
Granada Hills 2, Ventura 1: Alex Schmidt homered for Granada Hills.
Agoura 4, San Marcos 3: The Chargers picked up the Easton tournament win.
Chatsworth 11, Dos Pueblos 1: Masen Ruiz struck out three in four innings and Brandon Davis had two hits for Chatsworth.
El Camino Real 9, Valencia 5: Luke Howe and Adan Viner each had two hits for ECR.
Softball
Carson 10, Peninsula 3: Kayleigh Allen had three hits for Carson.
When Elvis Presley moved his family from 1034 Audubon Drive to Graceland in 1957, the rising star wanted to protect his privacy.
The Memphis mansion and its grounds would be open for his inner circle to enjoy, but they’d have to be specially invited upstairs to the King’s sanctuary.
His bedroom was upstairs in his main living space, where he could escape the world. It had windows that didn’t open and air conditioning so cold that guests would be given jackets to stay warm.
A newly installed privacy wall featuring one-way mirrors so that Elvis could see who was on the other side obstructed access at the top of the first-floor landing.
If fans visit Graceland today, you can just about see these from the bottom of the staircase by the entrance to the mansion. But have you ever wondered what was behind the drapes at the top of the stairs?
Elvis’ cousin and last surviving original Memphis Mafia member Billy Smith was previously asked during a Q&A on his YouTube channel. The question was: “What is directly on the other side of the block wall with the drapes that’s at the first landing of the stairs at Graceland?” At first Billy joked: “Well they got a real big statue of Elvis and it’s back behind there.” Answering the question seriously, he said: “No, what it was, he put it up there to kind of blend in and cover-up in with the interior downstairs. And at that time it was red.” But what’s behind them?
Billy continued: “Behind it was a door and this door led out to a little balcony that was over the top of the Jungle Room.” This makes sense as in 1960 Elvis extended the house with the Jungle Room, which he called The Den. Originally this was a screened-in porch that was then closed off as a room a few years later on. There was even a plan for a conference room above, however, this was never completed after The King’s sudden death in 1977.
A Queensland man has lost his licence for six months and been fined more than $1800 after driving at 92km/h in a school zone.
On Wednesday, February 19, Queensland Police Service officers detected a Tesla Model Y allegedly travelling at 92km/h through a 40km/h signposted school zone in Southport.
As he exceeded the speed limit by more than 40km/h – the highest bracket available – the 38-year-old man was fined $1854, hit with eight demerit points and had his licence suspended for six months on the spot.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
The road in question has a 40km/h speed limit from 7am-9am and 2pm-4pm on school days, with the police car’s camera showing it was just before 8:30am when the offence was committed.
“School zones exist for one crucial reason—to keep our children safe,” said QPS Road Policing and Regional Support Command, Chief Superintendent Garrath Channells.
“Driving at these extreme speeds near children is inexcusable and will not be tolerated by police.
“Speeding reduces reaction time and makes it harder to stop quickly if a child crosses the road while entering or leaving school.
“We must all play our part in protecting the most vulnerable road users, especially our children.”
Petrol, Diesel Price Today: Check City-Wise Rates Across India Including In Delhi, Mumbai And Lucknow
Petrol, Diesel Prices On February 25
Petrol, Diesel Prices Today On February 25, 2025:Oil marketing companies (OMCs) update petrol and diesel prices every day at 6 AM to maintain transparency and account for changes in global market conditions. These daily revisions take into account shifts in international crude oil prices and currency exchange rates, ensuring that consumers get the most accurate and up-to-date fuel price information.
Petrol Diesel Price Today In India
Check city-wise petrol and diesel prices on February 25:
City
Petrol Price (Rs/litre)
Diesel Price (Rs/litre)
Delhi
94.72
87.62
Mumbai
103.44
89.97
Chennai
100.85
92.44
Kolkata
103.94
90.76
Noida
94.66
87.76
Lucknow
94.65
87.76
Bengaluru
102.86
88.94
Hyderabad
107.41
95.65
Jaipur
104.88
90.36
Trivandrum
107.62
96.43
Bhubaneswar
101.06
92.91
In India, fuel prices have remained steady since May 2022, after the central government and various state governments reduced fuel taxes.
Oil marketing companies (OMCs) update fuel prices daily at 6 a.m., reflecting changes in global crude oil prices. The government controls these prices using tools such as excise taxes, base pricing, and price caps.
Factors Influencing Petrol and Diesel Prices in India
Crude Oil Prices: As the key raw material for producing petrol and diesel, fluctuations in global crude oil prices have a direct impact on fuel costs in India.
Exchange Rate: India imports a significant portion of its crude oil, so changes in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the US dollar influence fuel prices. A weaker rupee generally leads to higher fuel costs.
Taxes: Petrol and diesel prices are subject to various taxes imposed by both the central and state governments. These taxes can vary from state to state, contributing significantly to the final price consumers pay at the pump.
Refining Costs: The process of refining crude oil into petrol and diesel incurs costs that influence fuel prices. These expenses can vary based on factors such as the type of crude oil processed and the efficiency of the refinery.
Demand: The balance of supply and demand plays a crucial role in determining fuel prices. Increased demand for petrol and diesel typically results in higher prices, as suppliers adjust to market conditions.
Check Petrol and Diesel Prices via SMS
You can easily check the latest petrol and diesel prices in your city through SMS. For Indian Oil customers, text the city code followed by “RSP” to 9224992249. BPCL customers can send “RSP” to 9223112222, and HPCL customers can text “HP Price” to 9222201122 to receive the current fuel prices.
News business Petrol, Diesel Fresh Prices Announced: Check Rates In Your City On February 25
Crypto has gained significant attention and acceptance following a change in the USA’s view under Donald Trump’s crypto-friendly administration. Under this regime, crypto and related companies are no longer treated like enemies. As a result, the Dubai Financial Service Authority (DFSA) has embraced the crypto movement by approving Circle’s stablecoins, USDC and EURC, as authorized tokens under its new crypto regime, making them among the first to receive such approval.
DIFC Firms Can Now Use USDC, EURC for Payments and More
Circle’s stablecoins, USDC and EURC, recently approved in the EU and Canada, have now gained recognition from the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This endorsement allows companies within the Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC) to adopt these stablecoins for various digital asset functions like payments and treasury management.
The DIFC, established in 2004, is a key financial hub and free economic zone that caters to businesses across the Middle East, Africa, and South Asia. It is home to nearly 7,000 companies, reflecting a 25% growth since 2023. In this district, only officially recognized crypto tokens are allowed for business operations.
While USDC has secured its position as one of the first approved tokens, its competitor Tether is not far behind. In December 2024, Tether’s USDT gained recognition as a legitimate digital asset in Abu Dhabi and is exploring uses in the UAE’s real estate sector through a partnership with Reelly Tech, a local real estate platform.
Following these approvals, crypto exchanges and firms in the DIFC can now offer enhanced stablecoin-backed services. Circle’s Chief Strategy Officer, Dante Disparte, points out that this approval will significantly boost the usage of top stablecoins in the region, aligning with its ambitious digital asset goals.
Circle’s USDC Minting Continues to Surge
Circle has significantly ramped up its issuance of USDC. Between January 8 and February 10, the market capitalization of this widely used stablecoin jumped from $45 billion to $56 billion, marking over 23% increase. As of February 24, USDC’s market cap has reached $57.2 billion. Despite this growth, Tether’s USDT still maintains a strong lead with a 63.12% market dominance, as reported by DefiLlama.
This surge in stablecoin activity shows one of the key trends of the current crypto bull run. Since December 2023, the total market cap of stablecoins has swelled by nearly $100 billion, reflecting their increasing utilization in the crypto space.
Also read: Citadel Securities Eyes Crypto Trading After Trump’s Support; Major Exchanges In Sight
Circle has been on a roll, securing a series of approvals across various regions lately. In mid-2024, USDC became one of ten stablecoins to meet the full compliance requirements of the EU’s Markets in Crypto Assets (MiCA) regulation.
Following their success in the EU, both USDC and its counterpart have achieved full compliance with Canadian regulations during a period of aggressive expansion. With Europe and North America now covered, Circle is clearly setting its sights on expanding its presence in the Middle East.
Battling global macroeconomic instability and visa uncertainties — that crept in after the Trump administration took charge in the US — the Indian Institute of Management-Ahmedabad (IIMA) successfully concluded placement season with higher number of offers and higher average salaries, despite some traditional recruiters giving placements a miss.
“The job market was tough this year. The sentiments among recruiters reflected the same. While some of the multinational corporations (MNCs) are going through a hiring freeze, there were some regular recruiters at IIMA who were wondering how many students they can recruit this year. In other words, sentiments of IIMA’s traditional recruiters were on a downward spiral, but some new-age technological firms have shown interest in recruiting. Despite the struggle, we have managed a successful completion of the placement season where both the quality and quantity of offers have gone up,” Professor Vishwanath Pingali, Chairperson (Placements), IIMA told businessline.
When asked what kept some of the traditional recruiters away from IIM-A during the placements that were held in three clusters on January 31, February 3 and 6, Pingali said, “The uncertainties regarding visas after a regime change in the US and a global marco-economic instability, did play a role in keeping some of the big MNCs — especially in the technological domain — away from the campus. These entities preferred to wait and watch instead of committing to placements.” He however did not name the recruiters who gave the campus placements a miss.
The Professor said that the IIMA managed to tide over the crisis but falling back on new recruiters and seeking help from old contacts and supporters. “When some of our traditional recruiters expressed their inability to visit the campus this year, a bit of panic had definitely set in. But the placement committee reached out to new recruiters, leveraged our old contacts and also sought help from people who have traditionally supported IIMA. We have invested a lot in globalising our brand and that is also paying off. We have observed in IIMA that when the market is bad, there is a significant amount of trust recruiters place in recruiting students from IIMA,” he added.
Boston Consulting Group with 35 offers, made the most offers, followed by Accenture Strategy with 30 offers during the placements where students were placed across 30 cohorts. Though traditional recruiters from the US stayed away, there were some new recruiters from the finance sector in the US who came to the campus. In addition there were a few recruiters from GIFT City and some from Ahmedabad who attended the campus placements at IIMA.
Asked if the salaries offered showed any adverse impact of the slack job market conditions, Professor Pingali said, “I am being very cautious while saying this as we are still collating our placement data. We have made a slight uptick in average salaries this year. High-end consulting firms have shown tremendous faith in IIMA this year.” The placement Chairperson said while consulting did well, offers from firms operating in the finance space “performed decently” as international offers for roles in Middle-east and European markets were on “expected lines.”
Among the Investment Banks, Goldman Sachs was the largest recruiter, making nine offers, closely followed by Avendus Capital with seven offers. Similarly in the General Management domain, Tata Administrative Services made the highest number of offers (five), followed by GMR Group with four offers. Amongst the new recruiters onboarded, some key firms were GMR Group, Pekers Group, Pluckk and Showtime Consulting. In the Laterals processes, FinIQ Consulting made the highest number of offers (11), closely followed by Navi Technologies with 10 offers.
Looking for the most recent regular Connections answers? Click here for today’s Connections hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Mini Crossword, Wordle and Strands puzzles.
Connections: Sports Edition could be tricky today. But if you know East Coast sports and colleges, it might be right up your alley. Read on for hints and the answers.
Connections: Sports Edition is out of beta now, making its debut on Super Bowl Sunday, Feb. 9. That’s a sign that the game has earned enough loyal players that The Athletic, the subscription-based sports journalism site owned by the Times, will continue to publish it. It doesn’t show up in the NYT Games app but now appears in The Athletic’s own app. Or you can continue to play it free online.
Read more: NYT Connections: Sports Edition Puzzle Comes Out of Beta
Hints for today’s Connections: Sports Edition groups
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
Here are four hints for the groupings in today’s Connections: Sports Edition puzzle, ranked from the easiest yellow group to the tough (and sometimes bizarre) purple group.
Yellow group hint: Take a chance.
Green group hint: Red Sox, also.
Blue group hint: Midwest and East Coast jocks.
Purple group hint: Couch hoops.
Answers for today’s Connections: Sports Edition groups
Yellow group: Bet
Green group: An AL East player
Blue group: A Big East athlete
Purple group: NBA video games
Read more: Wordle Cheat Sheet: Here Are the Most Popular Letters Used in English Words
What are today’s Connections: Sports Edition answers?
The completed NYT Connections: Sports Edition puzzle for Feb. 25, 2025.
NYT/Screenshot by CNET
The yellow words in today’s Connections
The theme is bet. The four answers are gamble, risk, stake and wager.
The green words in today’s Connections
The theme is an AL East player. The four answers are Blue Jay, Oriole, Ray and Yankee.
The blue words in today’s Connections
The theme is a Big East athlete. The four answers are Friar, Hoya, Musketeer and Pirate.
The purple words in today’s Connections
The theme is NBA video games. The four answers are 2K, Jam, Live and Street.
For a majority of people, the COVID vaccine doesn’t cause adverse health effects — but a small percentage experience chronic symptoms that can last for months or even years.
Yale researchers recently made some discoveries about why certain people experience this condition, which they have dubbed “post-vaccination syndrome” (PVS).
In early findings, the team recognized “potential immunological patterns” that are unique to people with PVS. The hope is that this discovery will help to enable future treatments and therapies for those who are affected.
IS MMR VACCINE SAFE FOR KIDS? DR. NICOLE SAPHIER ADDRESSES CONCERNS AS MEASLES CASES RISE
“This work is still in its early stages, and we need to validate these findings,” said co-senior study author Akiko Iwasaki, Sterling Professor of Immunobiology at Yale School of Medicine, in a press release.
Yale researchers recently made some discoveries about why certain people experience “post-vaccination syndrome” (PVS).(iStock)
“But this is giving us some hope that there may be something that we can use for diagnosis and treatment of PVS down the road.”
Symptoms of post-vaccination syndrome
People with this condition may suffer from excessive fatigue, exercise intolerance, brain fog, insomnia and dizziness, according to the Yale researchers.
These typically develop within a day or two of vaccination and can worsen over time.
NEW BAT CORONAVIRUS DISCOVERED IN CHINA SPARKS PANDEMIC CONCERNS
“It’s clear that some individuals are experiencing significant challenges after vaccination. Our responsibility as scientists and clinicians is to listen to their experiences, rigorously investigate the underlying causes, and seek ways to help,” said co-senior author Harlan Krumholz, professor of cardiology at YSM, in the release.
“Post-vaccination syndrome is real, and has been found [to occur] from many vaccines, including COVID,” Dr. Marc Siegel, clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Health and Fox News senior medical analyst, told Fox News Digital.
What the study found
The researchers analyzed blood samples from 42 study participants who experienced symptoms of PVS and 22 who did not.
Those with symptoms were shown to have lower levels of two types of white blood cells. People with PVS who had never had COVID also had lower levels of antibodies against the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein, likely because they tended to have fewer vaccine doses, according to the release.
“Post-vaccination syndrome is real, and has been found [to occur] from many vaccines.”
“Fewer vaccine doses and no viral infection means the body’s immune system has had little opportunity to develop a defense to the virus,” said the researchers.
Some of the people with PVS also had higher levels of the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein, which enables the virus to penetrate and infect host cells. This has also been linked to a higher risk of developing long COVID.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“We don’t know if the level of spike protein is causing the chronic symptoms, because there were other participants with PVS who didn’t have any measurable spike protein — but it could be one mechanism underlying this syndrome,” said Iwasaki.
People with the syndrome may suffer from excessive fatigue, exercise intolerance, brain fog, insomnia and dizziness, according to the Yale researchers. (iStock)
In addition to the elevated spike proteins, other factors could increase the risk of post-vaccination syndrome. Those include autoimmunity, tissue damage and reactivation of Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), the researchers wrote.
“Akiko Iwasaka is a world-renowned immunologist at Yale who has studied COVID (and COVID vaccines) extensively,” Siegel pointed out.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“In this new study, she reports that in a very small percentage of those who received COVID vaccines (and experienced prolonged side effects), there may be the presence of persistent spike protein,” Siegel confirmed.
“They may also experience immune disruption, which takes the form of elevations in inflammatory immune cells (CD8 and TN alpha) and a decrease in cells that help resolve inflammation and infection (CD4 helper cells).”
“Every medical intervention carries some risk, and it’s important to acknowledge that adverse events can occur with vaccines.”(REUTERS/Dado Ruvic/Illustration/File Photo)
The researchers agreed that more studies are essential to guide diagnosis and treatment.
“We’re only just starting to make headway in understanding PVS,” said Krumholz. “Every medical intervention carries some risk, and it’s important to acknowledge that adverse events can occur with vaccines.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“Our focus must remain on understanding what these people are experiencing through rigorous science and addressing the needs of those affected with compassion and an open mind.”
Siegel agreed, adding, “This needs to be further studied in terms of understanding how common prolonged COVID vaccine side effects are and how to predict them and treat them.”
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Body odour is a common and sometimes embarrassing problem that many people experience. While poor hygiene, clothing choices, and medical conditions can contribute to it, one often overlooked factor is the level of cortisol in your body. High cortisol, the “stress hormone,” can cause excessive sweating and may also lead to an unpleasant body odour. To combat this, it is essential to not only focus on good hygiene but also on balancing cortisol levels through lifestyle and diet. Dietitian Manpreet Kalra recommends several key changes to manage cortisol levels and reduce body odour.
Also Read: Bye-Bye Greasy Smell! 5 Kitchen Hacks For A Fresh And Funk-Free Cooking Experience
What is Cortisol?
Cortisol is a hormone produced by the adrenal glands in response to stress. It plays a vital role in various functions such as regulating metabolism, blood sugar levels, and managing the body’s response to stress. However, when cortisol levels remain elevated due to chronic stress or other factors, it can lead to an imbalance in the body. This imbalance may result in physical symptoms like excessive sweating, body odour, weight gain, and even digestive issues. Therefore, managing cortisol levels through lifestyle and dietary changes is crucial for overall well-being.
Also Read: Strange Body Odour? 7 Foods That May Be The Culprits!
9 Lifestyle Changes to Balance Cortisol and Avoid Body Odour
1. Start Your Day with 15 Minutes of Sun Exposure
Morning sunlight helps regulate your circadian rhythm, which in turn supports cortisol production. This natural light exposure also boosts serotonin, helping to keep stress levels low throughout the day. Aim for at least 15 minutes of sunlight in the morning, preferably early, to kickstart your cortisol balance.
2. Practice Suryanamaskar Every Day
Suryanamaskar, or Sun Salutation, is an ancient yoga practice that involves a series of postures. It helps reduce stress, improves circulation, and promotes a sense of calm. Doing five rounds every morning helps in balancing cortisol and improves overall well-being, potentially reducing body odour caused by stress.
3. Start Your Day with Healthy Fats
Consuming healthy fats like soaked almonds and walnuts can support hormone regulation, including cortisol levels. Healthy fats also aid in brain function and overall health, ensuring your body functions optimally and helps prevent the odour that arises from imbalanced hormones.
4. Practice Deep Breathing Before Meals
Taking 3-4 rounds of deep breathing exercises before meals helps reduce the body’s stress response, lowering cortisol levels. Deep breathing relaxes the body and supports digestion, preventing the activation of stress hormones that can trigger sweating and body odour.
5. Drink Chamomile Tea in the Evening
Chamomile tea has calming properties that can help reduce stress and lower cortisol levels, especially in the evening. Drinking a cup of chamomile tea before bed can also promote better sleep, which is essential for hormone balance.
6. Include Magnesium-Rich Foods in Your Diet
Magnesium is a mineral that helps relax the body and regulate cortisol. Foods like bananas, pumpkin seeds, and almonds are rich in magnesium. Including these foods in your diet can help reduce stress and, by extension, body odour.
7. Get 7-8 Hours of Sleep Regularly
Sleep is one of the most effective ways to regulate cortisol levels. A lack of sleep leads to an increase in cortisol production, which may cause stress and result in excessive sweating. Aim for 7-8 hours of restful sleep each night to ensure cortisol levels stay balanced and your body odour stays under control.
Also Read: How to Prevent Body Odour: 8 Tips That Will Help Keep You Fresh
Cortisol imbalance can lead to many health issues.
8. Avoid Caffeine and Sugary Foods
While caffeine and sugary foods may give you an initial energy boost, they can trigger the release of cortisol in large quantities. Overconsumption of these can disrupt your hormone balance and worsen body odour. Opt for whole foods and avoid processed sugars and excessive caffeine to help maintain a healthy cortisol level.
9. Stay Hydrated Throughout the Day
Drinking enough water is essential for maintaining optimal body functions, including regulating sweat and body temperature. Dehydration can lead to increased body odour, so ensure you drink plenty of water throughout the day to stay hydrated and minimize odour.
Body odour is often a sign of an underlying issue, such as an imbalance in cortisol levels. By incorporating the lifestyle changes and dietary tips suggested by Dietitian Manpreet Kalra, you can regulate your cortisol levels, reduce stress, and avoid body odour. Along with these lifestyle changes, ensure you maintain good hygiene practices and stay hydrated to keep body odour at bay.
By continuing to browse our site you agree to our use of cookies, revised Privacy Policy and Terms of Use. You can change your cookie settings through your browser.
Rising costs of living are a cause for concern, and monthly rentals across the country’s major cities have been steadily increasing by 9.2 to 21 per cent in 2024 compared to a year ago, fuelled by migration, lack of good-quality accommodation, and a premium on better amenities.
The highest increase was seen in Noida’s Sector 150, while the lowest was in Mumbai’s Chembur suburb, according to data from Anarock.
“This increase can be attributed to population movements toward employment hubs, resulting in heightened demand for rental housing. Furthermore, as companies mandated a return to the office in 2023 and 2024, metro cities saw an influx of people, putting pressure on the available housing stock,” said Anshuman Magazine, Chairman & CEO – India, South-East Asia, Middle East & Africa, CBRE.
In Bengaluru’s Sarjapur area, rentals have risen by an average of 16.8 per cent in 2024, and in Thanisandra, by close to 11 per cent. In the National Capital Region, rentals rose by 12.2 per cent in Sohna Road and by close to 22 per cent in Noida’s Sector 150.
“Rising home rents are a reflection of strong urban housing demand, driven by economic activity and migration trends,” said Ram Naik, Co-founder and CEO of The Guardian Real Estate Advisory.
Consumer goods companies have been complaining about muted urban demand, partly due to reduced disposable income, which restricts consumers’ ability to spend on non-essentials. In cities such as Mumbai, NCR, and Bengaluru, home rents account for around half of household expenditure, leaving very little for discretionary spending.
While the desire for home ownership has surged post the Covid-19 pandemic, rentals have also risen proportionately as new houses come with advanced amenities. Demand for homes over the last 4-5 years has pushed up prices, and those who rent them out are looking to earn good returns on their investments.
Over the last three years, residential rents have risen by close to 30 per cent.
“While inflation and urban consumption patterns are factors, rental increases are also influenced by supply-demand dynamics in key locations,” said Naik.
He admitted that affordability remains a major factor but added, “The sustained demand for rental housing, especially in prime city areas, indicates that tenants are adjusting their budgets accordingly.”
“Looking ahead, the upward trend is expected to continue, however, the growth rate is likely to moderate due to an anticipated increase in supply. With many companies maintaining a strong stance on return-to-office policies, most of the population has already relocated back to their employment-based cities, suggesting that this movement will have a lesser impact moving forward,” said Magazine.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
U POSLJEDNJE vrijeme friteze na vrući zrak postale su prilično popularne, zbog čega su klasične friteze u kojima se prži u ulju pale u zaborav. Friteze na vrući zrak privukle su pažnju zbog mogućnosti pripreme hrane s minimalno ulja ili bez njega, što ih čini privlačnijima onima koji žele zdraviju alternativu prženju.
Klasične mini friteze sve su popularnije
Međutim, čini se da klasične friteze ponovno privlače pažnju – na društvenim mrežama, a posebno na TikToku, sve su češći videi u kojima se prikazuju mini friteze za klasično prženje u dubokom ulju. Jedan video s takvom mini fritezom s Temua prikupio je preko 5 milijuna pregleda – što pokazuje da ovakav način pripreme hrane (još uvijek) ima svoje poklonike.
Ove mini friteze izgledaju poput malo većeg lončića, izrađene su od nehrđajućeg čelika i dolaze s kapacitetom od 1.5 l ili 2 l. Zahvaljujući obliku i praktičnom dizajnu, idealne su za pripremu manjih porcija pržene hrane, poput krumpirića, pilećih medaljona ili manjih komada pohanog mesa.
Mogu se koristiti i za zagrijavanje mlijeka
Zbog kompaktnosti savršene su za male kuhinje ili za one koji žele praktično rješenje za brzu pripremu obroka. Osim za prženje, ove mini friteze mogu se koristiti i za zagrijavanje tekućina poput mlijeka ili juha jer su u osnovi zapravo lončići s dodatnim mrežastim umetkom za prženje. Ova višenamjenska upotreba povećava njihovu praktičnost u svakodnevnom kuhanju.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Iako su friteze na vrući zrak i dalje vodeće kad je riječ o zdravijem prženju, popularnost mini friteza za klasično prženje pokazuje da i tradicionalni način pripreme hrane ima svoje mjesto. Ipak, valja imati na umu da je umjerenost ključna kada je u pitanju konzumacija pržene hrane, a balans u prehrani uvijek ostaje najvažniji faktor.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
If freshman guard Charlie Adams of St. Bonaventure High shows off a competitive streak during basketball games, it shouldn’t come as a surprise. He’s the son of two former professional tennis players, and you know how competitive tennis is.
Adams is averaging 19 points a game for St. Bonaventure, which plays Canyon Country Canyon for the Southern Section Division 2A basketball championship this weekend.
Adams’ father, Chuck, and mother, Ashley Harkleroad, were pro tennis players.
Coach Wolfgang Wood said Adams has made steady development this season.
“When you’re a freshman, you get better with each game,” he said. “It’s been fun to coach him. I’m excited for him. He has a lot more to grow, but he’s shown a lot of growth over time.”
Canyon has its own top player in senior Eric Kubel, who’s averaging 23.1 points. …
The semifinals of the Easton baseball tournament will take place Monday, with Simi Valley hosting Chaminade and Crespi hosting St. Francis.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected]
Ahead of a brand new Netflix show offering a fresh and humorous take on American sports, why not check out this underrated sports comedy?
Kate Hudson takes the lead as Isla Gordon, the newly appointed manager of a highly successful basketball team in Running Point. This irreverent sports satire, co-created by Mindy Kaling, is set to hit the streaming platform this week.
Before you dive into your next comedy marathon, consider warming up with another basketball-themed comedy featuring a beloved Hollywood star. Champions, also available on Netflix, serves as an ideal mood-booster, reminding viewers of the joys of sport before Running Point pulls back the curtain.
Woody Harrelson, known for his role in The Hunger Games, portrays a disgruntled minor-league basketball coach sentenced to community service after a clash with a fellow coach. Tasked with coaching a ragtag team of players with disabilities, he gradually rediscovers his love for the game as he gets to know the enthusiastic professionals.
Despite a lukewarm reception from critics, earning a 59 percent rating on Rotten Tomatoes, audiences adored it, awarding it a score of 95 percent and showering it with glowing reviews online.
Praise has even been heaped on the comedy by some professional critics, such as Mark Kermode who penned a review for the Guardian: “What makes Champions a treat is the deftness with which Mark Rizzo’s script sidesteps sentimentality in favour of something more raucously truthful, conjuring fully rounded characters with believably messy lives, all delivered with Dodgeball-style sporting chutzpah.”
A five-star user review on Google exclaimed: “This is an outstanding movie…
“The real stars of this movie, however, are the entire team of actors, all with actual disabilities, who act and play the lights out under Harrelson’s gifted coaching,” before admitting, “I did not expect Champions to be nearly as good as it is.”
Another review reflected similar sentiments: “A beautiful movie. The actors did an amazing job and kept part of their own personality in it.
“Very funny, and one of those movies that makes you feel warm and fuzzy. A movie about friendship and gives education [about] people with disabilities and showing us how much they are capable of and how much they contribute to society.”
Further applause came from Letterboxd with a glowing five-star write-up: “I love films like this in this sub genre. A massively wholesome easy watch that had the perfect amount of humour and emotional moments, I teared up twice at the end and got so invested in the team and story.
“Nothing crazy technically wise but for how it made me feel and what I enjoy, it was perfect. Woody Harrelson was amazing. Definitely a film I will rewatch a lot.”
The heartwarming comedy film has captured the hearts of many fans who wholeheartedly recommend it – catch it before Netflix releases its latest original sports-themed sitcom.
Champions is available to stream on Netflix. Running Point premieres Thursday, 27th February.
The undisputed leader in the people-mover segment in Australia saw an important addition to its range last year.
Note: This is an updated version of a review first published in August 2024, as there have been no major changes to pricing or specifications in the past six months since publication.
We have updated key details such as pricing and specifications with the most up to date information available. Read the original version of this review here.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2024 Kia Carnival GT-Line Hybrid
Kia Australia has added the new Carnival GT-Line Hybrid (HEV) as the flagship offering in the range. It introduces a new petrol-electric hybrid powertrain to the eight-seat van, with considerably better fuel use than the existing V6 petrol version.
The catch? It’s only available in the top-spec, and the cost is a serious drawback. Not to mention the maintenance costs and considerations, which you’ll see detailed below.
How does the Kia Carnival compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Kia Carnival against similarly sized vehicles.
Kia
Carnival
How much does the Kia Carnival cost?
The asking price for the entire Kia Carnival range has gone up $150 for 2025.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Kia Carnival S V6 petrol
$50,300
2025 Kia Carnival S diesel
$52,530
2025 Kia Carnival Sport V6 petrol
$56,200
2025 Kia Carnival Sport diesel
$58,430
2025 Kia Carnival Sport+ V6 petrol
$62,530
2025 Kia Carnival Sport+ diesel
$64,760
2025 Kia Carnival GT-Line Lite V6 petrol
$66,500
2025 Kia Carnival GT-Line Lite diesel
$68,730
2025 Kia Carnival GT-Line V6 petrol
$70,830
2025 Kia Carnival GT-Line diesel
$73,060
2025 Kia Carnival GT-Line HEV
$76,360
Kia Australia recently hinted that looming emissions regulations will allow it to bring in more hybrid variants across the Sportage, Sorento and Carnival ranges at some point – perhaps we can expect a new price leader by year’s end.
To see how the Kia Carnival lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Kia Carnival like on the inside?
Being the GT-Line version of the Carnival, the cabin is an upmarket and well-considered space.
There’s a 12.3-inch touchscreen media system with wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, Connected Services with over-the-air updates available, and faster USB-C charging capability than in the last model, as well as a 12.3-inch driver information screen in a shapely curved cockpit screen surround.
The menus and on-screen design look terrific, and while there are few buried menus here and there it is relatively easy to learn. For parents who want to just jump in and have their phone reconnect without thinking about it, the Carnival ticks that box.
There is also a Hybrid screen on the multimedia display that can show you some additional info about the powertrain (engine, battery, electric motor), and also give you fuel use data and advice.
Under the touchscreen there’s a panel that has dials for your climate control settings, but they can be switched to volume and tuning dials with a press of a touch-sensitive button. There are also an array of other touch-sensitive buttons which are simpler to use than you might think at first glance.
This is a super practical vehicle. It could well be the most practical non-commercial van on the market, with some terrific design features that make it more usable than eight-seat SUVs that you might also be weighing it up against.
There are big door pockets, cup holders between the seats, a stowage section for your phone (with wireless charging, plus a secondary spot next to it within proximity to the USB-C ports), and a big covered centre console area – ideal as a snack hidey-hole.
The second row is excellent in terms of space and usability. The seats are easily adjustable – you can individually slide and fold all three of them, while the middle section can be reversed or removed if required. If you flip the middle seat back down, it has a pair of cupholders for those sat in the outboard pews.
Beyond that there are bottle holsters, map pockets, and fan and climate controls with fan control and ceiling vents for both rear rows.
There are sunshades on the power-sliding doors, and they also have electric windows in those doors – which isn’t the norm in people-mover vans.
All three middle-row seats have ISOFIX and top-tether points. You can very easily tilt and slide the outboard seats to allow for back-row access.
I managed to easily – I cannot stress that enough – get into the back seat, which is not typical. It’s not even close to a realistic expectation in any three-row SUV in Australia. For context I’m 182cm/6’0” tall.
The third-row space is excellent, with enough room for me to sit behind someone of a similar size in front with space to spare for both of us.
Third-row riders have four cup holders, USB-C charging points, overhead vents and sunshades on those very back side windows.
Big families will love that there are ISOFIX and top-tethers in the very back row, and there are three seats back there for a massive seating capacity of eight.
It is simply the most practical vehicle in the country for big families, but keep in mind that the rearmost top centre seatbelt still falls from the ceiling rather than being integrated into the seat back.
The Carnival’s boot is a genius solution to needing lots of seats and lots of luggage space.
If you need to use all three rows, there’s a staggering 627 litres (VDA) of cargo capacity, which is more than plenty of large SUVs with only five seats.
The third-row seats can fold down (even using one hand) into the storage well in the boot area.
With those folded down flat there is a massive 2827 litres (VDA) of cargo room on offer. As a five-seater, it’s ridiculously usable.
There are multiple shopping bag hooks and other storage helpers in the boot. Unlike other Carnival models however, you don’t get a spare wheel – the Hybrid makes do with a tyre repair kit instead.
Dimensions
Kia Carnival GT-Line HEV
Length
5155mm
Width
1995mm
Height
1785mm
Wheelbase
3090mm
Cargo capacity
627 litres (8-seat) 2827 litres (5-seat)
To see how the Kia Carnival lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
We’re focusing just on the HEV model here, and it gets an intriguing powertrain.
The Carnival Hybrid runs a 1.6-litre turbo-petrol four-cylinder engine with 132kW and 265Nm, which is paired to a six-speed automatic gearbox and it is exclusively available in front-wheel drive.
However, the transmission integrates a 54kW/304Nm electric motor, which is a more powerful unit than in other applications of this powertrain used across the Hyundai and Kia ranges.
As such, this model has the most combined power and torque of any of the hybrids on offer in that mix, with 180kW of power and 366Nm of torque.
That’s still less power than the V6 petrol (216kW) and less torque than the diesel (440Nm), but it will eagerly shuffle between petrol, hybrid and EV modes, depending on the situation.
It uses a 1.5kWh lithium-ion battery pack which is positioned under the second-row seat on the driver’s side. In other words, it’s where the spare tyre used to be and that means you just get a tyre repair kit for this Carnival.
It still has a 72-litre fuel tank capacity, and the official combined cycle fuel use figure is 5.8 litres per 100km.
On my test, I saw a real-world return of 6.8 litres per 100km, which is only slightly better than what I saw in the diesel model (7.0L/100km) recently across similar situations, but way better than the petrol V6 (12.4L/100km as tested).
Now, going back to my maths for the tanks of juice you could get for the price premium being asked, there’s a convenience consideration there too.
Because if your V6 Carnival saw the fuel consumption I got, you’d only get 580km from a tank, whereas in the hybrid you’d see almost double that in theory – 1058km from a fill. The diesel? 1028km.
Also worth noting the towing capacity for petrol and diesel models is 750kg for an unbraked trailer, and 2000kg for a braked trailer. The hybrid on the other hand has 750kg unbraked and 1000kg braked towing capacities, but it does have a Tow Mode button to adjust the powertrain system to suit that situation.
The maximum kerb weight for the Carnival Hybrid is 2334kg, and the gross vehicle mass (GVM) is 2980kg. This means it has a permissible payload of 646kg, which is less than the V6 petrol (700kg) and diesel (725kg), and could rule it out if you have a big family of physically big people.
To see how the Kia Carnival lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Kia Carnival drive?
The hybrid is a sweet operator.
GT-Line Diesel shown
It seamlessly operates between petrol, hybrid and EV modes, and while you can hear the engine kick to life it can be a little raucous sounding in some situations. That’s mainly down to how electric progress is almost silent at lower speeds, aside from the exterior passenger warning speaker, which is louder in reverse gear.
The transmission manages the hybrid system is impressive. The electric motor is integrated into the six-speed auto and this means there’s no perceptible lag as is it swaps between EV and other modes. You will feel the gears change even when you’re driving fully electric though which is a novel sensation.
It is so amenable to daily driving with just a driver on board, or a complement of passengers. Admittedly I couldn’t rally seven grown-ups for a test, though as mentioned, it could push the car over its payload limit if you try.
With a few people occupying the seats I found it was never underdone in terms of pulling power, and while the engine doesn’t mind a rev, the torque of the electric motor makes it feel smooth and unstressed under load.
There are Eco, Sport and Smart drive modes, and while I spent the majority of my time in Eco I never once thought “I’ll just put it in Sport to see what it’s capable of”. When I tried Sport mode however it felt zestier and called upon the petrol engine more often to ensure rapid acceleration.
Really the Carnival isn’t sporty, and this top-spec model is the heaviest of the lot. It feels its size on the road but it is 5.1-metres long and 2.3 tonnes.
It settles into EV driving at highway pace. I noticed it on flat sections of freeway at 110km/h and that makes for a hushed experience provided the surface below isn’t a coarse-chip finish. You can still get a bit of road noise in the cabin in that instance.
The ride and handling tune for the updated Carnival saw steering and shock absorber changes compared to the pre-update range. The targets include “improved ride comfort and impact isolation”, “improved primary body control”, as well as a “confident flat ride and supported on-road feel.”
The Aussie arm has nailed the brief with a comfortable and composed nature in urban driving, though its can’t hide heft and feels like there’s a bit more momentum to arrest over bumps. The steering is competent and trustworthy with a delightfully effortless parking weighting too.
For those worried about being able to see around this big rig, there is a surround-view camera with an augmented reality display to place your vehicle in its surroundings.
Being the top-spec model it also gets a Blind-Spot View Monitor system which uses cameras on either side of the car to help you see what might be in your blind spot. The camera feed is displayed on the digital instrument cluster when you turn on the respective indicator.
Furthermore, when you have a cabin full of smiling (or screaming) faces, the rear-view mirror can be flicked to a digital display. It’s better than plenty of rivals in terms of the positioning of the camera.
The biggest annoyance about the Carnival’s drive experience is the inane, repetitive and hateful speed sign warning chimes. They can be helpful if you don’t know the limit where you’re driving, but are frustrating when you’re just confined to your suburb.
You can switch it off – there’s a way to set up a favourite button on the steering wheel so it’s a few less screen touches away – but I truly hope for any Carnival buyer that Kia can follow Hyundai’s lead in making an even-shorter-shortcut sequence. In the new Tucson, you just hold the mute button down for five seconds and it disables audible warnings.
To see how the Kia Carnival lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
On test here is the new flagship Carnival GT-Line HEV.
Kia Carnival S standard equipment:
17-inch alloy wheels
Temporary spare wheel
LED headlights
LED daytime running lights
Adaptive cruise control with stop & go
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Electric heated mirrors
Sliding sunvisor w/ illuminated vanity mirror
Cloth seat trim
Electronic park brake with auto hold
Reversing camera with dynamic vehicle guidelines
Front and rear parking sensors
Smart key
Push button start
New 4.0-inch cluster display for driver with digital speedo and revs
12.3-inch touchscreen media system
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Eight-speaker stereo
Kia Connect with OTA (over the air) updates
Additional safety features including centre airbag, rear occupant alert and trailer stability assist
Kia Carnival Sport adds:
18-inch alloy wheels
LED rear combination lamp
Electric folding side mirrors
Fake leather seat trim
Leather steering wheel
Leather shifter
Auto window defog
Dual-zone climate control
Rear single-zone temp control
Wireless phone charger
Aeroblade wipers
Kia Carnival Sport+ adds:
Surround-view camera
Power tailgate with auto close
Power sliding side doors
Auto-dimming rearview mirror
12.3-inch driver information display
Blind Spot View Monitor
Heated front seats
Second-row outboard heated seats
Side parking sensors
Eight-way power seat adjustment
Two-way lumbar adjustment for driver
Parking collision avoidance assist rear
Auto front wipers with rain sensing
Privacy glass from B-pillar back
Heated rear windshield
Kia Carnival GT-Line Lite adds:
19” Alloy Wheels
LED interior lighting
Auto Up/Down window for driver
Chrome styling elements (exterior handles, skid plates)
Dual sunroof
NOTE: Eight-way power seat adjustment for passenger side removed
Kia Carnival GT-Line adds:
19-inch alloy wheels with aero design (Hybrid only)
Tyre repair kit (Hybrid only)
Active aerodynamic elements on front bumper (Hybrid only)
Dual projection LED headlights
Heated steering wheel
Front ventilated seats
12-speaker Bose sound system
Dial-type shifter
Paddle shifters
Digital interior mirror with camera feed
Head-up display
Auto Up/Down Windows with safety function
Gloss Black Centre Fascia
Remote Start Parking Assist – car can be started and driven forward or in reverse in a parking space using the key fob
Eight-way electric seats with memory settings for driver and passenger
Four-way lumbar support (driver’s seat)
To see how the Kia Carnival lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
Is the Kia Carnival safe?
Petrol and diesel versions of the Kia Carnival have a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on testing conducted in 2021, though the hybrid hasn’t been assessed and is unrated.
Kia Australia has confirmed it is consulting ANCAP on the adjustments that have been made with the Carnival Hybrid, and it anticipates the brand will be able to continue on with its existing five-star ANCAP rating.
Given it currently doesn’t have an ANCAP safety rating that may rule this model out for some fleet operators and families. If you don’t have a requirement for a five-star score however, this big family bus seemingly ticks the boxes for the tech and spec you’d expect.
Kia has added safety tech across the Carnival range for this update. One of the most notable is a new speed sign recognition system that will warn drivers if they are entering a new signposted speed zone, and/or if they are travelling above what the car thinks is the signposted limit for that area. It can often get it wrong though.
That system defaults on each time you restart the car. It can be handy if you’re driving in an area where you’re not sure of the speed limits, but if you live somewhere that has multiple changes to its limit the binging and bonging can be very, very frustrating.
Furthermore, a new front centre airbag standard in all grades, and there are front parking sensors fitted to every single variant. The cheaper grades still don’t get a surround-view camera however.
Category
Kia Carnival (V6 petrol and diesel)
Adult occupant protection
34.54 out of 38 (90 per cent)
Child occupant protection
43.52 out of 49 (88 per cent)
Vulnerable road user protection
36.91 out of 54 (68 per cent)
Safety assist
13.23 out of 16 (82 per cent)
Standard safety features include:
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Pedestrian, cyclist and junction detection
Lane departure warning
Lane keeping assistance
Blind-spot assist
Rear cross-traffic alert
Adaptive cruise control
Rear occupant alert
Trailer stability control assistance
Intelligent Speed Limit assist
Multi-collision braking
Reversing camera
Front and rear parking sensors
Connected services with SOS call function for crashes
Automatic high-beam
Sport adds:
Sport+ adds:
Rear AEB
Blind-Spot View Monitor
Surround-view camera
Highway Driving Assist 2 – with steering, braking, accelerating and stop-start traffic jam assistance
There is no denying the higher Carnival grades get the best that Kia can offer.
All Carnival models come with that new front centre airbag, as well as dual-front, driver’s knee, front-side, and full-length curtain airbag coverage. This means full protection for those in the back-row outboard seats.
To see how the Kia Carnival lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How much does the Kia Carnival cost to run?
Kia has built a strong brand around its seven-year, unlimited kilometre warranty program. It remains one of the strongest reasons to consider a Kia today.
But you really need to pay attention to the servicing costs and considerations because the hybrid model has shorter service intervals of 12 months/10,000km, meaning added inconvenience for owners and added costs.
Per service, over the seven-year/70,000km period, the average cost is $656 per visit. So if you do a lot of distance you could be paying in excess of $1000 annually just to keep the car running as it should.
It counters against the fuel use savings you might enjoy as part of this powertrain because it is more needy in terms of maintenance – the petrol V6 and turbo-diesel models have 12 month/15,000km intervals, and both are cheaper.
There’s seven years of roadside assistance included if you purchase a Carnival.
To see how the Kia Carnival lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Kia Carnival
I get the appeal of the petrol-electric Carnival Hybrid.
If you’re the sort of person who just hates that grimy feeling of the diesel filler pump, and you can justify the huge price premium this model asks, then I reckon you’ll be pretty happy with it.
There are plenty of things that count against the Carnival Hybrid however. The steep asking price is one given the hybrid powertrain is only offered in the most expensive GT-Line grade.
Its maintenance regularity and costs also works against it, and with the real-world fuel use improvement being negligible against the diesel it doesn’t solidify the value argument.
I’m sure Kia Australia will sell every one they can get their hands on, but I’m not convinced it’s the best Carnival choice you could make despite it being a very impressive addition to the range.
Interested in buying a Kia Carnival? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
야간 근무는 업무 부하를 관리하는 데 있어 여러 가지 도전 과제를 동반할 수 있습니다. 야간 근무자는 일반적으로 신체적으로나 정신적으로 더 많은 스트레스를 받기 쉬운 환경에서 일하기 때문에, 업무 부하를 적절히 조절하는 것이 매우 중요합니다. 이를 통해 효율성을 높이고 피로를 최소화하며, 장기적인 건강 문제를 예방할 수 있습니다. 업무 부하를 조절하는 방법은 적절한 계획, 우선순위 설정, 규칙적인 휴식, 그리고 신체적, 정신적 관리 등 여러 요소가 결합된 전략을 필요로 합니다.
첫 번째로, 업무의 우선순위를 명확히 설정하는 것이 중요합니다. 야간 근무 중에는 집중력이 떨어지기 쉽기 때문에 중요한 업무부터 먼저 처리하는 것이 효과적입니다. 하루 동안 처리해야 할 업무가 많다면, 그 중에서 긴급하거나 중요한 일을 먼저 선택하여 완료하고, 덜 중요한 업무는 후순위로 미루는 것이 좋습니다. 이렇게 업무를 우선순위에 따라 나누면, 정신적인 부담이 줄어들고, 남은 시간 동안 더 효율적으로 일을 처리할 수 있습니다.
두 번째로, 업무 시간을 적절히 나누어 일하는 것이 업무 부하를 조절하는 데 큰 도움이 됩니다. 긴 시간 동안 지속적으로 일을 하게 되면 피로가 누적되어 효율성이 떨어지고 집중력도 낮아질 수 있습니다. 따라서, 일정한 시간 동안 집중하고 그 후에는 잠시 휴식을 취하는 방식이 효과적입니다. 예를 들어, 90분 집중 후 10~15분의 짧은 휴식을 가지는 방법을 활용할 수 있습니다. 이러한 방법은 몸과 마음의 리프레시를 도와주며, 업무 효율성을 높이는 데 기여합니다. 휴식 중에는 가벼운 스트레칭이나 간단한 운동을 통해 몸의 긴장을 풀어주는 것도 좋은 방법입니다.
야간 근무에서 업무 부하를 어떻게 조절하나요?
세 번째로, 팀과의 협업을 통해 업무 부하를 조절할 수 있습니다. 야간 근무를 하다 보면 혼자 처리하기 어려운 업무가 있을 수 있습니다. 이때는 팀원과의 협업이 중요한 역할을 합니다. 팀원들과 미리 업무를 분담하고, 필요한 경우 서로에게 도움을 요청하는 것이 좋습니다. 이를 통해 개인의 부담을 줄이고, 팀 전체의 효율성을 높일 수 있습니다. 또한, 팀과의 원활한 커뮤니케이션은 업무의 흐름을 원활하게 만들어 주고, 업무 부하가 지나치게 한 사람에게 집중되는 것을 방지합니다.
또한, 업무 부하를 조절하는 데 있어 충분한 자기 관리도 필요합니다. 야간 근무를 하면서 피로가 쌓이지 않도록 신체적으로나 정신적으로 꾸준히 관리해야 합니다. 규칙적인 운동과 건강한 식습관을 유지하면, 업무 중에도 체력을 잘 유지할 수 있습니다. 또한, 근무 후에는 충분한 수면을 취하는 것이 중요합니다. 수면 부족은 집중력 저하와 피로감을 증가시킬 수 있기 때문에, 일정한 수면 시간을 확보하는 것이 장기적으로 업무 효율성에 긍정적인 영향을 미칩니다.
마지막으로, 업무 부하를 조절하기 위한 도구와 기술의 활용이 중요합니다. 다양한 업무 관리 앱이나 일정 관리 툴을 사용하여 자신의 업무 일정을 체계적으로 관리할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, Trello나 Asana와 같은 프로젝트 관리 툴을 사용하면 업무를 시각적으로 분류하고 우선순위에 따라 배치할 수 있어 보다 효율적인 업무 분배가 가능합니다. 이러한 도구들은 업무의 흐름을 쉽게 파악하고, 중요한 일에 집중할 수 있게 돕습니다.
결론적으로, 야간 근무에서 업무 부하를 조절하는 데 필요한 전략은 우선순위 설정, 시간 관리, 팀 협업, 자기 관리, 그리고 기술을 활용한 업무 관리가 종합적으로 적용되어야 합니다. 이 모든 요소를 적절히 결합하면, 야간 근무 중에도 업무 효율성을 높이고, 피로를 최소화할 수 있습니다. 결국, 업무 부하를 잘 조절하는 것이 신체적, 정신적 건강을 유지하며, 장기적으로 지속 가능한 근무 환경을 만드는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다.
Currently, EPFO members withdraw their funds through bank account transfers, which might take a few days for processing. The new system will enable UPI-based transactions, allowing instant fund transfers into the member’s linked UPI ID.
EPFO may soon allow withdrawal from PF via UPI.
EPF Withdrawal Via UPI: The Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) is working to simplify EPF withdrawals for its subscribers. The organization is reportedly planning to introduce a facility that allows users to withdraw their Employees’ Provident Fund (EPF) claims directly through UPI platforms like GPay, PhonePe, and Paytm.
This initiative aims to expedite the fund transfer process, making it smoother and faster for subscribers. Currently, withdrawals are processed through bank transfers, which can take several days. With the proposed UPI integration, funds will be transferred instantly to the member’s linked UPI ID, according a report by Financial Times.
The EPFO is currently in discussions with the National Payment Corporation of India (NPCI) to finalize the implementation details, as per FE report. The organization has prepared a blueprint for the plan and aims to launch the feature within the next 2-3 months.
Currently, EPFO members withdraw their funds through bank account transfers, which might take a few days for processing. The new system will enable UPI-based transactions, allowing instant fund transfers into the member’s linked UPI ID.
This move will particularly benefit employees who need quick access to their PF savings during financial emergencies.
In the current financial year 2024-25 so far, the EPFO has already settled over 50 million claims with over 7.4 crore subscribers, disbursing more than Rs 2.05 lakh crore.
What Are Requirements For EPF Withdrawal?
You can withdraw your EPF amount if you complete any following requirements:
1. At the time of retirement (On or after 58 years of age).
2. If unemployed for two months of time.
3. Death before the specified retirement age.
Provident Fund (PF) account holders can now submit withdrawal claims online for up to 75% of their account balance or an amount equivalent to three months of their basic salary and dearness allowance, whichever is less. This withdrawal provision is a non-refundable advance. The Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) aims to process online claims within 72 hours, while offline claims may require up to 20 days for settlement.
Moreover, you can withdraw your PF amount in certain cases (which are mentioned below).
Several PF Withdrawal Rules You Must Know:
Medical Emergency
Any PF member can withdraw funds for medical emergencies of the member, spouse, parent, or children. The withdrawal limit is either the employee’s share plus interest or 6 times the monthly salary (Basic + DA), whichever is lower.
Construction/Purchase of New House
Employees who have served for a minimum of 5 years are eligible to withdraw 90% of their PF balance for the construction or purchase of a new house.
Renovation of House
Withdrawals for house renovation can be made after 5 years from the date of house construction. The permissible withdrawal limit is 12 times the employee’s monthly salary.
Repayment of Home Loan
Employees can withdraw up to 90% of their PF balance for repayment of a home loan, provided they have completed at least 3 years of service.
Wedding
For the wedding of the member, sibling, or children, employees with a minimum of 7 years of service can withdraw 50% of their share plus interest.
News business EPF Withdrawal Via UPI: When Can You Withdraw Funds? Check Conditions, Proposal
The cryptocurrency market is facing another decline, with its total market cap dropping by 2%, wiping out $40 billion in the past 24 hours. This decline has kept major cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum struggling to gain momentum. Meanwhile, the crypto fead & greed index is standing at 40 reflecting a neutral stance in the market. So, what is causing this latest drop?
Bitcoin & Ethereum ETFs See Massive Outflows
One of the key reasons behind the crypto market’s decline is the continuous outflow from Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs. In the past two weeks, U.S. spot Bitcoin ETFs saw total net outflows of $1.14 billion, marking the largest withdrawal since their launch.
Last week alone, Bitcoin ETFs recorded $571 million in outflows, mainly due to concerns over trade tariffs, inflation, and possible changes in monetary policy. Fidelity led the outflows, followed by Grayscale and Bitwise, further increasing market uncertainty.
Ethereum ETFs have also faced significant withdrawals. Over the past two weeks, Ethereum ETF outflows have totaled $85.3 million, with Grayscale accounting for the largest outflow. This selling pressure has further impacted Ethereum’s price.
Major Hacks Add Selling Pressure
Another key reason for the market downturn is the recent series of major crypto hacks. The Bybit hack, which resulted in a loss of $1.4 billion worth of Ethereum, caused a major sell-off in the market.
While Bybit’s CEO, Ben Zhou, has confirmed the recovery of $742 million in stolen funds, investor confidence remains shaken.
Adding to the concerns, another hack targeted the neobank Infini, resulting in a $49.5 million theft in USDC.
Will February End in the Red?
Historically, February has been a strong month for Bitcoin, with most years bringing positive returns except for 2014 and 2020. However, this time, Bitcoin is already down 6.41% for the month.
Analysts believe that BTC needs to close above $102,500 to turn February into a green month. If Bitcoin fails to reach this level, it could mark only the third negative February in its history.
Bitcoin and Ethereum Price Movements
Bitcoin’s price has been moving sideways over the past few weeks, fluctuating between $93,000 and $100,000. If it fails to hold support at $93,000, it could drop further to $90,000.
Meanwhile, Ethereum is also struggling to maintain its momentum, currently priced at around $2,706, reflecting a 2.2% decline. Historically, Ethereum has performed well in the first quarter of every fourth year, with significant gains in Q1 2017 and Q1 2021.
Despite being down 17%, some experts believe Ethereum could still see strong growth by the end of the quarter. However, competition from platforms like Solana and Cardano remains a challenge.
We were all riding the Old Town Road with Lil Nas X while watching the slow-burn soap opera that was Brexit unfold across the pond.
That was just six years ago, but everything from that era feels like it belongs in a museum.
Back then, our hottest debate was whether pineapple belongs on pizza. Simpler times, right?
I digress.
At Content Marketing World that year, my friend Joe Pulizzi presented 7 Laws for Content Marketing Success over the next decade: the 2020s.
Halfway through that period, so much has changed. It’s time to update those laws for the new reality.
Marketing is at another inflection point. Generative AI cranks out content at warp speed, trust in media is hanging by a thread, third-party data and cookies are (as Miracle Max might say) “mostly dead,” and audiences are more skeptical than ever.
Over the next five years, those of us who love and practice content marketing will have to be more creative, more ruthless about priorities, and more strategic than ever before.
These new content marketing laws will help you survive 2025 and dominate through 2030. Watch the video for the quick take, then keep reading for the deep dive.
Law 1: Always be orchestrating (internal buy-in is for amateurs)
The greatest threat to content marketing isn’t a lack of great ideas. It’s the inability to prove to fearful executives how valuable content marketing can be.
In 2025, it’s not enough to sell content marketing internally. If they haven’t gotten it by now, no amount of successful case studies packaged into a PowerPoint presentation will change business leaders’ minds. Today, you need to force the integration of valuable content programs across teams.
Marketing has become content marketing. Lean into that fact, and don’t try to sell content marketing as a distinct function. Assume you have permission to do marketing — and start creating great content as a function within it.
Here’s what I mean: Instead of spending time trying to make a case for that separate publication, event, community, newsletter, podcast, or resource center, just make any one of those things a core piece of the overall marketing plan.
The new way: Figure out the strategic impact of whatever you want to build, integrate it into a content intelligence dashboard, and put that in front of executives. Include revenue attribution, retention insights, customer experience impact, and anything that shows impact.
Make your owned media (content marketing) strategy impossible to ignore. Make it part of marketing.
Law 2: Build a content business, not a marketing hobby
The second law is to escalate your owned media efforts with multiple goals and objectives.
The most successful brands treat their owned media operations like a business within the business, not a fluffy afterthought.
AI-fueled content spam will soon be everywhere. Trust in advertising just isn’t there. Audiences are starving for real, differentiating, and uplifting experiences.
Successful companies aren’t using their owned media platforms to sell products — they’re monetizing them in multiple ways. They’re building their content marketing properties to provide multiple lines of value to the business.
For example, a small credit union I worked with rebooted its corporate blog last year. The blog, built to inspire trust in the credit union’s brand and create engagement, provided a fine brand experience and plenty of traffic and engagement.
But the business saw it as a side hustle compared with the “real marketing” happening elsewhere.
Today, the rebooted blog is considered a “marketing multiplier.” The content team runs it like a media business, with in-house ads targeted by topic to attract high-level leads. Polls and surveys on the site provide market research insight and first-party data that the marketing team uses for targeted advertising.
The company expanded what was known as “the blog” into a content brand — branching into a podcast and physical events – and a platform for the brand to provide value to its community. It’s now every bit as strategic as the company’s financial products and services.
The new way: In 2025, build your content marketing strategy profit and loss (P&L) statement. Make sure your owned media platforms are considered corporate assets capable of generating more value than they cost.
Law 3: Buy, steal, or partner (just don’t start from scratch)
Launching a brand-new strategic content initiative from zero is playing on hard mode.
Consider partnering, collaborating, or buying an audience before you commit to the long haul of building it. Why spend two years growing an email list when you can acquire an existing one overnight?
An established content or media brand may not just boast a sizable, subscribed audience — it may also carry a high level of brand trust that can instantly amplify your efforts.
For example, last year, country music stars Morgan Wallen and Eric Church teamed up to purchase the iconic brand Field & Stream. They plan to expand the renowned print magazine into outdoor music festivals, an apparel line, and a digital publication.
The new way: Before you decide to green-light your company’s first (or ninth) blog, podcast, or video series, see whether someone out there already has the audience you want. Then, do a buy-versus-build analysis.
Some company (or some person) may already have an audience and still struggle to grow it alone. Shortcut the grind and take what’s already working.
Law 4: Build a content supply chain (not a dumpster fire)
AI-generated content is flooding the market. Over the next five years, the winners won’t be the ones producing the most but the ones designing content operations that scale intelligently and creatively.
Content marketing isn’t just producing more and more digital assets. It should function like a precision-engineered machine. If your content operation isn’t built for prioritization and content reuse, you’re already falling behind.
Follow these steps — ideate, create, produce, merchandise, activate, and measure — to align content operations with business goals. This structured workflow transforms content from an ad hoc effort into a strategic business asset.
The new way: Stop treating content like a never-ending to-do list. Build a structured, scalable content supply chain that operates like a precision factory.
Law 5: End the content free-for-all (structure, tag, and track everything)
If you’re still publishing content without structured metadata, you’re losing a considerable amount of value. Unstructured, one-off content might as well be going to the digital landfill — good luck finding value in all that mess.
One of the most valuable use cases for generative AI is its ability to handle structured metadata, keywords, and pattern recognition — transforming your content library into a highly valuable, organized knowledge base for your company.
Consider two recent projects.
In one, a tech company tried to integrate a chatbot for customer support, training it using the company’s existing help documents. Because the content was unstructured and outdated, the company faced a massive challenge — sifting through obsolete information and ensuring that the system “unlearned” incorrect material.
Conversely, one B2B manufacturer spent a great deal of time building a well-organized taxonomy and structured framework for its thought leadership and how-to content. When it needed an automated filtering system, it simply leveraged its existing metadata and tags. That upfront work let the company implement an effective solution quickly and seamlessly.
The new way: Invest in semantic tagging, structured content models, and modular assets. Your content should be findable, measurable, and dynamically repurposable. If you’re not treating content like a structured data asset, you’re leaving money on the table.
Law 6: Your owned audience is your last competitive advantage
Despite Google backing away from demolishing the third-party cookie, first-party data remains the best way for brands to benefit from personalized and targeted experiences.
The one thing that will matter for sure in 2030 is having an audience you can address on your terms — and that wants to hear from you.
Interactive content (configurators, pricing tools, polls, surveys, and games) is changing how brands interact with potential customers.
But the real value doesn’t derive from the momentary engagement with that customer. It comes from leveraging the first-party data gleaned from those applications, which you can use to make the customer’s entire experience more relevant, targeted, and valuable than anything they can get elsewhere.
The new way: Don’t surrender to the renewed pressure to move everything to social media or chase AI search results. Build the home of your empire on your turf. Email newsletters. Private communities. Exclusive memberships.
Brands that control their audience pipeline will be the last ones standing.
Law 7: Say ‘no’ more often (mediocre content kills brands)
Content marketing failures don’t come from bad ideas. They come from doing too much mediocre content instead of focusing on producing a few brilliant things.
Every marketing team thinks it can run a blog, a podcast, a YouTube channel, a TikTok, a LinkedIn newsletter, and a research arm. But most can’t. And those that try suck at some of them.
The new way: Start a stopping list. Be ruthless. Focus on one or two genuinely exceptional content experiences your brand can own, sustain, and dominate. Depth wins. Half-assed doesn’t.
Into the future
When you follow these seven laws, you’re not just doing content marketing — you’re building an unstoppable content business:
Law 1. Always be orchestrating. Stop asking for buy-in. Demand alignment.
Law 2. Build a content business, not a marketing hobby. Content should pay for itself.
Law 3: Buy, steal, or partner. Don’t waste time starting from zero.
Law 4: Build a content supply chain, not a dumpster fire. Structure wins.
Law 5: End the content free-for-all. Every asset should be trackable and reusable.
Law 6: Your owned audience is your competitive advantage. If you don’t own the audience, you don’t own your future.
Law 7: Say no more often. Cut the mediocre. Focus on the exceptional.
Content marketing in 2030 will be unrecognizable. The only brands left standing will be the ones that treat content like a business, not just a marketing tactic.
It’s your story. Tell it well — loud, bold, and without apology.
You can learn so much more from the voices of experience in content marketing. To subscribe to the daily or weekly updates, visit www.News.ContentInstitute.com/Subscriptions or click the orange subscribe button at the top of any page.
Robert Rose consults and hosts workshops on helping marketing teams align their marketing processes to all kinds of technologies – including generative AI. Contact him to learn about those programs.
Handpicked Related Content:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Veranda Learning Solutions has taken a 40.41 per cent stake in BB Publications Pvt Ltd (BB Virtuals) and acquired a 65 per cent stake in Navkar Digital Institute Pvt Ltd (Navkar Digital) for an undisclosed sum.
Veranda Learning will acquire an additional 10.59 per cent stake in BB Virtuals by June 2025.
The acquisitions amplify Veranda Learning’s position as a leader in commerce education across India and the company’s commerce vertical is expected to achieve a pro forma EBITDA exceeding ₹120 crores for FY25, says a release.
Also read: Refunds worth ₹1.56 crore secured for over 600 student claims, says DoCA
BB Virtuals, was founded by the Chartered Accountant educator Bhanwar Borana as an online platform for CA and commerce aspirants. It has trained over 200,000 students online, producing more than 500 all-India rank-holders.
Navkar Digital, founded by Hiteshkumar Shah, is an offline education platform for Chartered Accountancy (CA), Company Secretary (CS), and Cost & Management Accountancy (CMA) aspirants in Gujarat.
At the time of filing this report, Veranda’s share price on the NSE was trading at ₹237.64, down by ₹3.37 or 1.40 per cent.
Looking for the most recent regular Connections answers? Click here for today’s Connections hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Mini Crossword, Wordle and Strands puzzles.
Connections: Sports Edition blends some unusual sports categories today, including gymnastics and surfing. Read on for hints and the answers.
Connections: Sports Edition is out of beta now, making its debut on Super Bowl Sunday, Feb. 9. That’s a sign that the game has earned enough loyal players that The Athletic, the subscription-based sports journalism site owned by the Times, will continue to publish it. It doesn’t show up in the NYT Games app but now appears in The Athletic’s own app. Or you can continue to play it free online.
Read more: NYT Connections: Sports Edition Puzzle Comes Out of Beta
Hints for today’s Connections: Sports Edition groups
Here are four hints for the groupings in today’s Connections: Sports Edition puzzle, ranked from the easiest yellow group to the tough (and sometimes bizarre) purple group.
Yellow group hint: Think Nadia Comaneci or Bart Conner.
Green group hint: Not up to snuff.
Blue group hint: Jerry Rice’s numbers.
Purple group hint: Hang ten!
Answers for today’s Connections: Sports Edition groups
Yellow group: Gymnastics apparatuses
Green group: Out of practice
Blue group: Stats for a wide receiver
Purple group: A surfer’s needs
Read more: Wordle Cheat Sheet: Here Are the Most Popular Letters Used in English Words
What are today’s Connections: Sports Edition answers?
The yellow words in today’s Connections
The theme is gymnastics apparatuses. The four answers are beam, floor, pommel and vault.
The green words in today’s Connections
The theme is out of practice. The four answers are cold, deficient, rusty and sluggish.
The blue words in today’s Connections
The theme is stats for a wide receiver. The four answers are catch, target, touchdown and yard.
The purple words in today’s Connections
The theme is a surfer’s needs. The four answers are board, ocean, wax and wetsuit.
This winter marks five years since the onset of COVID-19, the infectious disease caused by the SARS-CoV-2 virus that led to a global pandemic and more than 1.2 million deaths in the U.S.
To mark the milestone, Pew Research Center conducted a survey to gauge Americans’ views on the current COVID risk and how the pandemic was handled.
Around 21% of respondents said they still consider COVID-19 to be a “major threat” to the health of the U.S. population, down from 67% in July 2020.
NEW BAT CORONAVIRUS DISCOVERED IN CHINA SPARKS PANDEMIC CONCERNS
More than half (56%) of Americans say COVID-19 isn’t something to worry about, with 39% believing people do not take it seriously enough, the survey found.
This winter marks five years since the onset of COVID-19, the infectious disease caused by the SARS-CoV-2 virus that led to a global pandemic and more than 1.2 million deaths in the U.S.(iStock)
Around 40% of Americans believe COVID-19 is “no worse” than a cold or flu, while 56% say it is worse than those illnesses, the survey found.
In terms of testing, 63% of people say they should take a COVID test when they feel sick, while one-third say there is “no point” in doing this.
In the event of another pandemic, just over 60% of survey respondents said the public health system would do a “very or somewhat good job” of dealing with a future health emergency.
POSITIVE PEOPLE CAME THROUGH COVID BETTER THAN OTHERS
When it comes to masking, 80% of Americans say they “rarely or never” wear a mask in stores and businesses, although about 40% would wear them in crowded settings if they were feeling sick.
Forty percent of Americans believe the U.S. would handle a future health emergency better than it handled COVID. In comparison, 16% believe the country would do worse and 43% said the response would be about the same, the survey found.
Mental health impact
Dr. Michael Aziz, a board-certified attending physician at Lenox Hill Hospital in New York City, noted the dramatic impact COVID had on mental health.
“Studies observed a higher prevalence of psychopathological symptoms during the pandemic for persons with pre-pandemic mental illness, suggesting that this group experienced a greater burden from the pandemic,” he told Fox News Digital.
80% of Americans say they “rarely or never” wear a mask in stores and businesses.
Today, five years after the pandemic, Aziz said there are higher rates of depression, isolation and anxiety, something he sees “every day” with his own patients.
“There were also delayed learning abilities in children who were in lockdowns,” the doctor said. “Studies show there were developmental abnormalities from both face masks and lockdowns.”
Lingering health effects
Before the COVID pandemic, the prevalence of obesity was at 11% and 15% among men and women, respectively, according to Aziz.
During the pandemic, it increased to 25.3% and 42.4% in men and women.
“People neglected their health more when it was supposed to be the opposite,” Aziz told Fox News Digital. “People tended to go for their physicals less often, with remote work being the norm.”
“The government response to COVID taught us that clear, consistent and continuous community engagement is essential.”
Some people have reported COVID symptoms that lasted for months or even years.
“This lingering illness has often been called ‘long COVID’ or ‘post-COVID-19 syndrome,’” Aziz said.
This condition is also sometimes called “long-haul COVID” or “post-acute sequelae of SARS-CoV-2.”
“Studies show there were developmental abnormalities from both face masks and lockdowns.”(REUTERS/Brendan McDermid/File Photo)
“It is known that COVID-19 affects older people with higher mortality, but many young people in the U.S. were affected and even died,” Aziz said. “The mortality rates in the U.S. were 10 times higher than Japan and South Korea.”
This means aging is happening at a much younger age in the U.S., according to Aziz.
“This is not a good thing for future health spans, effect on healthcare or future costs to care for age-related diseases,” he added.
Lessons learned
Since the pandemic, Americans have largely learned that they are responsible for their own health and for “making individual decisions about bolstering their immunity to infectious diseases,” according to Donna Petersen, professor at the College of Public Health at the University of South Florida.
“Individual responsibility for health is important, but collective responsibility for health benefits all of us, whether we choose to take individual responsibility or not,” she told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Dr. Benjamin Barlow, chief medical officer of American Family Care in Birmingham, Alabama, said the pandemic highlighted how quickly a novel virus can spread and impact a community.
“The pandemic alerted us to the fact that we need to really pay attention to the global health scene and think about how outbreaks in other countries might affect us and start preparing,” he told Fox News Digital.
COVID-19 highlighted the need for medical providers to have access to a greater supply of personal protective equipment and better communication with testing suppliers, one expert said.(Ritzau Scanpix/Nils Meilvang via REUTERS/Files)
COVID-19 also highlighted the need for medical providers to have access to a greater supply of personal protective equipment and better communication with testing suppliers, Barlow noted.
Dr. David Lenihan, CEO and co-founder of Tiber Health, a global medical education startup in New York City, shared his insights on how the country handled the pandemic.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“The government response to COVID taught us that clear, consistent and continuous community engagement is essential,” Lenihan, who is also the CEO of Ponce Health Sciences University, a medical school with campuses in Puerto Rico, Missouri and the British Virgin Islands, told Fox News Digital.
Since the pandemic, Americans have largely learned that they are responsible for their own health and for “making individual decisions about bolstering their immunity to infectious diseases,” one doctor said.(Paul Hennessy/SOPA Images/LightRocket via Getty Images)
“Such connectivity facilitates that when there is a healthcare emergency, enough people know they can trust the guidance of their leaders as well as government departments, organizations and facilities.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Another big lesson from the pandemic, according to Lenihan, is that it’s essential for all medical experts and professionals to be “completely transparent” about which specific actions need to be taken for the benefit of society.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
The Nita Mukesh Ambani Cultural Centre (NMACC) has a chic new attraction on its premises: the Arts Cafe, situated next to the Art House on Level 3. The centre already houses other restaurants, but this cafe sets itself apart in multiple ways – through its corner location, its comfort food menu, its versatile spaces as well as its laid-back ambience. We recently had the chance to dine here and explore its offerings for ourselves. Since it was a Sunday, we also got to sample some of the delights from its brunch buffet.
Photo Credit: NMACC Arts Cafe
The NMACC Arts Cafe is the brainchild of Isha Ambani. The establishment reflects her passion for art and her belief in the power of food to connect people, we’re told. The space houses a variety of artworks, surrounding diners with fascinating aesthetic motifs. The message is clear: there’s something your eyes, palate and mind can feast on. The interior design by Gauri Khan exudes understated elegance with natural elements, Art Deco details, a warm palette of earthy tones, and touches of brass and gold. Two stunning elements serve as the cafe’s centrepieces: a 16-foot bar with a fluid, wave-like design and a slightly funnelled skylight that bathes much of the central room in sunlight. This also underlines the fact that this is one of the few BKC establishments with a strategic location to have a skylight as well as a decently sized open-air dining area. The other parts of the cafe are the lounge (where we sat during our meal) and a private dining room. The latter is equipped with a presentation screen and its own live kitchen, available for customised bookings on request.
Photo Credit: NMACC Arts Cafe
The menu features a mix of Indian, Pan-Asian, Italian and other European flavours. The kitchen is led by Chef Tarang Joshi and Chef Joy Bhattacharya (Head of Culinary Services at Jio World Centre). Alongside soups, salads, pasta, pizzas and burgers, expect cafe-style staples like Avocado Toast and Chicken Wings as well as refined delicacies like roast chicken and Indian appetiser samplers. There’s a standard array of desserts as well. But the brunch menu expands on this, including other crowd favourites and more breakfast options like dosas, idlis, pancakes, etc. These are available in addition to the buffet offerings and made on request. The grills and South Indian options are made at live counters situated in the al-fresco area. In the evenings, this terrace allows diners to enjoy panoramic views of the ‘Fountain of Joy’.
Photo Credit: NMACC Arts Cafe
We placed our initial orders and then made our way to the central part of the buffet arranged below the skylight. Sure enough, there were mezze elements, sushi, cold cuts and the like. But there were also many different types of butter, novel salads and dips that we were discovering for the first time. We were impressed with the novelty of the spread as well as its enticing artistic presentation. Fortunately, the sides we selected did not just look good – they won us over with their refreshingly balanced taste. Another highlight of the buffet not to be missed: a cheese table set at another end. We happily feasted on various kinds – ranging from Belper Knolle to Gulmarg Style Brie.
Photo Credit: NMACC Arts Cafe
After relishing these small bites, we moved on to the appetisers and mains ordered to the table earlier. We appreciated this aspect of the brunch – all these larger dishes arrived freshly made and had not been simply lumped along with the other buffet items. We especially loved the wholesome Tofu Scramble with Sourdough Toast and the flavourful Roast Atlantic Salmon enhanced with furikake.
Photo Credit: NMACC Arts Cafe
Later, we savoured an exquisite array of desserts, including Indian mithai-inspired creations as well as patisserie offerings like cheesecakes, tarts, chouquettes, chocolates and more. This is indeed what weekend binge dreams are made of! During our meal, we also sipped on drinks from the extensive beverage menu. It has craft cocktails, handpicked international wines, thoughtfully curated mocktails, gourmet coffee and more. During Sunday brunch, these are available a la carte.
Photo Credit: NMACC Arts Cafe
The NMACC Arts Cafe features works by celebrated artists like Damien Hirst, Dia Mehhta Bhupal, Sameer Kulavoor, Jennifer Guidi, Takashi Murakami, Rana Begum and Nor Black Nor White. Many of them are displayed in the lounge area and we liked its relatively quiet and relaxing ambience. The main dining room was abuzz with a live music performance and it was also heartwarming to see a few people grooving to the tunes. It was an unexpectedly enchanting way to spend a Sunday afternoon in BKC.
Where: Gate 11, Third Floor, Nita Mukesh Ambani Cultural Centre, G Block BKC, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai
A spokesperson for China’s Ministry of National Defense on Sunday condemned Australia’s unfounded claims regarding China’s lawful military exercises in waters near Australia.
Spokesperson Wu Qian made the remarks in response to a media query about Australia’s accusation of three Chinese warships’ recent activities and live-fire drills on the high seas near Australia.
“Australia’s claims are completely unfounded,” Wu said, stating that the Chinese naval exercise took place in high seas far from Australia’s coastline.
Wu added that China’s live-fire training was conducted with repeated safety notices that had been issued in advance.
The spokesperson emphasized that China’s actions were entirely in accordance with international law and established practices and would not impact aviation safety.
“Despite being fully aware of the fact, Australia has unjustly criticized China and deliberately exaggerated the issue, and we are astonished and strongly dissatisfied with this,” Wu said.
(Cover: File photo of Wu Qian, spokesperson for the Ministry of National Defense. /China’s Ministry of National Defense)
Signature Global on Wednesday said it has awarded construction contracts worth ₹567.37 crore to build its housing project in Sohna, Gurugram.
The company has given ₹482-crore contract to B L Gupta Construction (P) Ltd, while Shri Balaji has been given work worth ₹85.37 crore for the project ‘Daxin Vistas,’ the company said in a statement.
Also read:Signature Global sales bookings jump 2.8 times to ₹8,670 crore in Apr-Dec of FY25
B L Gupta Construction will construct 2,792 independent floors in 36 months, while Shri Balaji will handle critical external development works, including the sewage treatment plant, stormwater drainage, irrigation, rainwater harvesting and other essential infrastructural enhancements.
Lalit Kumar Aggarwal, Co-founder and Vice Chairman of Signature Global, said, “At Signature Global, our commitment has always been to deliver quality construction that exceeds customer expectations.” Signature Global has sold properties worth ₹8,670 crore during April-December period of this fiscal, registering a sharp rise from ₹3,120 crore in the year-ago period.
Also read: Signature Global Q3 results: Signature Global trims net debt 29% to ₹720 crore on strong sales, internal cash flows
The company has set a target of achieving sales booking worth ₹10,000 crore in the current fiscal year as against ₹7,270 crore in the preceding year.
It has so far delivered 120 lakh square feet of housing area and has a robust pipeline of 350 lakh square feet of saleable area in its forthcoming projects, along with 158 lakh square feet of ongoing projects.
The company has been buying land to expand its business amid strong demand.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
VICTORIA Beckham je 2023. lansirala vlastitu kolekciju parfema, no i prije toga otkrila je jedan koji smatra posebno elegantnim. Riječ je o Vilhelm Parfumerie Room Service, mirisu koji odiše luksuzom i sofisticiranošću.
Victoria Beckham definitivno zna kako mirisati skupocjeno, pa ne čudi što su se mnogi zainteresirali kada je na Instagramu otkrila parfem koji smatra “super šik”.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Prema Who What Wearu, jednom je prilikom podijelila koliko voli Vilhelm Parfumerie Room Service, parfem s apstraktnom i kompleksnom kombinacijom nota. Gornje note čine svježa mandarina i slatka kupina, dok se u srcu mirisa nalaze ružičasta orhideja i ljubičica. Sve to zaokružuju bogate, tople baze od jantara, mošusa i sandalovine.
Luksuz u bočici koji osvaja i izgledom i mirisom
Osim zavodljivog mirisa, Room Service dolazi u elegantnoj staklenoj bočici koja sama po sebi izgleda dovoljno šik da bude ukras na svakoj komodi.
Naravno, luksuz dolazi s cijenom – 50 ml ovog parfema stoji 175 eura. No, za one koji vole vrhunske mirise, Room Service je definitivno vrijedan isprobavanja. Ako ga obožava Victoria Beckham, lako bi mogao osvojiti one koji vole elegantne i profinjene parfeme.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
It was just 11 weeks ago that the Galaxy raised the MLS Cup for a record sixth time, an occasion the team celebrated Sunday with a relay of supporters and first responders carrying the Philip F. Anschutz Trophy back to midfield at Dignity Health Sports Park.
A triumphant video played on the stadium’s huge video screens, fireworks filled the air and a dark blue championship banner was unfurled above the southwest grandstands of the newly refurbished stadium.
Then the new season kicked off and all of that suddenly seemed like a distant memory with San Diego FC, an expansion team playing its first MLS game, crashing the Galaxy’s party by riding two second-half goals from Anders Dreyer and a clean sheet from goalkeeper CJ dos Santos to a stunning 2-0 upset before a sellout crowd of 25,244.
The loss was the Galaxy’s first in 22 games at home, dating to the final game of 2023.
“The challenges are going to be different,” coach Greg Vanney had said before the game. “It’s going to be a different road to success this year.”
Indeed. And with four of the players who led Vanney’s team to the title last year missing, that road was closed Sunday. Among the missing were MLS Cup MVP Gastón Brugman and Dejan Joveljic, who scored the winning goal in the final. Both were sacrificed to the league’s salary cap.
Joveljic was one of four Galaxy players to reach double digits in goals and assists last season; no MLS team had done that before. But just one of the four, winger Gabriel Pec, was in uniform since Joveljic was traded last month, and Joseph Paintsil and Riqui Puig are out with injuries.
“We start again,” Vanney said. “It’s all just about fitting these [new] pieces into our puzzle.”
The pieces didn’t fit against San Diego. Christian Ramírez, the replacement for Joveljic up front, was ineffective in his 63 minutes while German veteran Marco Reus was unable to provide either the pace or the passing of Puig in the midfield. That left Pec isolated — and frustrated — for most of the afternoon.
Bruce Arena’s Galaxy teams of 2011-12 were the last to win back-to-back MLS titles, a piece of history Vanney’s team will be chasing. But the league has changed a lot since then, growing from 19 to 30 teams while the addition of allocation money, U22 initiative signings and young designated players has changed the way teams are built, making MLS more competitive.
Yet history and a rebuilt roster aren’t the only things working against the Galaxy. They also have a huge target on their backs.
“Everyone’s going to come after us,” midfielder Diego Fagundez said.
Dreyer, a Danish international who last month was playing in Belgium with Anderlecht, scored the first goal in franchise history seven minutes into the second half. It was set up by a massive Galaxy error with keeper Novak Micovic, making just his fifth MLS start, taking a backpass from Miki Yamane in front of his goal and flipping a poor waist-high outlet ball to center back Emiro Garcés deep in the Galaxy penalty area.
Garcés lifted a boot but was unable to control the pass, which bounced to San Diego’s Chucky Lozano. He then sent it into the center of the box for Dreyer, whose left-footed shot beat Micovic cleanly.
The Galaxy, pushing for the equalizer, nearly got it in the 79th minute when a Yamane cross found a sliding Miguel Berry, but Berry’s left-footed deflection was smothered by Dos Santos. A minute later Dos Santos made another save, one of three on the day, on a try from the center of the box by Ruben Ramos Jr.
Dreyer then made all that moot with his second goal three minutes into stoppage time. Tomás Ángel, the son of former Galaxy player Juan Pablo Ángel, got the assist.
All eyes may be on the release of GTA 6, but that doesn’t mean Rockstar Games has given up on Grand Theft Auto 5.
Rockstar Games has just announced plans to release a major free update for the PC version of GTA 5.
Launching on March 4, the PC update will introduce a ton of enhancements to GTA 5, giving the game the kind of next-gen makeover previously only available on PS5 and Xbox Series X|S.
This includes new vehicles and performance upgrades available at Hao’s Special Works, as well as increased animal encounters, new graphics options and speedier loading times.
Hao’s Special Works includes Premium Test Rides for car enthusiasts, as well as exclusive races, and Time Trials. It’s a welcome addition, especially if you’ve exhausted all of the previous races and trials.
Likewise, animal encounters come with their own gameplay implications, with players able to participate in daily Wildlife Photography Challenges for new rewards.
While the PC update will be available for free, it won’t be as straightforward as a simple download. You’ll also need to perform a one-time Character Migration flow to bring over your Story Mode and Online progress.
Once you’ve performed the download, you’ll be greeted with a fresh Landing Page as your starting destination, which will take you straight into the action. This includes a GTA$4,000,000 windfall for new players, which can be used to “buy property, vehicles, and other items as you start off as an Executive, Gunrunner, Nightclub Owner or Biker in the Career Builder”.
Of course, while the visual and gameplay upgrades are a welcome addition for Grand Theft Auto fans, the announcement of a free update isn’t the GTA news PC users were hoping for.
PC owners would much rather have confirmation that GTA 6 is coming to the platform in addition to PS5 and Xbox Series X|S.
Rockstar parent company Take-Two hinted at new ports in a recent earnings report, telling investors that Rockstar has a history of moving to other platforms at a later date.
“With regard to others in our lineup, we don’t always go across all platforms simultaneously,” explains Take-Two CEO Strauss Zelnick. “Historically, Rockstar has started with some platforms and then historically moved to other platforms.”
GTA 6 for PC isn’t a certainty, but Zelnick’s comments certainly suggest we’ll get a port eventually.
What we do know is that Grand Theft Auto 6 takes place in the state of Leonida, which is based on Florida.
Rockstar explains: “Grand Theft Auto VI heads to the state of Leonida, home to the neon-soaked streets of Vice City and beyond in the biggest, most immersive evolution of the Grand Theft Auto series yet.”
The previously released trailer gives fans a look some of the map locations as seen from the skies above. This includes locations based on the Florida Keys, as well as the beach and more.
The trailer also hints at a potential game-changing new feature for Grand Theft Auto 6, which will up the scale to never-before-seen levels.
Skoda Australia is in the midst of a new product onslaught, but the Czech brand’s new director is also looking to improve the fortunes of one of its existing vehicles.
Speaking with CarExpert, Skoda Australia’s director Lucie Kuhn said the small Scala hatchback should be doing better in Australia given the ongoing popularity of rivals like the Toyota Corolla and Hyundai i30.
“I think this model has much bigger potential than actually what we are making in volumes right now,” Ms Kuhn said. “But you’re right, [the] Scala is a car that deserves more [in Australia].”
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Overseas models shown
Ms Kuhn is merely weeks into her new role as director for Skoda’s local division, but arrives in Australia with over two decades of experience within the Volkswagen Group, most of these years at Skoda’s global head office and most recently focusing on strengthening the brand’s position within Southern Europe.
Globally, the Skoda brand has classified Australia as a “strengthen and boost” market, with India and Vietnam two other markets outside of Europe being given closer focus as part of the company’s global strategy.
The Skoda Scala recently underwent a mid-life refresh, launching in Australia back in September 2024.
Despite being one of the cheapest new European vehicles – priced from $32,490 drive-away – and boasting segment-busting proportions, it remains a relative bit player in the small passenger VFACTS segment which last year accounted for 70,975 new registrations (up 14.8 per cent).
With 416 units delivered for the entirety of the 2024 calendar year, the Scala’s 0.6 per cent market share pales against the top-selling Toyota Corolla (24,027; 33.9 per cent share) and the also Czech-built Hyundai i30 Hatch (12,682; 17.9 per cent) – note the i30 sales figures also include the i30 Sedan.
Scala and Kamiq
That’s despite the fact the Scala’s base drive-away pricing undercuts both the Japan-sourced Corolla and Czechia-sourced i30, as well as the Japan-sourced Mazda 3 and the new Mexico-sourced Kia K4.
Measuring 4632mm long and 1793mm wide on a 2649mm wheelbase, the Scala is larger in all three dimensions than a Volkswagen Golf despite riding on a version of the MQB A0 platform that underpins the smaller VW Polo.
Boot space is rated at 467 litres with the rear seats in place, expanding to 1410 litres with them folded. Like the exterior dimensions, the interior stats better that of its German relative, as well as the Corolla, i30 and Mazda 3.
Available engines include an 85kW/200Nm 1.0 TSI three-cylinder turbo-petrol in the base Select, while the flagship Monte Carlo gets a 110kW/250Nm 1.5 TSI four-cylinder turbo-petrol. Both drive the front wheels via a seven-speed dual-clutch automatic.
It’s basically identical mechanically to the Skoda Kamiq crossover, which outsells the Scala by around 3-to-1 in Australia based on 2024 sales figures. That’s despite the fact the Kamiq is around $1500 dearer spec-for-spec.
Does the Skoda Scala deserve better in Australia? Share your thoughts in the comments below!
There are some steps every policyholder must take before finalising their policy.
Fake Insurance Policy.
Purchasing a fake insurance policy can lead to serious problems. You may think you have coverage, only to discover when you need it most that your policy is invalid. It’s crucial to be careful when buying insurance, as scammers often exploit people’s trust and lack of information.
There are some steps every policyholder must take before finalising their policy.
1. Verify Directly with the Insurance Company
Never rely solely on what an agent tells you. Call the insurer using their official customer service number (found on their website, not one provided by the agent). Ask:
Is this agent authorised to sell your policies?
Does this policy number exist in your system?
Are the terms and benefits exactly as stated?
Red Flag: If the agent discourages you from contacting the insurer, walk away immediately.
2. Check Your Policy Documents for Authenticity
A genuine policy should include:
An official policy number (which you can verify with the insurer).
The insurance company’s name, logo, and regulatory details.
Detailed terms and conditions (scam policies are often vague or missing key clauses).
Red Flag: If the document looks unprofessional or lacks essential details, it may be fraudulent.
3. Cross-check on the Official Regulatory Website
Every legitimate insurer is registered with a government regulatory body (e.g., IRDAI in India). Visit their official website to check:
Whether the insurance company is listed as a registered provider
If your policy details can be verified through their database
Red Flag: If the company or policy is not listed in the official database, you may be dealing with a scam.
4. Verify Payment Details
Your premium should always be paid directly to the insurance company. Ensure:
Payments are made to the insurer’s official bank account
You receive an official receipt from the insurance company
Your payment appears in the insurer’s official records
Red Flag: If the agent insists on cash personal bank transfers or refuses to provide a receipt, it’s a scam.
5. Look for Online Reviews and Complaints
Before finalising your policy, do a background check:
Search for complaints about the insurer using Google and consumer forums
Visit the insurer’s official social media pages to see real customer experiences
Red Flag: Multiple complaints about fraud, denied claims or unresponsive service are clear warning signs.
6. Final Check: Trust Your Instincts
If anything feels off, including rushed offers, unrealistic benefits, or pressure to pay, STOP. Always verify independently before committing.
What Options Do You Have If You’re Not Satisfied With Your Policy?
Speaking to News18, Mr Pankaj Goneka, Vice President and Head of B2B2C at InsuranceDekho said,” Any customer can ideally explore these avenues in case of dis-satisfaction:
1. They can reach out to the insurer directly
2. They can approach the Ombudsman.
3. Can reach out to IRDAI
4. Can file cyber complaint/ go to the consumer forum.”
However, he cautioned that victims must take advice from legal or compliance person before taking any appropriate step.
He said ensuring the authenticity of your insurance policy is key to securing your financial future. “At InsuranceDekho, we encourage every policyholder to verify details directly with the insurer, cross-check information on regulatory websites, and make payments only through official channels.”
A genuine policy is backed by transparency, clear documentation, and authorised communication. Taking these simple steps empowers you to stay protected and make informed decisions with confidence, he added.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) is gaining traction as a high-potential cryptocurrency that could rise alongside XRP in the upcoming bull market. With a decentralized lending model and growing investor interest, it presents a unique opportunity for early adopters. Currently available at just $0.01, Mutuum Finance has already raised over $1 million in its presale, with 95% of Phase 1 tokens sold. As demand surges, investors are securing their positions before the price increases, anticipating strong long-term growth.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM)
Mutuum Finance introduces a decentralized lending system that eliminates intermediaries, allowing users to lend and borrow digital assets seamlessly. Those supplying liquidity earn passive income, while borrowers gain access to funds without selling their holdings. This structure ensures liquidity remains available and creates consistent demand for MUTM tokens.
The platform offers two lending models: peer-to-contract (P2C) and peer-to-peer (P2P). The P2C model allows users to deposit assets into liquidity pools and earn interest based on borrower activity, ensuring capital efficiency. Meanwhile, the P2P model offers flexibility, enabling lenders and borrowers to set terms directly. Both options provide competitive rates based on supply and demand, making Mutuum Finance a compelling alternative to traditional lending solutions.
Mutuum Finance is integrating an overcollateralized stablecoin to enhance liquidity and minimize volatility within its ecosystem. Unlike centralized alternatives, this stablecoin is backed by on-chain assets, ensuring that every token in circulation is fully collateralized. Users can mint the stablecoin by depositing collateral, and when loans are repaid or liquidated, the supply is adjusted to maintain stability.
This stablecoin serves as a reliable borrowing option while maintaining a secure and transparent financial structure. By offering a decentralized alternative to stable-value assets, Mutuum Finance is solidifying its position as a long-term player in the DeFi space.
To maintain steady token demand, Mutuum Finance has implemented a buy-and-distribute mechanism. A portion of platform revenue is used to repurchase MUTM tokens, which are then distributed to mtToken stakers. This approach fosters long-term holding, reduces sell pressure, and creates sustained buy demand, reinforcing price stability and benefiting active participants in the ecosystem.
Mutuum Finance’s presale is rapidly approaching full subscription, having raised over $1 million in under two weeks. With 95% of Phase 1 tokens already sold, early buyers are locking in their positions at $0.01 before the price rises to $0.015 in the next phase. This accelerating demand reflects growing investor confidence, as many recognize the opportunity to enter before exchange listings further drive value.
The limited presale supply and strong institutional and retail backing indicate that MUTM’s price at launch could significantly exceed its initial listing. Analysts forecast that with its expanding ecosystem and upcoming exchange support, the token could reach $1 or higher, offering substantial returns for early investors.
Mutuum Finance’s roadmap emphasizes sustained development and market expansion. The platform’s beta version is expected to launch alongside the token’s exchange debut, ensuring immediate usability for holders. Ongoing discussions for listings on major exchanges are further strengthening its market position, increasing accessibility, and expanding adoption.
With its robust fundamentals, growing investor interest, and an innovative financial model, Mutuum Finance is emerging as a key player in the next bull market. While XRP remains a leading force in cross-border payments, MUTM is carving its own path in decentralized lending, offering an attractive investment opportunity for those seeking both short-term gains and long-term growth.
For more information about Mutuum Finance (MUTM) visit the links below:
Apple Watch users could have money coming their way. Following a class-action lawsuit, Apple has agreed to pay out a $20 million settlement. If your device qualifies, you’ll need to file your claim before the deadline to receive your share.
The lawsuit, filed in the US District Court for the Northern District of California, alleged that the batteries in first-generation, Series 1, Series 2 and Series 3 models could expand within their tight compartments, causing malfunctions. Apple has denied any wrongdoing, but nevertheless chose to settle the case.
Read more: Apple Launches New iPhone 16E for the Pocket-Sized Market
In a statement sent to CNET, Apple pushed back on the claims, stating the Apple Watch is “designed to be safe and reliable.”
The Apple Watch Ultra 2 is shown, displaying the Maritime text face.
Apple
“This settlement applies to purchasers of Original Apple Watch, Series 1, Series 2 and Series 3, which are no longer available for purchase,” the company said in a statement. “While we strongly disagree with the claims made against these early generation Apple Watch models, we agreed to settle to avoid further litigation.”
Do you qualify for the Apple Watch payout?
To qualify for compensation, users must have owned an affected Apple Watch model in the US and reported issues related to battery swelling, such as filing a complaint with customer service, between April 24, 2015, and Feb. 6, 2024.
How much money could you get?
Users will find that they receive differing amounts according to a variety of factors. Compensation will range from $20 to $50, depending on the number of claims submitted. Some eligible users will receive a notice via email or postcard informing them of their eligibility for a class payment, according to WatchSettlement.com.
The Apple Watch Series 3 is one of the models included in the settlement.
Sarah Tew/CNET
How can you file a claim?
Users seeking a payout must submit their request by April 10, 2025, through the settlement website.
After visiting the settlement website, users must find the QR code and scan it with an app or built-in camera option. Users can then elect how they’d prefer to receive their payment: physical check, electronic check, ACH transfer or virtual prepaid Visa or MasterCard.
For users who did not receive a notice but still believe they’re eligible, a claim may be filed via email.
By accepting the settlement payment, Apple customers waive their rights to pursue further legal action against Apple regarding the battery issue.
Think five minutes isn’t enough time to make a difference in terms of health and well-being?
It could actually be enough time to stave off a disease that afflicts many people in their later years.
Just five minutes of light exercise a day could help prevent dementia, even for frail older adults, new research has found.
DEMENTIA RISK MAY BE LOWERED BY ONE IMPORTANT MEDICAL DEVICE
The latest study on the topic was led by researchers at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health in Baltimore, Maryland.
They found that engaging in as little as 35 minutes of moderate to vigorous physical activity per week — as compared to none at all — was associated with a 41% lower risk of developing dementia over an average four-year follow-up period.
Even for people at an elevated risk of “adverse health outcomes,” greater activity was associated with lower dementia risks, new research found. (iStock)
The findings were published recently in The Journal of the American Medical Directors Association and shared on several medical sites.
Even for people at an elevated risk of “adverse health outcomes,” greater activity was associated with lower dementia risk, the researchers noted.
BRAIN AND MEMORY ARE BOOSTED BY EATING ONE PARTICULAR DIET, STUDY FINDS
The higher amounts of physical activity, the lower the risk of dementia.
Consider this data from the study: Dementia risks were 60% lower in participants who got 35-to-69.9 minutes of physical activity/week; 63% lower in the 70-to-139.9 minutes/week category; and 69% lower in the 140-and-over minutes/week category.
For every additional 30 minutes of weekly moderate to vigorous physical activity, there was a 4% reduction in dementia risk.
For their analysis, the researchers analyzed a dataset covering nearly 90,000 adults living in the United Kingdom who wore smartwatch-type activity trackers, news agency SWNS reported.
Lead study author Dr. Amal Wanigatunga said, “Our findings suggest that increasing physical activity, even as little as five minutes per day, can reduce dementia risk in older adults.”
“Even frail or nearly frail older adults might be able to reduce their dementia risk through low-dose exercise.”(iStock)
Dementia, usually in the form of Alzheimer’s, affects millions of people all over the globe.
‘Some better than none’
While public health guidelines usually recommend 150 minutes of moderate activity per week, the study aligns with a growing body of evidence supporting a “some-is-better-than-none” approach to physical activity, according to Study Finds.
Participants in the new study had a median age of 63.
And while the risk of Alzheimer’s increases with age, recent research has suggested it may be somewhat preventable by certain lifestyle changes, including better control of cholesterol, blood pressure and blood sugar — plus being more active, SWNS noted.
Participants in the new study had a median age of 63. Women made up 56% of the sample.
Over an average follow-up period of 4.4 years, 735 people among the group developed dementia.
Exercise is well-known to benefit a person’s physical and mental well-being. New research suggests that just five minutes a day of light, low-dose exercise might help reduce the risk of dementia. (iStock)
Researchers found that for every additional 30 minutes of weekly moderate to vigorous physical activity (MVPA), there was a 4% reduction in dementia risk.
But the most “striking” finding came when comparing people who engaged in no physical activity at all to those who managed to get even minimal amounts.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“This suggests that even frail or nearly frail older adults might be able to reduce their dementia risk through low-dose exercise,” said Wanigatunga.
He noted that the study was not a clinical trial that established causation indicating that exercise reduces dementia risk, but that its findings are consistent with that hypothesis.
“The association between more activity and lower dementia risk remained robust.”
“To check the possibility that their findings reflected undiagnosed dementia leading to lower physical activity,” News Medical reported, “the researchers repeated their analysis but excluded dementia diagnoses in the first two years of follow-up.”
“The association between more activity and lower dementia risk remained robust.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Dr. Marc Siegel, clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Health and Fox News’ senior medical analyst, was not involved in the study but shared his reaction to the “important” findings.
“This is not proof, just an association, but is very useful for the group that gets discouraged, thinking, ‘I can’t do a lot of exercise because of illness or disability, so why do any?’ This study suggests that even small amounts are helpful.”
The beneficial effects could also be tied to healthier lifestyle decisions, a doctor said about the new study’s findings. (iStock)
There are many mechanisms that could explain this effect, Siegel said – “primarily increased blood flow to the brain, as well as improved disposal of metabolic waste and decreased inflammation.”
He added, “It is also likely associated with healthier lifestyle decisions that also decrease the advent of neuroinflammation, dysregulation and plaque formation that characterize dementia, especially Alzheimer’s.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Some of these include sleep, diet and engagement, he said.
The National Institute on Aging provided funding for the new study.
Maureen Mackey is managing editor of lifestyle at Fox News Digital.
As India takes on Pakistan in the ICC Champions Trophy today, a video of Rohit Sharma and Kuldeep Yadav enjoying a meal in Dubai has grabbed many eyeballs online. The clip shows the two cricketers relaxing at the popular street food joint, Raju Omlet. A huge crowd can also be seen gathered outside the eating joint, hoping to catch a glimpse of the cricketers. The video further captures Rohit Sharma making his way through the sea of fans, with many trying to take a picture with the Indian captain.
The text on the video read, “And there he is… the Hitman… enjoying a winning meal. Rohit Sharma and Kuldeep Yadav at Raju Omlet – now that’s an egg-stra special sight.”
Also Read: ‘Butterfingers’ – Amul Makes A Topical For Rohit Sharma’s Dropped Catch
Rohit Sharma and Kuldeep Yadav aren’t the only Indian cricketers known for their love of food. Former captain Virat Kohli is also an avid food lover and often shares his love for North Indian cuisine with his fans. Recently, the cricketer was in Delhi to play in the Ranji Trophy after almost 12 years. The match took place at the Arun Jaitley Stadium on January 30. While Virat Kohli was delighted to return to his home ground, he chose to enjoy one of his favourite dishes on the opening day of the Ranji fixture. As the match was underway, chef Sanjay Jha revealed that the former India captain had ordered Chilli Paneer for lunch from the local DDCA canteen. Read the full story here.
Just like us, if you are a fan of both cricket and food, you would love to know the favourite dishes of your favourite cricketers, right? Well, we have some interesting foodie tidbits for you. Click here to find out the favourite food items of Virat Kohli, Sachin Tendulkar, MS Dhoni, Hardik Pandya, Rohit Sharma, KL Rahul and more.
China unveiled its “No. 1 central document” for 2025 on Sunday, outlining the priorities for further deepening rural reforms and taking solid steps in advancing all-around rural revitalization.
As the first policy statement released by China’s central authorities each year, the document is seen as an indicator of policy priorities.
The document called for enhanced efforts in the work related to agriculture, rural areas and farmers in 2025 and beyond, with a target of advancing all-around rural revitalization and further consolidating the country’s agricultural foundation.
With reform and opening-up, as well as scientific and technological innovation as the driving force, the country will safeguard the grain security and ensure that no large-scale lapsing or relapsing into poverty occurs, the document said.
China will make every effort to enhance agricultural efficiency, invigorate rural areas, increase farmers’ income, thereby laying a solid foundation for advancing Chinese modernization, the document emphasized.
Real estate company Signature Global is expecting at least a 2.5 times jump in its operational revenue to more than ₹3,000 crore in this fiscal on strong sales as well as completions of projects, its Chairman Pradeep Kumar Aggarwal said.
In an interview with PTI, he also exuded confidence that the company would easily surpass the pre-sales target of ₹10,000 crore and launches of ₹16,000 crore during the current fiscal year.
“The company’s performance in the first three quarters of this fiscal has been very strong across all major parameters like sales bookings, launches, collection from customers and deliveries,” Aggarwal said.
Also read: Signature Global awards contracts worth ₹567 cr for housing project in Gurugram
He said the company would end the financial year 2024-25 on a strong note.
When asked about the revenue growth, Aggarwal said, “We had given a guidance of ₹3,800 crore worth of revenue recognition during the current fiscal year. Our operational revenue has already crossed ₹1,900 crore in the first nine months of this financial year. We are hopeful of a healthy growth in the fourth quarter as well.”
During the April-December period of this fiscal, Signature Global’s operational revenue has jumped 3.6 times to ₹1,977.58 crore from ₹546.19 crore in the corresponding period of the preceding year.
In 2023-24, the company’s operational revenue stood at ₹1,240.55 crore.
On operational performance, he said the company, which has a significant presence in Gururam’s residential market, has delivered 24.2 lakh sq ft area during the first nine months of this fiscal from 20 lakh sq ft in the year-ago period.
The collection of funds from customers has risen 54 per cent to ₹3,210 crore in the first nine months of this fiscal from ₹2,090 crore in the corresponding period of the preceding year.
Also read: Signature Global sales bookings jump 2.8 times to ₹8,670 crore in Apr-Dec of FY25
Signature Global sold properties worth ₹8,670 crore during April-December period of this fiscal, registering a sharp rise from ₹3,120 crore in the year-ago period.
The company has set a target of achieving sales booking worth ₹10,000 crore in the current fiscal year as against ₹7,270 crore in the preceding year.
Signature Global has so far delivered 120 lakh sq ft of housing area and has a robust pipeline of 350 lakh sq ft of saleable area in its forthcoming projects, along with 158 lakh sq ft of ongoing projects.
The company has been buying land to expand its business amidst strong demand.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani
INDEXOVA fotoreporterka prošlog je tjedna snimila zimske outfite na zagrebačkoj špici, gdje su, sasvim očekivano, kaputi dominirali u svakoj kombinaciji. Neutralni tonovi poput bež, sive i crne i dalje su najčešći odabir, ali nije nedostajalo ni odvažnijih komada u crvenoj i pastelno plavoj boji.
U nastavku pogledajte modne kombinacije sa špice u kojima kaputi igraju glavnu ulogu, a ako tražite slične modele, izdvojili smo nekoliko prijedloga za vašu zimsku garderobu.
Teddy kaputi su i dalje hit
Mekani, oversized i nevjerojatno topli – teddy kaputi su, ako je suditi prema zagrebačkoj špici, must-have za hladne dane. Na špici su se istaknula dva slična modela, jedan u bež, a drugi u crnoj varijanti. Ovi kaputi idealan su izbor za one koji vole cozy, ali stylish izgled.
Kopiraj stil:
Bunde su klasik koji ne izlazi iz mode
Prošlog tjedna na zagrebačkoj špici viđene su i raskošne bunde koje svakoj kombinaciji daju dozu glamura. Od kratkih, voluminoznih modela u srebrno-sivim tonovima, preko klasičnih, dugih krem bundi, pa sve do tamnijih verzija koje podsjećaju na rock chic estetiku – jasno je da su ljubiteljice mode i ove zime posegnule za ovim upečatljivim komadima.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kopiraj stil:
Kaputi u boji unose svježinu u zimske outfite
Iako su neutralni tonovi uvijek siguran odabir, kaputi u boji sve su češći prizor na zagrebačkoj špici. Prošloga tjedna na špici su se istaknula dva modela – klasični strukirani kaput u jarkoj crvenoj nijansi te oversized pastelno plavi model.
Crveni kaput donosi dozu elegancije i odvažnosti, dok plavi oversized model unosi svježinu i opuštenost u zimski outfit. Ovakvi komadi lako razbijaju tmurne zimske kombinacije i privlače poglede, a uz jednostavne modne dodatke izgledaju još efektnije.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kopiraj stil:
Neutralni kaputi koji nikad ne izlaze iz mode
Dok upečatljive boje unose dinamiku u zimske outfite, neutralni kaputi ostaju vječni klasik. Na zagrebačkoj špici vidjeli smo nekoliko modela koji potvrđuju da su sivi, crni, bijeli i bež tonovi uvijek siguran odabir.
Kopiraj stil:
Ni muškarci nisu zakazali
Što se tiče muškaraca, klasični kaputi i dalje su najčešći odabir, a stilovi variraju od ležernih do elegantnih. Bež kaputi nose se uz traperice i čizme za opušteni dnevni look, dok stariji Zagrepčani ostaju vjerni starozagrebačkom stilu – odijelo, tamni kaput, šešir i elegantne cipele klasična su kombinacija koja odolijeva trendovima.
S druge strane, sve je više pomaka prema ležernijim i hrabrijim izborima. Bomber jakne i tenisice viđaju se sve češće, a upečatljivi komadi poput crvene jakne s leopard šalom donose dozu odvažnosti na špicu.
Kopiraj stil:
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The attention that comes with being one of the top high school recruits in the nation at their position can be a distraction for many players but not so for Orange Lutheran senior center fielder Kai Minor.
For her, the game is all about winning, and coming so close last year only to lose to Garden Grove Pacifica in the Southern Section Division 1 championship game fuels the fire for her and her teammates to get back to the finals and win. Minor desires to leave an indelible mark on the program and what better way to do so than to deliver a section title?
“The culture,” Minor said when asked why she signed with Oklahoma in November. “It was a good visit to Norman and reflects everything I’m about. I’m looking forward to this season and getting ready for the next level. We have more pitching depth than last year.”
Minor is one of six seniors on a roster that includes seven freshmen and three sophomores.
She leads by example, but is vocal when she needs to be: “It’ll be my role to coach them up at times … I’ll say, ‘Hey, this needs to get done.’”
Kai Minor reached base in all four of her plate appearances and stole two bags against Corona Santiago on Feb. 19
(Steve Galluzzo / For The Times)
Orange Lutheran opened at No. 4 in CalHiSports.com’s top-20 rankings for the Southland and will look to defend its Trinity League crown behind Minor, shortstop and Mississippi commit Madelyn Armendariz (who like Minor plays club for OC Batbusters) and UCLA-bound pitcher Jo Marsh, a junior transfer from Los Alamitos.
Although hitting is her favorite aspect of the game, Minor is a terror on the basepaths and has played center since she took up the sport as a youngster. “I like it because it gives me room to run left or right, forward and back,” she said.
Minor batted a team-best .420 with 29 base hits, 19 RBIs and four home runs with a team-high .540 on-base percentage as a junior and she has picked up right where she left off — contributing six hits, four RBIs, three runs and an .889 slugging percentage as the Lancers beat Corona Santiago, Great Oak and Riverside Poly at the Norco Showcase in Chino Hills last week.
No one appreciates Minor’s talent and skill more than longtime assistant coach and Orange Lutheran alum Jenny Miklos, whose dad, Steve, has piloted the program since Miklos was a junior.
“Kai has all the physical tools you need and over the last four years has really improved in the mental aspect of this sport,” said Miklos, who went on to play at Concordia University in Irvine. “She’s the fastest player I’ve ever coached, she has a great attitude at the plate and excels at not chasing bad pitches. She’s batting third in the lineup right now but she’s great in the 1 or 2 spot or wherever we put her. She doesn’t try to do too much.
Kai Minor has six hits, four RBIs, three runs and an .889 slugging percentage through three games for the Lancers.
(Steve Galluzzo / For The Times)
“She has supreme confidence in the people behind her. She’s a natural lefty and we’ll rely on her leadership a lot this season. It’s one of the stronger teams we’ve had. We have five pitchers we can rely on.”
Orange Lutheran has a demanding schedule and could run into No. 2 Anaheim Canyon at the upcoming Dave Kops Tournament of Champions or Carew Classic in Anaheim (April 3-5). The Comanches possess one of the elite infields in Orange County, led by Brigham Young -bound first baseman Irma Urincho, Augusta University commit Victoria Oropeza at second and California-bound shortstop Jade Diaz.
“It’s not about me,” Minor insisted. “It’s about honing in on the games we have coming up.”
Here are other players to watch this spring:
Taelyn Holley, Sr., OF, Murrieta Mesa
The Rams’ leadoff hitter and Tennessee commit powered her team to the Division 1 semifinals a year ago while scoring a California-best 59 runs and batting .598 with 11 home runs to earn CalHiSports.com’s state junior player of the year. She posted a .708 on-base percentage, swiped 14 bags last spring and is the catalyst for an offense that figures to score plenty of runs again after averaging 9.5 per game in 2024.
Alyssa Galindo, Sr., P, Etiwanda
It is rare for a pitcher to also be the team’s best hitter, but such was the case for the Eagles last season. The Michigan State commit racked up 51 hits, 36 RBIs, 12 homers and scored 24 runs, and posted a 10-2 record with two saves and 111 strikeouts for a sparkling earned-run average of 0.83. She earned Division 3 player of the year after leading the Eagles to 31 wins and a piece of the Baseline League title.
Brooke Stephens, Sr., OF, JSerra
Led the Lions in hits (35), runs (23), triples (4) and stolen bases (8) as a junior. She went three for three with a triple and three runs scored in an 8-0 tournament victory against California last April and had two clutch singles in her team’s 3-2 come-from-behind triumph over La Mirada in the first round of the Division 1 playoffs.
McKenzy Becerra, Sr., 3B, Ayala
Made the All-Southern Section Division 2 team last season after getting 39 hits, driving in 43 runs, belting five homers, eight doubles and four triples, and batting .488 — all team highs. She was a big reason the Bulldogs captured the Palomares League crown.
Addison Moorman, Sr., P, Granada Hills
Addison Moorman pitched Granada Hills to the City Section Open Division championship game in which the Highlands lost 1-0 in 14 innings to Carson.
(Craig Weston)
She has been the City Section’s premier performer in the circle the last two years and will be motivated to cap her final campaign in green and white with a title after the Highlanders lost back-to-back Open Division finals to Carson. She had a 1.14 earned-run average with 195 strikeouts in 129 1/3 innings as a junior. She recorded 19 strikeouts and no walks in a 14-inning, 1-0 loss in the City title game last May.
Mia Cortez, Sr., SS, Arlington
One of the top returners in Riverside County and an All-Southern Section Division 3 first-team selection last year, Cortez turned heads as a junior after slugging .833, with 35 hits, 24 RBIs and 17 doubles while posting a .530 average and a 1.401 OPS. The Lions moved to the Sunbelt League after finishing second in the River Valley last spring and Cortez will need to be sound defensively again. She had 26 putouts and 25 assists as a junior.
Alyssa Torres, Jr., C, Valley View
Played catcher and shortstop and earned All-CIF Division 2 first team honors as a sophomore. She was the Eagles’ stat leader in almost every offensive category: batting average (.513), on-base percentage (.566), slugging percentage (1.157), total hits (59), runs (51), RBIs (55), homers (20) and doubles (12). She is one of three team captains this year.
Sofia Hernandez, Jr., 3B, Whittier Christian
The Arizona State-bound infielder was overshadowed by teammate Aleena Garcia (now at UCLA) last year but has the spotlight all to herself this spring. She had 48 hits, 30 RBIs, 13 doubles, four homers and 36 runs while batting .490 as a sophomore. She also topped the Heralds with 12 stolen bases.
Mattea Stern, So., OF, Garden Grove Pacifica
Paced the Division I champion Mariners with 36 hits and 20 steals and was second in runs scored (29) as a freshman. She was also third on the team in batting average (.456) and saw action in 27 of 29 games. Stern cannot afford a sophomore slump if the Mariners want to three-peat as they lost 10 players to graduation, including three first-team all-state picks.
The White Lotus, a critically-acclaimed and Emmy-winning black comedy drama anthology, is having another glorious moment. HBO dropped Season 3 on February 16 and once again not merely has the intriguing story created a huge chatter but even Season 3’s primary destination Koh Samui is suddenly on every jet-setter’s must-travel list. The travel-hype has even acquired a term of its own – the White Lotus effect. Also read | The White Lotus season 3’s Lisa, Parker Posey open up on how Thailand adds a fresh spin and more
The Four Seasons Resort in Koh Samui, Thailand, is a stunning property, and it’s one of the filming locations for Season 3 of the hit HBO series The White Lotus. (Pics courtesy: HBO and The Four Seasons Resort)
In the drama’s two previous edits filmed in Hawaii (Season 1) and Sicily, Italy (Season 2), footfalls increased by thousands soon after the drama was aired. After Season 1, Four Seasons Resort Maui saw 386 percent jump and Sicily witnessed continuous curiosity for a long time. This month, online searches for Koh Samui soared +88 percent, according to Opodo, an online travel portal.
If you want to live The White Lotus luxe life, loosen your pursestrings for a holiday in the utterly expensive Four Seasons’ hotels/resorts in Koh Samui, (Thailand) Sicily (Italy) and Maui (Hawaii).
The White Lotus: Season 3
Four Seasons Resort, Koh Samui (Thailand): Overlooking the idyllic Gulf of Siam, Four Seasons Resort in Koh Samui is housed in over 40 acres of former coconut plantation, blending the tropical landscape of coconut palms into the rooms that continue down the terraced hillside to a private beach. Do not miss the numerous monkey statues in the Resort that add intrigue to the storytelling in The White Lotus.
⦿ Getting there: 45 minutes from Koh Samui International Airport. The hotel airport transfer options include a Mercedes-Benz GLC 220d for up to two passengers or a luxury van for up to five passengers. Or, opt for private-jet transfers from Bangkok and other cities in Thailand. Up to 14 people can be accommodated in the aircraft.
⦿ Accommodation: Choose from suite villas with private infinity pools and spacious terraces or Private Residences complete with kitchenettes, panoramic views and personal residential assistants.
⦿ Tariff (per night): Villa cost starts at ₹153,462+ taxes for two; Private Residence (6 adults, or 4 adults and 2 children) starts at ₹648,409. A Service Charge of 10% of room rate per night (plus applicable taxes) and a Coral Reef Conservation Fee of THB 93.46 per night (plus applicable taxes) is applied to all reservations.
⦿ What to do in Koh Samui: Explore the country’s fascinating tradition of Muay Thai boxing; Angthong National Marine Park Boat Excursion; Cruise around Koh Samui; Visit the Elephant Sanctuary; Play golf at Santiburi Golf & Country Club; do an ATV tour; Kayak/snorkel in the Gulf of Thailand.
The White Lotus: Season 2
San Domenico Palace, Taormina, Sicily, a Four Seasons Hotel (Italy): Perched on a rocky promontory high above the Ionian Sea, San Domenico Palace is housed in a reimagined 14th-century Sicilian convent with breathtaking sea views, and Italian gardens.
⦿ Getting there: 60-minute drive from Catania-FontanRossa Airport (CTA); 1 hour 55 minutes from Comiso Airport (CIY). The hotel arranges airport transfers. Charges apply.
⦿ Accommodation: Choose from Guest Rooms, Suites & Specialty Suites.
⦿ Tariff (per night): Deluxe Room starts at ₹123,553 for two, Sea-view Premium Room with Terrace starts at ₹206,224; Sea-view Executive Suite starts at ₹378,834.
⦿ What to do in Sicily: Do a history tour – from the Ancient Theatre to the Palazzo Corvaja and Piazza IX Aprile. Board a luxury yacht or sailboat and cruise by the scenic landmarks of Isola Bella and Grotta Azzurra. Enjoy views of Mount Etna and the sea. Stroll along Corso Umberto I, the main street of the old town. Visit Castelmola, the Sicilian village built on a limestone rock, and the Cathedral of Taormina.
The White Lotus: Season 1
Four Seasons Resort Maui at Wailea, Hawaii (The USA): Built in 1900 and overlooking the golden crescent of Wailea Beach, the U-shaped Four Seasons Resort Maui was one of the first resorts in Wailea. The neighbourhood is ritzy – Amazon founder Jeff Bezos has a home just down the street.
⦿ Getting there: Nearly 30-minute drive from Kahului Airport. The hotel arranges car, limousine or helicopter transfer from the airport. Charges apply.
⦿ Accommodation: Choose from Premium Rooms & Suites, Large Suites, Small Suites, Guest Rooms, Accessible Rooms.
⦿ Tariff (per night): Deluxe Garden-view room starts at ₹107,713 (3 adults or 2 adults + 1 child); Ocean-view room starts at ₹162,651; Garden-view Executive suite starts at ₹235,325 while Ocean-View Prime Suite starts at ₹422,634.
⦿ What to do in Maui: Private Catamaran Sail & Snorkelling; Molokini Carter Snorkel; Haleakala Sunrise Tour; Road to Hana tour; Hana Rainforest Tour; Spend an evening in Wailea Beach; Go Whale Watching; Visit Seven Sacred Pools. If you are visiting from mid-December to mid-May, you’ll likely see humpback whales migrating off the shores of Maui.
If Reform UK leader Nigel Farage could make one film essential viewing for young people, it would be a World War 2 classic.
Back in 2017, a tweet posted by the politician quickly went viral as he urged people to watch Dunkirk, released that year. He posted: “I urge every youngster to go out and watch #Dunkirk.”
The WW2 blockbuster, directed by Christopher Nolan, stars Barry Keoghan, Mark Rylance and Tom Hardy, as well as Fionn Whitehead and Damien Bonnard.
It tells the story of Allied soldiers from Britain, France and Belgium flanked by the German army during the war, and forced into a deadly evacuation from the battlefield.
The film has a 92% score on Rotten Tomatoes and was hailed by one critic as the “best directed film of 2017”. In total, the film received 68 award wins and took home three Oscars in the year of its release.
In response to Farage’s tweet, fans chimed in with their own opinions about the film, with one writing: “I watched Dunkirk at the weekend. It was amazing. A reminder of what our ancestors went through.”
Someone else said: “If everyone watched this film, they’d probably understand why the majority of Britain voted for a FULL Brexit. No betrayal of our fallen! We voted for a full Brexit because we love our country and want to rule it ourselves. Our servicemen gave their lives so we had that right.”
“Saw it last week in Ontario, Canada. Then went home to listen to the vinyl album of Churchill’s speech. Film very well done,” another echoed.
However, according to Farage, his favourite ever film is Christmas rom-com Love Actually – a fact he reportedly revealed to podcast host Marina Hyde.
She claimed to her co-host Richard Osman: “If he did listen to any music it would be a sort of CD that had come free on the Sunday Times in about 2001. Absolutely no interest in anything. I once interviewed him and asked him for his favourite film.
“Genuinely, he couldn’t think of the name of a movie. It took so long and it was really painful. In the end he just had to say something, and he suddenly remembered Richard Curtis as an idea and said, ‘I think it would be one of those Richard Curtis things, yeah, Love Actually.’
“It was the only one he could remember, clearly, and I was thinking, ‘Just say The Great Escape, say the Dambusters.’ It’s not hard.”
You could view this as two premium British auto brands going head-to-head or, technically speaking, you could view it as a BMW drag race!
That’s because Rolls-Royce is owned by BMW and its Cullinan SUV employs a BMW-sourced V12 engine, while the new Range Rover Sport SV is also powered by a twin-turbocharged BMW engine – this time a V8.
That might be a little confusing, but what isn’t confusing is the task at hand. We put the all-new Range Rover Sport SV up against the Mansory Rolls-Royce Cullinan to find out which is fastest. And to mix things up the Range Rover is fitted with lightweight wheels from Geelong company Carbon Revolution.
We need to give a massive shoutout to our mates at Caltex for helping us cover the cost of putting this event on. It’s an incredibly expensive undertaking and none of this would be possible without their support.
The cars we are running are powered by Premium 98 Caltex with Techron. Caltex with Techron has been scientifically proven to help clean and protect engines. A clean engine helps maximise power and acceleration, while also delivering better fuel economy, reliable performance and a smooth drive. Head to Caltex.com/au for more information.
The cars
Rolls-Royce Cullinan
‘Man, I’m Sorry’ – that’s what it sounds like when you say Mansory 10 times fast… It’s also what a lot of people say when they see a Mansory-fettled car. This time the kit is fitted to a Rolls-Royce Cullinan, the last car on earth you’d think would need some Mansory work done to it.
This particular car has a full Mansory body kit (along with interior enhancements), as well as an upgraded exhaust system designed to help the V12 breathe better and, of course, it sits lower on 24-inch alloy wheels.
It uses a 6.75-litre twin-turbocharged petrol V12 that produces 420kW of power and 850Nm of torque. It also has eight on the tree – an eight-speed automatic transmission with column shifter – and boasts an official 0-100km/h acceleration time of 5.2 seconds.
Range Rover Sport SV
Unlike previous generations of the sportier Range Rover, the top of the tree now uses a BMW drivetrain to help it get moving. The 4.4-litre twin-turbocharged V8 produces 467kW of power and 750Nm of torque – just shy of the Cullinan’s torque output.
Comically, the SV wears a price tag of $360,000 before on-road costs, making it over $150,000 more expensive than the entry-level Range Rover Sport.
But it’s still more affordable than the Cullinan, which is priced closer to $1 million before on-road costs.
The results
We thought this would be way closer than it was, but the Range Rover absolutely destroyed the Rolls-Royce Cullinan. In fact, it wasn’t really even close.
It goes to show just how much BMW has been able to extract out of the fire-breathing twin-turbo V8 that sits under the bonnet of the Range Rover Sport SV.
Vehicle
0-100km/h
80-120km/h
1/4 mile
Rolls-Royce Cullinan
5.44s
3.15s
13.29s @ 173.78km/h
Range Rover Sport SV
4.06s
2.27s
11.98s @ 187.78km/h
MORE: Everything Range Rover Sport MORE: Everything Rolls-Royce Cullinan
Badminton star Pullela Gopichand earlier said that the parents should be careful before allowing their children to pursue sports as a career unless they are rich.
Zerodha CEO Nithin Kamath (Photo: X/@Nithin0dha)
Zerodha CEO Nithin Kamath responded to national badminton coach Pullela Gopichand’s remark that children should pursue sports only if they come from wealthy backgrounds. In a social media post on X, Kamath highlighted that today’s sports enthusiasts have more career opportunities than before.
Kamath compared the challenge faced by young people entering a world where many feel trapped in a single career despite having skills suited for other fields to the growing uncertainty surrounding job security.
Nithin Kamath’s Arguments Against Gopichand’s Views
“While I understand Pullela Gopichand’s concern that ‘Unless you are rich, don’t make your child a sportsperson,’ I have a different view,” Kamath said on X.
“Imagine studying something you don’t like or being stuck in a field when you know that your skills are useful elsewhere. Odds are, you may end up being less than average compared to people who are more suited to the field you hate. In this case, how can you expect job security? This is all more problematic in the AI-first world we are entering,” he added.
Kamath emphasized that this perspective extends to the sports industry as well. He noted that even if someone does not succeed as a professional athlete, there are now various alternative career paths, such as becoming a coach or a personal trainer.
“This applies to sports as well. If someone is passionate about sports, takes a shot at being a professional and fails, there are more alternatives today than ever. You can become a coach or a personal trainer. There’s more demand for such folks today than at any point,” Kamath said.
While I understand Pullela Gopichand’s concern that “Unless you are rich, don’t make your child a sportsperson,” I have a different view.Imagine studying something you don’t like or being stuck in a field when you know that your skills are useful elsewhere. Odds are, you may… pic.twitter.com/u205g2Jifd
Pullela Gopichand, the 2001 All-India Open Badminton Championship winner, told The Times of India that parents should carefully reconsider before allowing their children to pursue a career in professional sports.
“I advise parents not to put their children in sports. We are not in a position to offer sports as a career. Unless the children are from rich backgrounds or have a family business, it is not advisable for children to take up sports,” Gopichand was quoted as saying by the TOI.
Gopichand pointed out that only a select few achieve significant success in the sports industry. He noted that those who fail to reach the elite level often struggle to build a career beyond sports, as they typically retire around the age of 30 without the necessary skills to transition into other fields, according to the report.
In an interview with The Indian Express, Pullela Gopichand clarified his remarks, stating that India lacks the infrastructure to support a large number of athletes who do not achieve top-tier success in alternative careers.
“Numbers of those pursuing sport over the last ten years are big, while the opportunities to succeed at the elite levels are very limited,” Gopichand told the news portal.
News india ‘If Someone…’: Zerodha CEO Nithin Kamath Counters Gopichand’s ‘Rich’ Remark
Once upon a time, crypto was called the wild west, an arid playground run by cowboys with wallets full of BTC and dreams of Lambos. Fast forward to 2025, and that rugged landscape’s been significantly tamed – but has retained its ability to consistently surprise. One of the more pleasant surprises to have surfaced in recent years has been the willingness of businesses once branded the enemy of crypto to support its infiltration into every payment systems.
Web2 giants – those familiar names powering your online life – are saddling up, bringing their muscle to the crypto corral. PayPal, Visa, Mastercard: they’re all cantering in, and it’s a genuine game-changer. Why? Because when these titans join the party, crypto stops being a fringe fantasy and starts feeling like something you’d actually use on the daily. They don’t often receive credit for their Damascene conversion, but plaudits are due for the web2 players who’ve come full circle.
Financial Players with Skin in the Game
Let’s start with the big guns. PayPal kicked things off in 2020, letting users buy, sell, and hold cryptos such as BTC and ETH. By 2024, they’d upped the ante, integrating stablecoin PYUSD and rolling it out to 430 million users worldwide. Visa’s not far behind; since 2021, they’ve settled over $2.5 billion in crypto-linked transactions. Mastercard, meanwhile, are pushing crypto debit cards and piloting blockchain payments. From a user perspective, it means that if you’re already on PayPal or swiping a Visa, crypto’s not a leap – it’s a sidestep. These giants are effectively turning “what’s a wallet?” into “oh, I already have that.”
Neo-banks, the cool kids bridging old money and new, are also doing a lot of the heavy lifting here. Take Crypto.com, over 80 million users strong and with billboards at seemingly every major sporting event. Great name, globally recognizable brand. They’ve just added PayPal as a payment method, letting you fund your crypto buys straight from your PayPal balance.
This means no interminable transfers, no extra apps: just seamless integration into a platform you already trust. It’s like adding crypto to your financial toolbox without needing a manual. Neo-banks like Crypto.com aren’t so much lowering crypto’s adoption curve as steam-rollering it till it’s pancake flat.
Don’t Forget the Partnerships Driving Adoption
Web3 projects love a good partnership announcement, and in collaborating with web2’s major players, they’ve inked deals that are more than mere vapor. PayPal and Visa teamed up last year to streamline crypto payouts – think freelancers getting paid in USDC via Visa Direct. Mastercard’s collab with wallet providers like MetaMask and Trust Wallet, meanwhile, let users top up cards with crypto in seconds.
Then there’s Mercuryo, the rising fintech star, partnering with web3 heavyweights like Polygon and now powering euro crypto cards with Mastercard. These tie-ups aren’t just headlines; they’re highways, paving the way for crypto to flow into everyday life. Whether you position it as a web2 player streamlining access to web3 or vice-versa, the upshot is that Mercuryo and other payment providers are now mainstays for much of the money that flows between the on- and off-chain worlds 24/7.
Why Now?
What’s fueling this fire in web2 giants? They’re not entering web3 out of FOMO – they’re smarter than that. Rather, their decision to support the cryptoconomy rather than sit it out on the sidelines is driven by more rational reasoning. With much of the regulatory risk and “exoticness” of crypto having been tempered, it’s a lot safer for these TradFi titans to enter the fray. And there’s money for them to make by connecting the old world with the new.
As for the competencies they bring to bear within the crypto arena, first there’s user experience: we’re talking apps so intuitive even your grandma could buy ETH. Second, there’s security: Visa’s fraud protection and PayPal’s two-factor authentication make crypto feel less like a gamble. Third, familiarity: linking crypto to Apple Pay, Google Pay, or your trusty Visa card shrinks the learning curve to a blip. That’s the vibe: safe, simple, and second nature.
Case Studies: The Proof’s in the Pudding
The partnership between Mercuryo and MetaMask is a masterstroke for simplifying crypto onboarding. Their integration lets users buy crypto with a bank card in under a minute – no wrestling with seed phrases or navigating convoluted exchange signups. By tapping into Mercuryo’s payment infrastructure, MetaMask users can fund their wallets seamlessly, whether it’s ETH for gas fees or stablecoins for DeFi.
Mercuryo’s not stopping there. Their focus on localized solutions, such as SEPA transfers in Europe or OVO in Indonesia, means users globally can jump into web3 without friction. The MetaMask hookup has evolved with features like no-KYC purchases up to €699, slashing barriers for newcomers. Users appear to be relishing the ability to top up their wallet with a tap, then spend via Mercuryo’s Mastercard-backed crypto card. It’s a full-circle play: buy crypto fast, spend it faster.
PayPal has been a crypto trailblazer since 2020, with 35 million merchants and crypto trading live since 2021. They’ve onboarded millions to crypto, leveraging a user base of 430 million. The real kicker? Their stablecoin, PYUSD, launched in 2023 with Paxos, is now a checkout option across their network. Moving beyond mere hodling, PayPal’s pushing real spending: users can settle tabs with PYUSD at merchants or send it fee-free to friends in the U.S. It’s crypto with training wheels, wrapped in a familiar interface.
The numbers back it up: PYUSD’s market cap has climbed past $700 million, fueled by integrations like Venmo and Crypto.com. PayPal’s not just playing in web3; they’re reshaping it for the mainstream. With no fees for buying, selling, or sending PYUSD within their ecosystem (network fees apply externally), PayPal’s betting on trust and scale. It’s a bold pivot from their 1998 roots, proving they can still make an impact on the evolution of digital finance.
As a final case study to indicate the role web2 giants are now playing, Visa’s launch of Visa+ is a slick move to link digital wallets for instant payments and their crypto ambitions shine through. A pilot with Coinbase in 2024 saw 10,000 users moving USDC cross-border without the usual remittance headaches. Built on blockchains like Solana, Visa+ leverages stablecoin speed (think sub-second settlement) while keeping the familiar swipe-and-go vibe. It’s a lifeline for freelancers or small businesses, cutting costs that legacy systems like SWIFT pile on.
What This Means for Traditional Users
For the average Joe, all of this is good news. Barriers are rapidly crumbling and crypto’s no longer a techie’s toy. The interfaces mimic your banking app, so the learning curve’s virtually non-existent. There’s also the deep trust that comes when Visa or PayPal’s involved – these aren’t shady startups. A 2024 Deloitte survey found 62% of U.S. adults would try crypto if offered by a known brand. That’s the web2 effect: turning skeptics into spenders, one big brand at a time.
And all of this is just the warmup. Imagine crypto woven into every transaction: paying rent with ETH via PayPal, splitting dinner with Visa+ in USDC. Web2 giants aren’t stopping at buying and selling; they’re eyeing loyalty programs and cross-border micropayments. By 2030, Statista predicts 20% of global payments could involve crypto if integration keeps accelerating.
Web2 giants are no longer the NPCs playing a bit part in crypto adoption: they’re web3’s wingmen, dragging the industry from the fringes to the forefront. PayPal, Visa, Mercuryo and their ilk are rewriting digital finance, making it less about geeky experimentation and more about everyday ease. As these titans flex their reach, crypto’s shedding its mystique for something better: everyday utility.
Avatar: The Last Airbender is getting another sequel from original creators Michael DiMartino and Bryan Konietzko. In honor of the series’ 20th anniversary, Nickelodeon announced the franchise’s next series, Avatar: Seven Havens, one of the first releases from Avatar Studios. The new show will center on a young Earthbender who becomes the next Avatar following Korra.
I’ve been a fan of Avatar: The Last Airbender since I was a kid, and I loved watching Aang and his friends go on adventures and learn to bend the four elements. The show had everything: Magic-infused martial arts, flying bison, secret tunnels and kids trying to save the world. Two decades later, it holds up incredibly well. (Its recent live-action adaptation was compelling, but I thought it was missing some of the original show’s charm.)
Nickelodeon
I was equally enthusiastic about the sequel series, The Legend of Korra, which takes place 70 years after ATLA. Korra targeted an older demographic with its more mature political themes and teenage/early-adult main cast. I enjoyed being immersed in its urban steampunk setting, where members of the Four Nations lived in harmony in Republic City (OK, “harmony” may not be quite accurate — the city was attacked on multiple occasions).
However, the Avatar universe changed somewhere in the last season of Korra. While the story itself was strong and brought Korra’s character arc to a fitting close, there were times when I felt the technology of her world had overshadowed bending. With Airbenders in futuristic wingsuits fighting an epic battle against a towering, energy cannon-wielding mech, the show began to feel more like science-fiction. There’s nothing wrong with that — I love science-fiction — but it didn’t feel like the right choice for Avatar, a series that has traditionally been set in a fantasy alternate past with mythological roots.
Nickelodeon
That’s why the premise of Avatar: Seven Havens sounds like a perfect way to reset the universe. Here is the official synopsis from Nickelodeon:
Avatar: Seven Havens is set in a world shattered by a devastating cataclysm. A young Earthbender discovers she’s the new Avatar, after Korra — but in this dangerous era, that title marks her as humanity’s destroyer, not its savior. Hunted by both human and spirit enemies, she and her long-lost twin must uncover their mysterious origins and save the Seven Havens before civilization’s last strongholds collapse.
We know that Seven Havens will be set sometime after Korra, but we don’t know exactly when. What stands out is that the new Avatar is no longer revered by society like her predecessors. If she’s marked as “humanity’s destroyer,” we can probably assume that Korra was blamed for the events that shattered the world. The new premise is an intriguing twist on the conventional heroic Avatar story, though not without precedence: Aang and Korra were both occasionally fugitives in their respective series.
The synopsis also implies that technology in Seven Havens has taken a step backward. While I don’t know what life looks like in “civilization’s last strongholds,” I’m certain we won’t see another skyscraper-size mech.
Before Seven Havenswas announced, I’d wondered if a sequel to Korra would feel even more futuristic. I worried that bending would fade into the background of a world with modern technology. I’m glad this brief glimpse into the new series suggests a low-tech, possibly post-apocalyptic setting; this would be a great way to visually distinguish Seven Havens. I hope we’ll see more of the magic and mythology of ATLA. DiMartino and Konietzko are amazingly gifted world-builders, and I’m excited about what they have in store for us.
If you feel more sluggish during certain times of the day, it could be due to your sleep chronotype.
The chronotype affects the body’s natural tendency to be asleep or awake, according to the Sleep Foundation.
Knowing and adapting to the ideal schedule for your sleep chronotype could improve your rest and help you accomplish daily tasks more efficiently, sleep experts say.
FEELING EXTRA TIRED? THIS VIRUS COULD BE THE CULPRIT, STUDY SUGGESTS
“Your chronotype, or natural sleep-wake preference, refers to your natural tendencies to feel awake or sleepy at different times of the day,” Dr. Anne Marie Morse, a pediatric sleep medicine physician in Pennsylvania, told Fox News Digital.
There are four main types of sleep chronotypes: Bear, Wolf, Lion and Dolphin.
There are four main types of sleep chronotypes: Bear, Wolf, Lion and Dolphin.(iStock)
Genetics, age, geography and the body’s circadian rhythm (its internal 24-hour clock) can determine one’s chronotype, the Sleep Foundation said in its report.
In addition to sleep quality, chronotypes can also influence appetite, exercise and body temperature.
Breaking down the chronotypes
Dr. Michael Breus, Ph.D., a board-certified sleep specialist in Los Angeles, first introduced the four chronotypes based on sleep-wake patterns seen in certain animals.
“We’ve discussed early birds and night owls, but I’ve broken it down further into four categories based on other animals,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Your chronotype, or natural sleep-wake preference, refers to your natural tendencies to feel awake or sleepy at different times of the day.”
“Each of these four chronotypes is defined by specific windows of productivity during which they function and perform at their best … at different times of day.”
Lion
Individuals who are considered the Lion chronotype typically wake up early (around 6 a.m.), are more productive in the morning hours and prefer to nap around 1:30 p.m., according to a report by Breus on his website.
SLEEP COULD HELP ERASE BAD MEMORIES, STUDY FINDS: ‘THERAPY FOR OUR EMOTIONS’
Their energy begins to wind down in the early evening and they may struggle with socializing at night, according to Breus’ report. Bedtime is usually around 10 p.m.
An estimated 15% of individuals fall into this chronotype.
Bear
The Bear chronotype wakes up with the sun at around 7 a.m., functions well during traditional office hours between 10 a.m. and 2 p.m., and does not struggle with attending evening social activities.
Wolf chronotypes are similar to “night owls.” As the day winds down, these individuals’ energy levels rev up.(iStock)
This chronotype prefers to go to bed at around 11 p.m., according to the Sleep Foundation report.
Bears account for around 55% of individuals.
Wolf
Wolf chronotypes are similar to “night owls.” As the day winds down, these individuals’ energy levels rev up with a preferred bedtime at around midnight, Breus stated in his report.
People in this category typically wake up around 7:30 a.m., are groggy in the morning and are most productive between the hours of 1 and 5 p.m., according to the Sleep Foundation.
About 15% percent of people are considered to be this chronotype.
Dolphin
Those in the Dolphin chronotype are usually light sleepers, have a hard time unwinding at bedtime, and rarely follow a consistent bedtime schedule, several sleep experts told Fox News Digital.
Dolphins wake up at around 6 a.m., are most productive between the hours of 3 p.m. and 7 p.m., and go to bed at around 11 p.m.
DEEP SLEEP CAN KEEP TWO BIG HEALTH PROBLEMS AT BAY, NEW STUDIES SUGGEST
“Those with the Dolphin chronotype have difficulty following any sleep schedule due to disturbances like noise and light,” Morse told Fox News Digital. “Productivity is best in the late mornings to early afternoons.”
People struggling with insomnia are often Dolphin chronotypes, according to Morse.
Nearly 10% of individuals fall into this category.
How to determine your chronotype
To determine your chronotype, the Sleep Foundation recommends considering your sleep preferences, your energy levels throughout the day and when you eat your meals.
Questionnaires such as the Morning-Eveningness Questionnaire (MEQ) and the Munich Chronotype Questionnaire (MCTQ) can help determine one’s chronotype.
Understanding how your chronotype works can help you sleep better at night and feel more refreshed during the day, experts say.(iStock)
Breus also developed an online chronotype quiz at SleepDoctor.com to help individuals determine whether they are a Bear, Wolf, Lion or Dolphin.
Understanding how your chronotype works can help you sleep better at night and feel more refreshed during the day, according to Breus.
Adjusting schedules based on chronotype
After pinpointing your chronotype, Breus recommends tailoring daily activities based on periods of peak energy and productivity levels.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“If you frequently experience poor sleep quality despite getting a full night’s sleep, you may be working against your chronotype,” he said.
Morse recommends that people schedule important tasks at times when they naturally feel most alert and to adjust bedtimes to fit their natural sleep patterns, rather than “powering through” schedules that don’t match their chronotypes.
After pinpointing your chronotype, experts recommend tailoring daily activities based on periods of peak energy and productivity levels.(iStock)
For example, an individual who is categorized as a Lion should try to tackle large projects, important meetings or social activities earlier in the morning, when their tendency is to be most energetic and productive, the expert said.
Since they are typically early risers, Morse said Lions should establish an early bedtime to ensure that they get enough sleep. She also advised Lions to avoid large meals or rigorous exercise in the late evening, which could delay sleep.
“If you are a naturally late riser, or a Wolf chronotype, forcing yourself to wake up too early may lead to sleep deprivation.”
“If you are a naturally late riser, or a Wolf chronotype, forcing yourself to wake up too early may lead to sleep deprivation and could negatively impact health,” Morse told Fox News Digital.
“Wolves are the most productive in the afternoon, so steer away from big morning plans for optimal performance.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Morse also suggested that Wolf chronotypes sleep in cool, dark and quiet bedrooms, using blackout curtains or a sleep mask to block out early-morning light.
Since Dolphin chronotypes do not usually follow a set sleep schedule, Morse recommends that they prioritize going to bed and waking up at the same time every day, even on weekends.
The American Academy of Sleep Medicine recommends getting at least seven hours of sleep per night to support overall health and well-being.(iStock)
“If you’re having difficulty falling asleep or staying asleep at night, try to avoid naps during the day and avoid screen time at least 30 minutes to an hour before bed,” he suggested.
For those who fall into the Bear chronotype, Morse suggests getting sunlight exposure immediately upon waking in the morning. In the event of an afternoon slump, he recommends opting for a short nap at around 2 p.m. instead of reaching for caffeine.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
If daily obligations get in the way of adhering to ideal bedtime schedules, Morse said the best step is to try to gain better alignment.
Regardless of chronotype, the American Academy of Sleep Medicine recommends getting at least seven hours of sleep per night to support overall health and well-being.
Amy McGorry is a contributing health writer for Fox News Digital. Follow her on Twitter @amymcgorry.
Shraddha Kapoor is a foodie at heart, and she never shies away from sharing her love for all things delicious. From jalebis and fruits to vada pav and dosa, her Instagram is proof of her foodie adventures. On Saturday, Shraddha Kapoor dropped a bunch of snaps from a wedding she attended, and of course, one of them was about a yummy delight. The first click? It shows her happily holding a classic desi street food. Any guesses? Nothing but pani puri. In the last slide, Shraddha Kapoor is seen holding a kulhad – but what is inside? Well, we will let you take a wild guess.
In her quirky caption, Shraddha Kapoor wrote, “Ginna bhool gayi phir yaad aaya shaadi mein toh unlimited hoti hai #panipurilovers.” [“I forgot to keep count but then I remembered that it’s unlimited at a wedding #panipurilovers.”]
A few days ago, Shraddha Kapoor posted a photo of a bowl of freshly cut papaya on her Instagram Stories. She added a poll sticker and asked her followers to guess if she had sprinkled chaat masala on it. In her next story, she seemingly confirmed the choice by sharing a clip of a small bowl filled with the spice blend. Adding a fun touch, she wrote, “God ne papaya banaya hi chaat masala ke liye. [God made papaya just for chaat masala.]” Click here for the full story.
Also Read: Want To Be Shraddha Kapoor’s ‘Friend’? Gift Her These Food Items
Before that, Shraddha Kapoor gave fans a glimpse of a fun outing with her rumoured boyfriend, Rahul Mody – just months after unfollowing him on Instagram. The highlight of their drive? A unique take on vada pav. Instead of the usual deep-fried potato dumpling, Shraddha’s close-up shot revealed a bun packed with crispy bhajji (fritters) and layers of sliced onions. Tagging Rahul, she playfully wrote, “May I always bully you to take me for vada pao.” Here is the full story.
We are simply in love with Shraddha Kapoor’s foodie updates!
China firmly supports the free trade system with the World Trade Organization (WTO) at its core and will continue to support the reform of the international body, said Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi on Friday.
Wang, also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, made the remarks when meeting with WTO Director-General Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala on the sidelines of the G20 Foreign Ministers’ Meeting in Johannesburg, the largest city and economic hub of South Africa.
During the meeting, Wang noted that China, as a founding member of the United Nations (UN) and a steadfast defender of the current international order, pursues genuine multilateralism and firmly supports both the international system with the UN at its core and the free trade system with the WTO at its core.
He pointed out that while unilateralism and protectionism are prevalent today, the trend of economic globalization is irreversible. Therefore, all parties should work together to promote trade liberalization and facilitation while accelerating global economic recovery.
China will continue to support the director-general in advancing WTO reform, listening to the voices of countries in the Global South, and keeping pace with the progressive trends of the times, Wang said.
“China adheres to its position as a developing country, but it never shirks its international responsibilities,” he said. “We will continue to fulfill our due obligations and demonstrate our responsibility as a major country.”
Okonjo-Iweala, for her part, noted that amid the chaos in the world, China has moved in the right direction, achieved the UN poverty reduction target ahead of schedule, advanced industrialization rapidly and made remarkable achievements in education. China’s success has set a model for other developing countries to follow, she said.
The WTO highly appreciates China’s commitment to resolving trade disputes through dialogue and consultation within multilateral mechanisms in a mature and rational manner. It also hopes to continue receiving strong support from China in promoting WTO reform, she added.
Bengaluru-based Hanto Workspaces plans to add 4 lakh square feet of workspace in the Bengaluru micro-market by FY26. The leasing operator is also looking to expand into Chennai, Hyderabad, Mumbai, and Pune.
Founded in 2019, Hanto Workspaces has doubled its presence every year, according to Aashit Verma, Founder of the workspace provider. “We have been doubling every year,” he said, attributing this growth to both domestic and international demand.
Currently, Bengaluru accounts for approximately 30 per cent of India’s total flex workspace market, spanning roughly 20 million square feet, explained Verma. Hanto Workspaces holds around 1.5 per cent of this market but anticipates significant growth, both within Bengaluru and across other key Indian cities. “Pune and Mumbai are emerging as major zones for expansion,” Verma noted.
“While Bengaluru’s flex workspace market is growing at a CAGR of around 25 per cent, Pune is expanding at 40 per cent CAGR. We are seeing demand from our own client base, with enterprises specifically asking for centers in Pune and Hyderabad,” Verma added. Currently, Hanto Workspaces serves 50-60 enterprise clients.
Read: Chennai Metro Phase II expansion begins; Corridor 5 work kicks off
However, Verma stressed having a measured approach to expansion. “As a single-city operator right now, we don’t plan to expand across all regions at once,” he said. “Real estate is a hyper-local sector, requiring deep local knowledge to operate successfully.”
Hanto Workspaces is targeting its IPO debut for 2028, with projected revenues of ₹500-700 crore. The company currently has an occupancy rate of 86 per cent and an annual recurring revenue (ARR) of ₹40 crore, with several deals in the pipeline. “Our ARR has grown by 50 per cent, and we anticipate further scaling in the coming years,” Verma stated.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
KADA pričamo o upečatljivim zimskim outfitima, jedan od najboljih primjera s prošlotjedne zagrebačke špice definitivno je ovaj odvažan, ali besprijekorno usklađen stajling. Ovaj look zapeo je za oko našoj fotoreporterki, a djevojka ga je spremno pokazala pred objektivom.
Raskošna bunda
Glavna zvijezda kombinacije je raskošna bunda u tamnijoj zelenkasto-sivoj nijansi, koja odiše luksuzom i urbanom nonšalancijom. Njezina boja savršeno se uklapa s ostatkom outfita – sivim kombinezonom. Opušteni kroj donjeg dijela kombinezona u kombinaciji s robusnim crnim čizmama s debelim đonom donosi dozu ležernosti i modernog street-stylea.
Modni dodaci ovdje su pomno odabrani kako bi zaokružili look – svijetlo smeđi šešir i retro sunčane naočale podižu kombinaciju i unose blagi boho štih, dok mala crna torbica sa zlatnim lancem dodaje dozu sofisticiranosti.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ključ je u ravnoteži
Ako tražite inspiraciju kako nositi efektne bunde, ovaj look je savršen vodič – spoj elegancije i udobnosti u kombinaciji koja privlači poglede. Ključ je u ravnoteži – hrabri komad poput ove bunde najbolje funkcionira kada ga uparite s neutralnim tonovima i klasičnim krojevima.
Sviđa vam se ovaj stil? Izdvojili smo slične komade koje možete dodati u svoju zimsku garderobu.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
LAFC headed into its eighth MLS season Saturday with more questions than answers, few of which were solved in its 1-0 victory over Minnesota United before a sun-splashed crowd of 22,310 at BMO Stadium.
The only goal came from newcomer Jeremy Ebobisse in the 78th minute. On the other end, goalkeeper Hugo Lloris was called on to make just two saves in recording his 13th shutout since entering MLS last season.
And while that left LAFC a league-best 8-0 in season openers, it did little to settle doubts over whether the team is good enough to return to the MLS Cup final for a third time in four seasons.
That’s because another busy offseason saw general manager John Thorrington part with 15 players, including three of the team’s four leading scorers and two of its top three midfielders. As a result, four of the 11 players who started Saturday were not with the team to start last season.
Those new players will have to step up to replace what the team lost — in particular the 16 goals and eight assists Mateusz Bogusz contributed before leaving for Mexico’s Cruz Azul last month on a reported $9-million transfer — if LAFC is to build on the success that has allowed it to win more games, score more goals and earn more points that any other team since it entered the league in 2018.
Ebobisse, signed as a free agent in December, was the newcomer who stepped up Saturday.
“Goals can come from a lot of different places, and I need to do my job to take opportunities when they do come,” he said. “We’re up for that challenge. And I think with the depth and the amount of experience that we have across the locker room, as soon as we get clicking and understanding each other’s tendencies, we’ll score quite a bit of goals.”
Over the last four winters, coach Steve Cherundolo has made those roster makeovers work. But that task hasn’t gotten any easier with time.
“It’s a lot of work,” he said. “And frankly, five weeks of preseason is not enough. So that process will keep going and going. It’s not ideal but it’s just one of those things we have to deal with in this league due to the rules we have. We fully accept that.”
The roster may not be the only thing that changes this year. In Cherundolo’s first three seasons LAFC preferred to cede possession and attack in transition. But against Minnesota United, playing with a new midfield anchored by Mark Delgado and Igor Jesus, LAFC had the ball for nearly an hour of the 90 minutes.
“Having more possession this year was something we talked about trying to improve,” Cherundolo said. “We’ve done a great job of that. If we can create more chances with that amount of possession, that’s our next step.
“Marky and Igor have done a great job of controlling the game. Both of them have stepped in right away and changed a little bit of our look and make us, in some ways, more dangerous.”
On Saturday that rebuilt midfield struggled to slow Minnesota’s speedy attackers in the early going but was bailed out when Kelvin Yeboah’s left-footed shot struck the right post and caromed across the goalmouth in the 13th minute. A minute later an attempted clearance struck Yeboah in the box and ricocheted toward the goal, forcing Lloris to pluck it out of the air.
After a scoreless 70 minutes in which the teams combined to put just four of 21 shots on goal, the game swung decidedly in LAFC’s favor when Nathan Ordaz entered for David Martínez. Ordaz, 21, a product of the LAFC academy, immediately opened up the Minnesota defense, drawing a yellow card and setting up a corner kick in his first five minutes. His straight-line speed also helped create the space Ebobisse exploited for his goal.
“Everybody has their own attributes that help the team,” said Ordaz, who had a goal and three assists in just 372 minutes last season. “I’m pretty quick. I like making runs. So that kind of helped the team move forward a bit. People were probably worried about that.”
He got his first assist of the new season when his perfect pass put the ball on Ebobisse’s left foot at the top the box, setting up the shot that eluded Minnesota keeper Dayne St. Clair. The second assist on the score went to Denis Bouanga, although it was Delgado who made the play possible, freeing Bouanga up the left side with a low through ball.
Afterward Bouanga, whose likeness was given to fans in the form of a bobblehead, pronounced himself happy with both the win and the keepsake.
“It looks like me,” he said, smiling at the bobblehead. “I wouldn’t change a thing.”
As for developing chemistry with his new teammates, “it’s going to take a little time,” he said.
Time, however, isn’t on LAFC’s side. The team plays again Tuesday, needing to overcome a one-goal deficit in the second game of a two-leg playoff with the Colorado Rapids to advance to the round of 16 of the CONCACAF Champions Cup.
The crash landing of a Delta Air Lines flight in Toronto this week highlighted the potential dangers of flying with a young child sitting on an adult’s lap. The plane flipped over, which would make holding onto a baby extremely difficult.
Everyone agrees kids are safer flying in their own seats, but no one requires it. Why?
Authorities haven’t said whether the 18-month-old child who was injured in the crash was riding on a parent’s lap. All 21 people who were hurt were released from the hospital, but young children have died in previous crashes.
Despite the recent rash of aviation disasters, airline crashes remain rare, but children could easily get hurt if they are on a parent’s lap when a plane encounters turbulence.
Experts agree it’s safer for children younger than 2 years old to have their own plane seats and ride in approved car seats when flying, even if families have to pay for an extra ticket. But babies are still allowed to travel in laps, so parents continue doing it despite the risks.
“The saddest part is that most families who travel with a lap child think that because it’s allowed, it’s safe,” said former flight attendant Jan Brown, who had to look a mother in the face after she had just lost her 22-month-old son when their plane crashed and broke into several pieces near Sioux City, Iowa, in 1989.
Brown stopped that mother from climbing back into the wreckage of United Flight 232 after it came to rest upside down in a cornfield.
“I told her what I thought would stop her: that rescue workers would find him. And she just looked up at me and said, ‘You told me to put my baby on the floor. And I did. And he’s gone.’ And so I think that was the moment that I became a child seat advocate,” Brown said.
Of the four lap children on that plane, three were injured and the woman’s son was among the 112 people who died.
A 6-month-old boy traveling on a parent’s lap was killed in 2012 when a plane landed hard and overran the end of a runway in Nunavut, Canada. Last year, three infants on laps could have been sucked out of an Alaska Airlines plane after a door plug flew off midflight, but none were sitting close enough to the opening for that to happen. What do experts recommend?
The National Transportation Safety Board and its counterpart in Canada, the Transportation Safety Board, have long recommended that young children fly only in approved car seats to protect them. The Federal Aviation Administration also recommends the use of car seats but doesn’t require it despite lobbying from advocates.
In addition to those safety regulators, the American Academy of Pediatrics and most major airline trade groups and unions support requiring young children to fly in approved car seats.
The main crash investigators in the United States and Canada started recommending car seats for children under 2 and specialized restraint systems for older kids until they are taller than 40 inches after the deadly crashes in their countries decades ago.
“We’ve all been there at that point in your life when you’ve got young children. You’re not swimming in money. You’re trying to save nickels and dimes any way you can. And if you can avoid buying an extra seat, it’s a completely understandable reaction,” NTSB member Tom Chapman said. “It’s just that people don’t understand the risk that they are subjecting their child to by not buying that seat and properly restraining them.”
Not only is it safer for children to ride in their own seats, but it’s more enjoyable for parents who don’t have to hold a squirming baby for hours in the air.
Car seat expert and mother Michelle Pratt, who founded Safe in the Seat, said no matter how tempting it is to check that lap child box, families should get everyone a ticket.
“Your baby could cost less than your checked suitcase. Why not take advantage?” Pratt said. What do parents think?
Some parents like Clare Ronning aren’t convinced. After landing in Burbank, California, with her husband and 5-month-old baby Thursday, she said she doesn’t see a need for a car seat on a plane.
“I don’t really see the difference, personally,” said Ronning, who already has taken her daughter on six flights. “It just seems like another money grab.”
But Meredith Tobitsch never imagined flying without a seat for her 3-year-old daughter and won’t do it with her 14-month-old now, either, because of safety and practical concerns.
“If there was turbulence, your natural reflex would be to let go of your child,” said Tobitsch, who lives in Connecticut, adding that her oldest daughter always slept better in her car seat, making the flights much more enjoyable.
“Obviously, that does add to the cost of air travel for families, but it is a safety thing. At least for us, we’re fortunate to do that,” she said. Why isn’t it required?
The FAA relies on a study done in the 1990s to justify not requiring families to buy tickets for children younger than 2.
The rationale is that if families had to buy those extra tickets, more of them might drive instead of fly. Because driving is riskier than flying, that would mean more kids would die in car crashes than would be saved in planes if car seats and separate tickets were required.
Chapman with the NTSB thinks that logic is a stretch and the study should be revisited, particularly since airline tickets are more affordable today.
But parent Andrea Arredondo suggested there might be some truth to it, saying she might fly less if she had to buy a ticket and lug along a car seat for her 4-month-old when flying with her family and two older kids.
“I would be more likely to decrease our plane travel than bring a car seat,” Arredondo said, explaining she and her husband already have their hands full traveling with three kids, three car seats that they check, a stroller and play set.
Associated Press writers Jaimie Ding, Michael Casey and Kathleen Ronayne contributed to this report.
This article was generated from an automated news agency feed without modifications to text.
When it comes to rock legends, it’s fair to say Mick Jagger is up there with some of the best.
The musician, known for fronting The Rolling Stones, is responsible for some of the greatest rock songs of the last few decades. Now 81, he’s still adored by fans across the world but, when it comes to music, it turns out he has his own favourites too.
Fans recently got talking about the topic on Reddit when a user asked: “Who do you think is Mick Jagger’s favourite singer?” The question got a lot of people talking, and they were quick to share their ideas.
What some may not know though, is there is a simple answer to the question. One replied: “James Brown and Little Richard.”
Another had similar thoughts, writing: “James Brown would be high on the list.” A third also chimed in with: “Howlin’ Wolf, Muddy Waters and Elvis, at least when he was starting out.”
When it comes to his favourite singer though, the answer is simple. In fact, he previously spoke to Rolling Stone about it.
It turns out, back in 1950, Jagger and his future bandmate – Keith Richards – met at school. It wasn’t long before they became close friends but, four years later, Jagger’s family relocated and moved to Kent.
Then, 10 years later, they met each other by chance at Dartford Railway station and, as they chatted, it became clear they both shared a passion for American rhythm and blues music.
One artist in particular captivated them both – Little Richard. It’s a love that never died, and massively inspired The Rolling Stones in some ways.
Jagger told Rolling Stone: “His music still has the same raw electric energy when you play it now as it did when it first shot through the music scene in the mid-1950s.” He described Little Richard as the “biggest inspiration of [his] teen years”, but also noted he had a big impact on his career too.
Little Richard
Little Richard, who’s real name was Richard Wayne Penniman, was an American singer, pianist and songwriter. He was hugely influential in the world of music for decades until he passed away in 2020 at the age of 87.
He was dubbed the “Architect of Rock and Roll”, and his work dates way back to the 1950s when his charismatic showmanship and captivating music helped set the standard for rock and roll.
Richard’s clever, emotive vocalizations and uptempo rhythmic music was vital in helping other genres to grow, including soul and funk. He also played a vital role in shaping the development of rhythm and blues.
Some of his most famous hits include “Tutti Frutti” (1955) and “Long Tall Sally” (1956). The artist has inspired various musicians over the years, and continues to do so today.
After letting Ram and Chevrolet get the jump, Ford finally introduced a factory-backed right-hand drive F-150 in Australia in 2023.
Note: This is an updated version of a review that was first published in July 2024. There have been no major changes to pricing or specifications since then.
A mid-life refresh is expected to arrive shortly in the first quarter of 2025 (January to March inclusive).
We have updated key details such as pricing and specifications with the most up-to-date information available. Read the original version of this review here.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2024 Ford F-150 Lariat LWB
Teething problems aren’t unusual for a first-year model, but the F-150 has had more than its share between two stop-sales and multiple recalls. Ford is compensating owners who have had to endure them, as it works to rectify a number of predominantly lighting-related compliance breaches.
We hope for Ford’s sake these are the last hiccups in the F-150’s rollout. Why? For starters, we feel bad for buyers who have had to put up with this. But the F-150 is also a genuinely good pickup truck that more than stacks up against the Ram 1500 and Chevrolet Silverado 1500.
Ford Australia launched the F-150 in just two trim levels and in two lengths, to keep things simple and avoid additional issues.
The short-wheelbase XLT on test is as basic as a Ford F-150 gets in Australia, complete with cloth seats, halogen headlights, and regular cruise control.
Ok, so it’s not a farm truck – it still comes with features like power-adjustable front seats and blind-spot monitoring, after all. But in a market where buyers are snapping up Silverado LTZs and Ram 1500 Limiteds, not to mention top-spec versions of ‘regular-sized’ utes, the XLT stands out in either a good or bad way, depending on your point of view.
If you’ve read the comments of almost any Ford Australia social media post, you will have seen angry remarks from people who say they won’t buy an F-150 without a V8.
We suspect many of these buyers are the same who deride any Mustang without a V8, even though that vehicle has been offered with four- or six-cylinder power since the very first year.
You can still buy a V8 F-150 in North America, with a 5.0-litre V8 available, not to mention the supercharged 5.2-litre of the Raptor R.
But Americans got over the must-have-a-V8 thing years ago. While six-cylinder engines have been available in typically low-spec F-150s for decades, the first twin-turbo V6 model launched in the US in 2011.
Both the 3.5-litre offered here and the smaller 2.7-litre accounted for around 60 per cent of US-market F-150 sales in 2020.
Do we miss the burble of a V8? Sure. But our advice is to get over it, as the V6 is a very good thing. Besides, Ram is ditching its V8 and Toyota already has, leaving just GM if you simply must have a bent-eight.
Note: The F-150s pictured in this article haven’t received the rectification work
How does the Ford F-150 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Ford F-150 against similarly sized vehicles.
Ford
F-150
How much does the Ford F-150 cost?
For now, the F-150 is offered here with just one engine and two trim levels – XLT and Lariat – though both are available in either short- or long-wheelbase guise.
XLT LWB (left) and XLT SWB (right)
Model
Price before on-road costs
Ford F-150 XLT SWB
$106,950
Ford F-150 XLT LWB
$107,945
Ford F-150 Lariat SWB
$139,950
Ford F-150 Lariat LWB
$140,945
To see how the Ford F-150 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What is the Ford F-150 like on the inside?
Let’s talk about the F-150’s tub first. After all, this is a load hauler, right?
Lariat SWB shown
The tub in the short-wheelbase F-150 measures 1705mm long, 1656mm wide (1285mm between the arches) and 543mm tall. If you step up to the long-wheelbase model, you get an extra 300mm of length.
You get tie-down points in all F-150 models, plus a spray-in bedliner. Only Lariat models get a 12V socket back here, however. The Lariat also boasts a power-opening and closing tailgate.
If you need help clambering up into the XLT’s tub, Ford has included a helpful step that folds out of the tailgate. A pole also lifts up to give you something to grab onto.
It reminds me of the old wives’ tale of NASA spending buckets of money on a pen for astronauts while Russian cosmonauts simply used a pencil.
In short, it seems like a more complicated, likely more expensive to produce solution to a problem Ford Australia solved in the Ranger by just cutting out a bit of the bumper to create a step.
More complex or not, it works well. Another neat touch is the incorporation of a ruler in the moulding of the tailgate – and while this is an American truck, there is thankfully a metric ruler. There are also spaces to slot a drink and pencils.
The courtesy white lamps next to the centre high-mounted brake light will be disabled as part of Ford Australia’s rectification work, as they fall foul of Australian Design Rules (ADRs).
The XLT has always missed out on the Lariat’s clever Zone Lighting feature, as seen on the Ranger. However, Ford says it’s removing Zone Lighting from all Lariat models as it doesn’t meet ADRs.
The base F-150 also has a bright white LED light on the outside of the tailgate, but this appears to be spared from Ford’s required rectification works.
It’s easy to step up into the cabin thanks to the side steps and easy-to-grip grab handles.
Visibility out of the F-150 is excellent, with the front of the cabin feeling particularly airy thanks to the beltline dip towards the mirror – a design cue that’s been on F-150s for 20 years now.
Those doors are comfortable to lean on, too, with all four of the F-150’s doors featuring soft-touch trim up top. The interior is otherwise primarily finished in hard plastic, but it looks functional yet handsome.
No, it doesn’t look upmarket, not helped by the 8.0-inch touchscreen that looks positively lost in the huge dashboard, but overall the interior feels a step above that of the Ranger.
There are a swag of different interior materials used here – on the dashboard alone there at least five – and the trim pieces near the power window controls on the doors look a bit like 1990s Laminex.
Despite this, the interior isn’t too fussy, nor does it look cheap. Those are cloth seats, but the patterned inserts and two-tone grey colour scheme makes them attractive – at least to my eyes. They’re power-adjustable and comfortable, too.
Most importantly, everything feels well screwed together. We didn’t observe any creaks or rattles in the cabin, with the only build quality issue being a bit of plastic flash around the combined light/wiper stalk.
Speaking of things sprouting out of the steering column, the F-150 has a traditional column shifter unlike the console-mounted levers or dials found in rivals. It doesn’t feel cheap like the one in the pre-update Silverado, and is solid and satisfying to use, though getting it in and out of park is a little awkward.
Ahead of the driver is an 8.0-inch instrument cluster screen and analogue gauges, instead of a 12.0-inch fully digital setup like in the Lariat.
While that doesn’t sound as fancy, this is an attractive, legible cluster, and one of the best mixes of analogue and digital. We especially love the attractive blue needles.
The infotainment touchscreen is only an 8.0-inch unit instead of a 12.0-inch one like in the Lariat, which also makes it a step down from the cheaper Ranger.
The controls are all easy to reach, and there are chunky dials for things like volume and climate control adjustment and drive mode selection. Most of the headlight controls are to the right-hand side of the steering column.
As is typical of a Ford, the cabin is bathed in soft, blue lighting. And as is typical of an American pickup, there’s storage aplenty.
While that doesn’t sound as fancy, this is an attractive, legible cluster, and one of the best mixes of analogue and digital. We especially love the attractive blue needles.
The infotainment touchscreen is only an 8.0-inch unit instead of a 12.0-inch one like in the Lariat, which also makes it a step down from the cheaper Ranger.
The controls are all easy to reach, and there are chunky dials for things like volume and climate control adjustment and drive mode selection. Most of the headlight controls are to the right-hand side of the steering column.
As is typical of a Ford, the cabin is bathed in soft, blue lighting. And as is typical of an American pickup, there’s storage aplenty.
The back seat puts the Ranger’s to shame, and there’s a completely flat floor plus USB-A and USB-C outlets and cupholders at the rear of the centre console.
There are also cupholders in the rear doors, though they’re a bit squared-off. We didn’t try, but we suspect a Farmer’s Union would fit perfectly.
Ford has fitted its SecuriCode keyless entry keypad on the F-150, allowing you to enter a keycode to unlock the vehicle instead of using your key.
It’s a clever feature which Ford introduced all the way back in 1980, and which few bothered to copy. But RMA Automotive, could you not have moved the keypad to the driver’s side?
Dimensions
Ford F-150 XLT SWB
Length
5884mm
Height
1995mm
Width
2430mm (2030mm excl. mirrors)
Wheelbase
3694mm
Tub length
1705mm (at floor) 1662mm (top of tub)
Tub width
1656mm 1285mm (between arches)
Tub height
543mm
To see how the Ford F-150 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
While there are twin-turbo V6 hybrid, electric, and V8 powertrains offered in North America, for now Ford Australia is offering only the twin-turbo 3.5-litre EcoBoost V6.
Specifications
Ford F-150 XLT SWB
Engine
3.5L twin-turbo V6
Power
298kW @ 6000rpm
Torque
678Nm @ 3100rpm
Transmission
10-speed automatic
Drive type
Part-time four-wheel drive
Fuel economy (claimed)
12.5L/100km
Fuel economy (observed)
13.9L/100km (inner-city, suburban, highway loop) 13.4L/100km (over a week of mixed driving)
Fuel tank size
136 litres
Fuel requirement
91-octane regular unleaded
Braked towing capacity
4500kg
Kerb weight
2451kg
Gross vehicle mass (GVM)
3220kg
Payload
769kg
Ground clearance
239mm
Approach angle
24.3 degrees
Departure angle
25.3 degrees
Breakover angle
20.0 degrees
This actually out-punches the Coyote V8 offered overseas, which has the same amount of power but 122Nm less torque. Ford might brand the engine EcoBoost, but it’s not much more efficient in real-world driving than rival V8s.
Across the same drive loop – albeit with slightly different traffic conditions – we achieved 13.7L/100km in a Silverado ZR2, and 13.8L/100km in a Ram 1500 Laramie Sport.
The F-150’s payload figure isn’t anything grand. As is quite common for these full-sized American pickup trucks in Australia, the F-150 can’t carry as much as some smaller utes, and you’re going to hit that maximum figure quite quickly once you start loading up the cabin with people and the tub with their stuff.
It can tow more than a HiLux-class ute, however, with a braked towing capacity of 4500kg.
To see how the Ford F-150 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How does the Ford F-150 drive?
The F-150 is one refined pickup truck. It’s almost as though Ford wanted to counter complaints of the absence of a V8 by making the V6 as smooth as possible.
When the vehicle is idling and you’re outside, it has a lovely, burbly exhaust note.
Once you get inside, however, you barely hear the engine. The predominant sound of the engine is the faint whistle of the turbochargers. What you can otherwise hear of the engine sounds good, but it’s exceptionally quiet.
The cabin is even quiet at highway speeds. There’s a bit of tyre roar, but surprisingly little wind noise despite the huge, chunky exterior mirrors.
The engine mightn’t make a lot of noise, but it produces a lot of thrust. The twin-turbo V6 is effortlessly powerful, and frankly you won’t miss a V8.
The 10-speed auto shifts smoothly and unobtrusively for the most part, and helpfully tells you what gear you’re in at any given moment.
The auto will shift to the highest possible gear for the sake of efficiency, and we did observe an annoying habit of holding onto seventh gear on steep descents.
In response, I wanted to manually shift gears… but Ford makes this exceedingly difficult. It uses the stupid plus/minus buttons some American brands seem so enamoured with, which never feel as intuitive as flicking a paddle or moving a shifter.
Making this even worse is that they are placed on the column shifter, where they’re obscured by the rim of the steering wheel, and you have to awkwardly reach over to press them. Using these feels as awkward as picking something out of soup with your fingers.
Also awkward is parking the vehicle. In XLT guise, the F-150 has only a washed-out reversing camera and rear parking sensors.
There’s no front camera, nor are there front sensors, which isn’t ideal given the front kind of slopes away and then drops off like a cliff, making it hard to judge where the vehicle ends.
A vehicle this large is already going to be a hassle to park, and the absence of these features is keenly felt.
The steering also doesn’t lighten up much at low speeds, while you seem to reach full lock quickly, making it feel especially cumbersome to park.
Despite this, once you awkwardly manoeuvre out of a tight carpark and get out on the open road, it doesn’t feel too cumbersome.
The steering is nicely weighted, and has some heft to it without being too high-effort. It’s a bit of a cliche, but the F-150 does shrink around you.
On some narrower country roads the F-150’s width was noticed – more so by a colleague in the car behind me, who commented it looked like it was going to fall off the road edge.
On these rural roads, the F-150 proved exceptionally comfortable. Once in a while, the rear fidgets a smidge, and there’s a touch of frame shake. So, it’s still a ute then, but this is one very cushy ute.
It manages to offer a pliant ride without ever feeling uncontrolled, with only a bit of float over, say, rural bridges.
The F-150 is a vehicle you can point at a poorly surfaced road and it’ll just gobble it up, loping along utterly fuss-free. Pothole? What pothole?
You’re never jolted around in the F-150, and it proved comfortable when we took it off road as well.
We took the F-150 on some dirt forestry trails, as well as some rockier, more challenging trails, getting it muddy in the process.
It’s going to feel a bit wide on some trails, but it always felt comfortable and surefooted. We didn’t take it on anything so challenging we needed to pop it into 4L or lock the rear differential, but that equipment is there if you need it.
You can also toggle between slippery, deep snow, sand and mud/ruts drive modes, as well as normal, eco and tow/haul modes. These are all activated via a chunky rotary dial.
One significant drawback, particularly if you travel a lot through rural areas, is the use of halogen headlights.
Also, unlike the Lariat, the four-wheel drive system in the XLT is only a part-time setup, so there’s no 4A mode you can use on pavement.
All F-150 models in Australia come with Ford Pro Trailer Back-Up Assist.
This allows you to effectively steer your trailer instead of your vehicle provided you equip a yaw sensor to your trailer and then program its parameters on the touchscreen, which you then use to see what’s going on behind you.
In previous testing of this feature, we found it to be clever but unfortunately a bit harder to use in XLT models due to their smaller, lower-resolution touchscreen.
To see how the Ford F-150 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What do you get?
There’s quite a bit less standard kit in the XLT than the Lariat, but for around $33,000 more the top-spec F-150 would want to have more equipment…
F-150 XLT standard equipment:
Integrated trailer brake controller
4.5t-rated tow hitch and 70mm tow ball
Pro Trailer Back-up Assist
Electronic locking rear differential
2 x front recovery hooks
Skid plates for front differential, transfer case and fuel tank
20-inch alloy wheels in 275/60 R20 BSW ATT all-terrain tyres
18-inch alloy spare wheel
Automatic halogen headlights
Tailgate step, ruler
Spray-in tub liner
Electronic park brake
Keypad entry
Proximity entry with push-button start
FordPass Connect
Rear privacy glass
Cloth upholstery
12-way power driver’s seat with power lumbar
10-way power passenger seat with power lumbar
Power-adjustable pedals
Dual-zone climate control
8.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
8.0-inch digital instrument cluster screen
Satellite navigation
DAB+ digital radio
7-speaker sound system
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel adjustment
Electro-chromatic rear-view mirror
Storage under rear seats
To see how the Ford F-150 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
Is the Ford F-150 safe?
The Ford F-150 has never been tested by ANCAP. In its home market however, the 2024 Ford F-150 wears a ‘Top Safety Pick’ rating from the US’s Insurance Institute for Highway Safety (IIHS)
Standard safety equipment includes:
Autonomous emergency braking
Blind-spot monitoring with trailer tow coverage
Lane-keep assist
Rear cross-traffic alert with trailer tow coverage
Reversing camera
Rear parking sensors
Tyre pressure monitoring
Front, front-side and curtain airbags
F-150 Lariat adds:
Adaptive cruise control with stop/go
Lane centring
Evasive steering assist
Front parking sensors
Surround-view camera
Traffic-sign recognition
To see how the Ford F-150 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How much does the Ford F-150 cost to run?
The F-150 is backed by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Running costs
Ford F-150 XLT SWB
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Service intervals
12 months or 15,000 kilometres
Capped-price servicing
4 years
Total capped-price service cost
$1716
Average capped-price service cost
$429
Servicing is required every 12 months or 15,000 kilometres, whichever comes first, with the first four services capped at $429 each. That’s in stark contrast with rival Ram and Chevrolet pickups, where there’s no capped-price servicing available.
To see how the Ford F-150 stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Ford F-150
The Ford F-150 is a very good pickup truck that has been let down by a lousy rollout.
Not only did Ford wait until after GM and Stellantis entered the pickup market in Australia, it also used a different company for the local remanufacturing that has made some rookie errors when it comes to compliance.
One wonders why Ford didn’t simply use Walkinshaw, as GM, Stellantis and Toyota have done. If this was to save a buck, between recalls, compliance fixes and stop-sales that call has backfired spectacularly.
We hope this is the last of the issues with the F-150’s local remanufacturing, as this deserves to be as successful as the likes of the 1500 and Silverado.
Ok, so the smaller engine doesn’t work out to be that much more efficient in real-world use than the Ram 1500’s V8, and it doesn’t sound as good.
The XLT also has some strange feature omissions for a vehicle this expensive – the lack of front parking sensors and a front camera, for example, make this a real pain to park.
But this is an impressively refined vehicle which, parking aside, is particularly user-friendly. It’s powerful and comfortable, while undercutting its major rivals on price and offering a more generous after-sales package.
The Ford F-Series pickup range is the US’ best-selling vehicle for a reason, and it’s a shame that a clumsy rollout may have damaged the truck’s reputation.
Interested in buying a Ford F-150? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Shaktikanta Das, who is a former Reserve Bank of India Governor, was appointed Principal Secretary to Prime Minister Narendra Modi
Shaktikanta Das served as the 25th governor of the Reserve Bank of India from 2018 to 2024. (Source: PTI)
Former Reserve Bank of India Governor Shaktikanta Das was appointed Principal Secretary to Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Saturday. With this announcement, his career was further elevated to a new height.
This will be the first time there will be two principal secretaries to the prime minister with PK Mishra already holding one of the positions since 2019.
Who Is Shaktikanta Das?
67-year-old Shaktikanta Das is a 1980-batch IAS officer who completed his term as RBI’s governor last December after it was extended in 2021.
Das earlier held the positions of revenue secretary and economic affairs secretary in the government before he was appointed as the RBI governor in 2018.
Shaktikanta Das was born in Odisha ‘s Bhubaneswar on February 26, 1957. He completed his Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees in history from St Stephen’s College in Delhi.
Das, who is a former IAS officer of the 1980-batch Tamil Nadu cadre, had earlier worked for the Tamil Nadu government as well as the central government.
As an RBI Governor for six years, Das steered the economy of India through turbulent phases which included geopolitical tensions, high inflation and the Covid-19 pandemic.
Das was ranked among the top three central bankers for two consecutive years by Global Finance magazine and was also awarded an ‘A+’ rating in its 2024 Central Banker Report Cards.
He was reappointed because of his effective management in controlling inflation and facing challenging monetary conditions and his term was extended for an additional three years in 2021.
During his last four years as RBI governor, Das played a major role in managing an economic growth rate of over 7%.
He also played a pivotal role in leading the demonetisation initiative under the leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi in 2016.
Das had earlier served as the Secretary for both the Department of Economic Affairs and the Department of Revenue.
After he retired, Das was appointed as a Member of the 15th Finance Commission and he took over the role of India’s G20 Sherpa.
While working in the Ministry of Finance, Das played an active role in preparing the eight Union Budgets.
He also represented India as its Alternate Governor at various international financial institutions like the Asian Development Bank (ADB), the World Bank, the New Development Bank (NDB), and the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB).
He also became the face of India at various global forums like the IMF, G20, BRICS, and SAARC.
News business Who Is Shaktikanta Das? Former RBI Governor And Now Principal Secretary To PM Modi
Shiba Inu (SHIB) the top meme coin is showing strong bullish potential with a confirmed double-bottom pattern and rising open interest.
Shiba Inu (SHIB) Price Prediction for February 23
After a notable price drop following Bybit’s $1.4 billion crypto heist, the overall cryptocurrency market appears to be recovering. Amid this, Shiba Inu (SHIB), the popular and second-largest meme coin, is poised for significant upside momentum due to a bullish price action pattern forming on the daily timeframe.
Shiba Inu (SHIB) Technical Analysis
According to expert technical analysis, SHIB appears bullish as its daily chart is forming a bullish double-bottom price action pattern. Additionally, its technical indicators have flashed a bullish divergence, signaling potential upside momentum.
Further strengthening this outlook, the meme coin has also formed a bullish engulfing candlestick pattern, reinforcing its bullish potential.
Source: Trading View
SHIB Price Prediction
Based on recent price action and historical patterns, if the meme coin closes a daily candle above the $0.00001565 level, there is a strong possibility it could soar by 30% to reach the $0.000020 level.
During the rally, the meme coin initially surged 10% to confirm the double-bottom pattern. Once this pattern is breached, the meme coin could continue its upward momentum to hit the $0.000020 level.
Despite this bullish outlook, the meme coin remains below the 200 Exponential Moving Average (EMA) on the daily timeframe, indicating that the asset is still in a downtrend.
Current Price Momentum
SHIB is currently trading near $0.00001565 and has surged over 5.10% in the past 24 hours. However, during the same period, its trading volume dropped by 32%, indicating lower participation from traders and investors compared to the previous day.
Mixed On-Chain Metrics
With this bullish price action, the sentiment among traders and long-term investors appears to differ. Data from Coinglass suggests that traders are bullish, as they seem to be taking advantage of the current price momentum, leading to increased long positions and a 6% jump in the meme coin’s open interest.
Meanwhile, long-term holders have been dumping their holdings. According to data, exchanges have witnessed an inflow of $1.21 million worth of the meme coin in the past 24 hours, indicating a potential sell-off.
Source:
Combining all these metrics with technical analysis, it appears that bulls are currently dominating the asset, and the meme coin could soon skyrocket.
The Department of Consumer Affairs (DoCA) on Saturday said that it has refunds amounting to ₹1.56 crore for over 600 aspirants and students in the education sector. These students, enrolled in coaching centres for Civil Services, Engineering Courses and other programmes, were earlier denied rightful refunds despite following the terms and conditions set by the coaching institutes, it said in a statement.
The students filed their complaints with the National Consumer Helpline (NCH), which facilitated a streamlined process for dispute resolution.
“The swift action by the Department has helped students receive compensation for unfulfilled services, late classes, or cancelled courses, ensuring they do not bear the financial burden of unfair business practices,” it said in a statement.
Also read: Shaktikanta Das to be second Principal Secretary to PM
It has also directed all coaching centres to adopt a student-centric approach and has mandated clear, transparent refund policies to protect student’s financial interests. It has also stated that coaching institutes cannot deny legitimate refund claims and urged them to uphold consumer rights.
“By resolving grievances at the pre-litigation stage, NCH has helped prevent the escalation of disputes, offering an effective and accessible alternative to formal legal proceedings. This service has proven especially beneficial for students, who now have a dependable avenue to safeguard their interests,” it added.
Looking for the most recent Strands answer? Click here for our daily Strands hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Mini Crossword, Wordle, Connections and Connections: Sports Edition puzzles.
Today’s NYT Strands puzzle is a fun one. Are fewer people participating in this certain hobby these days, I wonder? Maybe it depends on the item in question. If you need more hints and answers, read on.
I go in depth about the rules for Strands in this story.
If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections and Mini Crossword answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: NYT Connections Turns 1: These Are the 5 Toughest Puzzles So Far
Hint for today’s Strands puzzle
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
Today’s Strands theme is: Oh, this old thing?
If that doesn’t help you, here’s a clue: Some choose baseball cards for this hobby.
Clue words to unlock in-game hints
Your goal is to find hidden words that fit the puzzle’s theme. If you’re stuck, find any words you can. Every time you find three words of four letters or more, Strands will reveal one of the theme words. These are the words I used to get those hints, but any words of four or more letters that you find will work:
These are the answers that tie into the theme. The goal of the puzzle is to find them all, including the spangram, a theme word that reaches from one side of the puzzle to the other. When you’ve got all of them (I originally thought there were always eight but learned that the number can vary), every letter on the board will be used. Here are the nonspangram answers:
COIN, COMIC, STAMP, VINYL, PLUSHIE, BOBBLEHEAD.
Today’s Strands spangram
Today’s Strands spangram is COLLECTIBLES. To find it, start with the C that’s three letters to the right on the bottom row, and wind up.
The completed NYT Strands puzzle for Feb. 23, 2025, #357.
Two centenarians broke the Guinness World Record for longest marriage of a living couple, as reported by Jam Press and confirmed by LongeviQuest, a database on the life and times of the world’s oldest people.
Manoel Angelim Dino, 105, first met Maria de Sousa Dino, 101, while collecting sweets in Brazil in 1936. They remained acquaintances until they met again in 1940.
When the couple reunited, Manoel said he fell in love at first sight. He declared his sentiments to Maria, who felt the same. The couple has now been happily married for 84 years and 85 days.
ONE MAN KNOWS THE SECRETS OF LIVING A LONG, HEALTHY LIFE, AND IT’S ALL ABOUT ONE ACTIVITY
Maria’s mother was unsure of the couple’s union at first, according to Jam Press. Manoel quickly won her favor after building a house for himself, Maria and their future family.
Maria de Sousa Dino, 101, and Manoel Angelim Dino, 105, have been together for 84 years, breaking the previous Guinness World Record.(Jam Press)
By this time, World War II was breaking out in Europe. Back in Brazil, the couple grew tobacco to support their 13 children.
10 TIPS TO LIVE TO BE 100: ‘FAR MORE THAN WISHFUL THINKING,’ SAY LONGEVITY EXPERTS
Today, the family has expanded to include 55 grandchildren, 54 great-grandchildren and 12 great-great-grandchildren.
Manoel and Maria now spend their time at home enjoying the life they’ve built.
Manoel Angelim Dino, 105, said he fell in love with his wife at first sight.(Jam Press)
Due to his age, Manoel spends most of his time resting. However, he gets up every evening to sit with his wife in their living room, where they listen to a rosary prayer on the radio followed by Mass on television, according to LongeviQuest.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
When asked about the secret to their long marriage, Maria simply said: “Love. And that’s something even the most advanced computer could never calculate.”
Manoel Angelim Dino and Maria de Sousa Dino were born on July 17, 1919, and April 23, 1923, respectively, in Boa Viagem, Ceará, Brazil.(Jam Press)
The previous record was held by an American couple, Herbert Fisher, born in 1905, and Zelmyra Fisher, born in 1907. They were together for 86 years and 290 days until Herbert passed away on February 27, 2011, according to Guinness.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
The longest-ever recorded marriage belongs to David Jacob Hiller, born in 1789, and Sarah Davy Hiller, born in 1792.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
After tying the knot in Canada in 1809, their union lasted an incredible 88 years and 349 days until Sarah passed away in 1898, Guinness stated.
Khloe Quill is a lifestyle production assistant with Fox News Digital. She and the lifestyle team cover a range of story topics including food and drink, travel, and health.
McDonald’s is usually simply associated with different burgers, crispy fries and a variety of beverages. The American multinational company, like many fast food chains, tends to remind us of the standardization of experiences. But beyond the usual drive-throughs and golden arches, some McDonald’s outlets worldwide offer truly unique dining experiences. One such extraordinary location is in New Zealand, where a McDonald’s in Taupo is housed inside an aeroplane. An Instagram user recently visited this remarkable eating joint and her reel has gone viral.
Also Read: This ‘Unique’ Airplane-Themed Restaurant In Bengaluru Has Social Media Abuzz
The McDonald’s store located in Taupo resembles an actual airplane. Even the signboard outside the restaurant confirms that the outlet is the “World’s coolest McDonald’s chosen from 34,000 restaurants.” Inside, is a whole new world. The seating arrangement is quintessential of an Airbus, equipped with elongated windows where customers can relish everything from Big Macs to Chicken McNuggets while enjoying the view outside. A glimpse of the D3 plane’s cockpit is another standout feature.
The viral video has received a lot of interest online. Reacting to the video, a user commented, “Oh how unique!”
“Okay, I don’t go to McDonald’s but I’d go to this McDonald’s. So cool,” wrote another.
A person noted, “Wooow having a meal is just really something beautiful.”
A foodie revealed, “Had my hokey pokey Mcflurry and latte in there!!”
An individual shared that the outlet was “Next to Lake Taupo.”
Many found the McDonald’s restaurant to be super “fun.”
Also Read: ‘Getting McMarried’: US Couple’s Wedding Goes Viral for Serving McDonald’s Burgers And Fries
Here Are 4 Other Unique McDonald’s Outlets Around The World:
1. Roswell, New Mexico, USA
This New Mexico city embraced the extraterrestrial theme with its UFO-shaped McDonald’s restaurant. Featuring intergalactic decor this outlet is also known as the “flying saucer McDonald’s”. It houses the iconic Ronald McDonald statue dressed up in a spacesuit.
2. Paris, France
Nestled in the streets of Rue Saint-Lazare, this Parisian McDonald’s is housed in a historic building. The place was previously a restaurant called Au Roi de la Biere (The King of Beer). Established in 1892 it is now a UNESCO World Heritage site. Artworks featuring a king holding a pint of beer and a stork on the roof add an element of uniqueness to the outlet.
3. Budapest, Hungary
If the New Zealand McDonald’s is the world’s coolest, then the Budapest one is the world’s most beautiful. It was reopened inside the age-old Nyugati Railway Station recently and boasts stunning decor including ornately painted stucco ceilings, antique lamps and sparkling copper light fixtures.
4. Porto, Portugal
Once you enter this Porto-based McDonald’s, your eyes will automatically drift toward the giant bronze eagle sculpture by Portuguese sculptor Henrique Moreira. Crystal chandeliers and giant stained glass windows will give off a celestial vibe.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-02-22/Wang-Yi-asks-Australia-to-respect-China-s-core-interests-1BcEmf91rUs/img/c12e9173bab147e898530a59cc9cc529/c12e9173bab147e898530a59cc9cc529.png' alt='Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi (R) meets Australian Foreign Minister Penny Wong on the sidelines of the G20 Foreign Ministers' Meeting in Johannesburg, South Africa, February 21, 2025. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi met with Australian Foreign Minister Penny Wong on Friday to discuss bilateral ties on the sidelines of the Group of 20 (G20) Foreign Ministers’ Meeting in Johannesburg, South Africa.
While appreciating Australia’s repeated commitment to the one-China principle, Wang, also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, said he hopes that the Australian side will continue to respect China’s core interests and major concerns, safeguard the political foundation of the bilateral relationship and properly manage their differences.
Wang pointed out that under the strategic guidance of the leaders of the two countries, China-Australia relations have stabilized, adding that the return of China-Australia relations to a path of sound and stable development serves the common interests of both sides and aligns with the aspirations of their peoples.
China is willing to work with Australia to build a more mature, stable and fruitful comprehensive strategic partnership, he noted.
In the face of the current complex and volatile international situation, China maintains that all countries should practice true multilateralism, and that major countries in particular should take the lead in firmly opposing efforts to reverse the course of history and resist a return to the “law of the jungle,” Wang stressed.
He also said China is ready to work with the international community, including Australia, to defend the victorious outcomes of World War II and uphold the international system with the United Nations at its core.
Wong, for her part, said that at present, China and Australia have made positive strides in various fields of interaction, with economic and trade relations fully recovered, sending positive signals.
Australia adheres to the one-China policy and is willing to continue to strengthen cooperation with China in areas that serve their respective national interests, uphold the international rule of law and strategic security, and jointly address global challenges, she said.
The office stock in Chennai is likely to cross 100 million sq ft by the end of 2026. Total office stock in Chennai currently stands at over 89 million sq ft, the fifth largest in India as of December 2024, says a report.
CBRE South Asia Pvt. Ltd, India’s leading real estate consulting firm, and CII Tamil Nadu on Thursday released a joint report titled, ‘Tamil Nadu: The State of Unlimited Possibilities’, at the Infrastructure Summit 2025 The report points out that PE investments in Chennai’s office assets touched around $1.20 billion in the last two years (2022-24).
The growing demand for modern office spaces has led to a surge in campus-style developments in recent years in Chennai, appealing to both global and domestic corporates.
The influx of capital and the entry of prominent developers have facilitated the construction of high-quality office buildings, providing various space options for occupiers. The strong market confidence, coupled with an efficient public transportation network, has resulted in a widespread distribution of office activity across the city. Chennai’s office market, once dominated by the technology corporates, is witnessing a shift towards the BFSI and life sciences sectors. Existing technology firms in the city have established a strong infrastructure, creating an attractive environment for other industries, the report said.
Chennai is positioning itself as a major hub for Global Capability Centres (GCCs) and is ranked third in GCC leasing after Bengaluru and Hyderabad (2022-24). US firms were the most active in setting up GCCs during this period.
Tamil Nadu, currently hosting over 250 GCCs, presents a compelling proposition for businesses seeking to establish or expand their global operations. GCC leasing in Chennai stood at around 2.9 million sq ft. in 2024. With its attractive incentives, strong talent pool, robust corporate ecosystem, and abundant quality office space, the state has solidified its position as a preferred destination for GCCs, the report said.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
APPLE je ovog tjedna ažurirao svoju ponudu iPhonea za 2025., a u rujnu stižu iPhone 17, iPhone 17 Pro i ultratanka verzija koja bi mogla nositi naziv iPhone 17 Air. No, do tada postoji jedan ključan savjet – ako planirate kupnju iPhonea, možda je bolje preskočiti iPhone 15.
Trenutačna linija uključuje iPhone 16 Pro, iPhone 16, iPhone 16e i iPhone 15. Na prvi pogled, iPhone 15 se čini kao solidan izbor, ali zapravo nije. Ako razmišljate o kupnji tog modela, bolja odluka je iPhone 16e.
Zašto?
Portal 9to5Mac navodi da je iPhone 15 skuplji od iPhonea 16e, a nudi jednaku količinu pohrane. Osim toga, njegova baterija traje šest sati kraće pri reprodukciji videa. Ne podržava Apple Intelligence, dok iPhone 16e tu opciju ima. Također, iPhone 15 pokreće stariji A16 Bionic čip sa 6 GB RAM-a, dok iPhone 16e ima noviji A18 čip i 8 GB RAM-a, što mu osigurava bolju brzinu i dugovječnost.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Istina, iPhone 15 ima nekoliko prednosti – dolazi u atraktivnim bojama, puni se brže bežično zahvaljujući MagSafeu i ima dodatnu kameru za široke kadrove. No, ako kupujete iPhone 15, zapravo već odbijate iPhone 16, koji ima sve to i još više.
Ako vam je najvažnija vrijednost za uloženi novac i dugotrajnost uređaja, iPhone 16e je bolji izbor. Ne samo da je jeftiniji, već će zahvaljujući snažnijem hardveru vjerojatno dulje dobivati softverska ažuriranja. S obzirom na to da iPhone X, koji ne djeluje toliko staro, već ne podržava najnoviji iOS 18, jasno je koliko je važno odabrati model s najboljim omjerom cijene i buduće podrške.
Zaključak? Ako kupujete novi iPhone 2025., preskočite iPhone 15 i odaberite iPhone 16e. Uštedjet ćete novac, a istovremeno dobiti moderniji i dugotrajniji uređaj.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The first time Darcy Kuemper played for the Kings, he played well. He just didn’t play often.
As the backup to Jonathan Quick, who became the winningest American-born goalie in NHL history, Kuemper saw less ice time than the Zamboni driver in the half-season he spent in L.A. Yet he lost just once in regulation in 15 starts and had a better save percentage and goals-against average than Quick.
Which is to say he played well enough to start. But he wasn’t going to do that with the Kings.
“Goalie’s a tough position,” Kuemper said. “Only one guy gets to play.”
So rather than let Kuemper, then 27, languish on the end of the bench, Rob Blake, the Kings’ first-year general manager, traded him to Arizona with 22 games left in the 2017-18 season. It was the move that redefined a career that has come full circle, with Kuemper returning to the Kings last summer to put together one of the best seasons in the NHL.
A backup in parts of six seasons in Minnesota and L.A., Kuemper became the No. 1 goalie for the Coyotes, trading the one-year, $650,000 contract he had with the Kings for a two-year, $3.7-million extension in Arizona, where he finished fifth in voting for the Vezina Trophy, awarded to the NHL’s top goaltender.
“Basically what happened was an opportunity,” Kuemper said. “Blake met with me and I was like ‘I don’t want to leave but I want to play more. I want to be a No. 1 in this league.’ So the trade happened.”
It wasn’t a totally altruistic move on the Kings’ part. Kuemper’s contract would have ended when the season did, so by trading him, Blake assured the team it would get something in return.
Still, it’s the thought that counts, Kuemper said.
“I’m forever grateful for him providing me with that opportunity,” he said. “He definitely didn’t have to.”
Kings goalie Darcy Kuemper is shining in his stint in Los Angeles.
(Lindsey Wasson / Associated Press)
“He knew our system, the way we like to play. He’s familiar with the organization. It made for a little bit more seamless transition.”
— Bill Ranford, Kings goaltending coach, on Darcy Kuemper
Now 35, he’s repaying that gratitude. After reuniting with the Kings in a trade primarily remembered for ridding the team of underperforming and overpaid center Pierre-Luc Dubois, Kuemper has a .919 save percentage that ranks third in the NHL among goalies with at least 30 starts while his GAA of 2.19 is second.
Plus he’s been getting better as the season has worn on. Since returning from a lower-body injury on Dec. 7, Kuemper had gone 12-4-3 heading into Saturday’s game with Utah, the Kings’ first after the two-week break for the 4 Nations Face-Off.
“He’s probably been our backbone,” Kings coach Jim Hiller said. “He’s just been very, very consistent. That’s really what you want in a goaltender: just to be pretty consistent.
“Stop the ones that we think he should stop, make a couple of great saves every once in a while and we’ll be good with that.”
Kuemper, a rangy 6-foot-5, butterfly-style goalie with good puck-handling skills, has done more than that. He’s turned a position that was a question mark, if not a liability, at the end of last season into a strength for a team with a defense-first mindset. None of that surprises Bill Ranford, the Kings’ director of goaltending, who had a say in the decision to bring Kuemper back.
“The numbers that he had the first time around were very good,” Ranford said of Kuemper, who was an All-Star in Arizona and won a Stanley Cup in Colorado before suffering through two injury-plagued seasons in Washington, where he lost more games than he won and registered the lowest save percentage and highest GAA of his 13-year career.
“He knew our system, the way we like to play. He’s familiar with the organization. It made for a little bit more seamless transition. And then, obviously, from my first time around with him, I felt I had an understanding of what he’s trying to do to get his game back on track.”
Kuemper, who learned of the trade when his wife, Sydney, knocked on the bathroom door with the news while he was showering, said the fact the Kings had the confidence to bring him back after two poor seasons meant a lot. So did the phone call from goalie coach Mike Buckley, who reached out to Kuemper immediately after the trade to offer some suggestions.
“There wasn’t any pushback,” Buckley said. “That was really a relief, that the changes that I thought would help him, he was totally in agreement.
“Credit to him for being open-minded.”
Kings goaltender Darcy Kuemper skates back to the net during a game against the Carolina Hurricanes on Feb. 1.
(Karl B DeBlaker / Associated Press)
Neither Kuemper nor Buckley would go into detail about those changes, but both said the goalie has been encouraged to use his instincts and play more freely.
“A big part of it too is just getting back to having fun,” Buckley said. “Taking that pressure off and enjoying what you do. Being present in the moment.”
Being present again in Southern California, a place Kuemper said he never wanted to leave, also has helped.
“You know there’s been a lot of good goalies stuck in a backup role. It’s hard to get that opportunity, to get the chance to be a No, 1 guy,” said Kuemper, who this month welcomed his and Sydney’s second child, a boy named Barrett.
“A lot of time it takes a trade or something. I’m very fortunate that I was able to get that chance.”
North Korea is apparently using ChatGPT, a generative artificial intelligence (AI) service developed by OpenAI of the United States, in its higher education AI studies, according to a media report on Saturday.
According to the report from Voice of Korea, a Pyongyang external propaganda outlet, members of an AI research institute at Kim Il Sung University were seen learning ChatGPT and its functionalities, reports Yonhap news agency.
Learning material used by the institute explained how ChatGPT generates text based on user input. Given North Korea’s heavily restricted internet access, it is unclear whether researchers have direct access to the service.
Han Chol-jin, a researcher at Kim Il Sung University, said the institute is focused on teaching ways to understand and acquire advanced technology and adapt it for domestic use.
Earlier this month, Choson Sinbo, a pro-Pyongyang newspaper based in Japan, reported on global AI developments and the growing concerns and restrictions surrounding China’s DeepSeek.
The outlet criticized Western restrictions on Chinese AI technologies, claiming they are part of an effort to limit China’s technological growth. It also stated that China has developed a low-cost AI model comparable to ChatGPT without advanced semiconductors.
Meanwhile, OpenAI said it has banned user accounts that were potentially used to facilitate a deceptive employment scheme possibly connected to North Korea, as it seeks to ensure its AI models are not utilised for malicious purposes.
In an updated report, the ChatGPT maker revealed that actors in question generated content consisting of personal documentation for fictitious “job applicants,” such as resumes, online job profiles and cover letters as it pointed to the North’s scheme to deploy IT workers overseas to create hard currency to support the Pyongyang regime.
“The activity we observed is consistent with the tactics, techniques and procedures Microsoft and Google attributed to an IT worker scheme potentially connected to North Korea,” the company said in the report, titled “Disrupting malicious uses of our models.”
“While we cannot determine the locations or nationalities of the actors, the activity we disrupted shared characteristics publicly reported in relation to North Korean state efforts to funnel income through deceptive hiring schemes, where individuals fraudulently obtain positions at Western companies to support the regime’s financial network,” it added.
Cape Town, the heart of the Western Cape, is a city where love is woven into every landscape and experience. The Western Cape provides an idyllic backdrop, from the sun-kissed vineyards of Stellenbosch to the coastal charm of Hermanus, the serene countryside of Oudtshoorn and the vibrant streets of Bo-Kaap.
Discover the magic of Cape Town: A love story written in every landscape.(Images by X)
Whether it is a sunset cruise, a scenic road trip or a secluded retreat, every experience here turns into a cherished chapter in the journey of love. Let us embark on a journey through this stunning region and discover its top attractions.
Visit Oudtshoorn – the Ostrich Capital
Nestled in the Klein Karoo region, Oudtshoorn is famously known as the ostrich capital of the world. This quirky town offers unique attractions that cater to both adventure seekers and those interested in wildlife.
A herd of ostriches runs on a street after breaking out of their enclosure outside Oudtshoorn, some 450 kilometres (279 miles) east of Cape Town. (Reuters/Alex Grimm)
You can take guided tours of ostrich farms where you can learn about these fascinating birds and even ride one if you are feeling adventurous! The Cango Caves are another highlight; exploring one of South Africa’s oldest tourist attractions reveals spectacular limestone formations featuring impressive stalactites and stalagmites.
For thrill-seekers, engaging in activities like zip-lining or quad biking through stunning landscapes adds an extra layer of excitement to your visit.
Experience Hermanus as a coastal paradise
For those who love marine life, Hermanus is an absolute paradise. Renowned for its whale watching opportunities, this coastal town attracts visitors from around the globe.
There he blows! Whale-spotting near the seaside town of Hermanus can be exciting
From June to November, Southern Right Whales can be seen from land or on boat tours—an unforgettable sight! Additionally, you can relax on pristine beaches like Gansbaai or Walker Bay which are perfect for sunbathing or swimming.
Strolling along scenic cliff paths that offer breathtaking views of the ocean and surrounding landscapes provides a serene experience that complements Hermanus’s vibrant coastal charm.
Discover Paarl, a blend of nature and history
Just a short drive from Stellenbosch lies Paarl, another jewel in the Western Cape’s crown. Known for its majestic granite rock formations and lush landscapes, Paarl offers a blend of natural beauty and historical significance.
A statue of Nelson Mandela stands outside the gates of Drakenstein Correctional Centre (formerly Victor Verster Prison), near Paarl in Western Cape province.Reuters/Finbarr O’Reilly
You can hike through scenic trails at Paarl Mountain Nature Reserve that offer panoramic views of the surrounding valleys and vineyards. Explore historic landmarks like the Afrikaans Language Monument, which celebrates the Afrikaans language’s rich history.
For wine lovers, visiting renowned wine estates such as Nederburg and KWV provides tastings and tours that delve into winemaking traditions, making Paarl an enriching experience for all.
Explore Bo-Kaap as a Cultural Mosaic
No visit to Cape Town would be complete without exploring the vibrant neighbourhood of Bo-Kaap. Known for its colourful houses and rich history, this area is a cultural melting pot that reflects Cape Town’s diverse heritage.
Indulge in traditional dishes like bobotie and koesisters at local eateries to experience Cape Malay cuisine firsthand. The Bo-Kaap Museum offers insights into the area’s history and its significance in South Africa’s cultural landscape.
The vibrant streets lined with brightly coloured houses provide endless opportunities for stunning photographs, making Bo-Kaap not just a place to visit but an experience that captures the essence of Cape Town’s diversity.
Explore Stellenbosch, the heart of wine country
Stellenbosch, often referred to as the wine capital of South Africa, is a must-visit for any wine enthusiast. This charming town is not only famous for its award-winning wineries but also for its stunning Cape Dutch architecture and vibrant arts scene.
A view of the idyllic town of Stellenbosch in South Africa. (Shutterstock)
Visitors can explore numerous vineyards, each offering unique wine-tasting experiences paired with gourmet food. Join guided tours that take you through picturesque vineyards where you can sample some of the best wines in the country.
Enjoy meals at top-notch restaurants that focus on local ingredients and innovative cuisine. Additionally, you can visit art galleries and museums that showcase the rich history and culture of the region, making Stellenbosch a delightful blend of taste and tradition.
The Western Cape is not just a destination; it is an experience that lingers long after you leave. So, pack your bags and set off on an unforgettable journey through one of South Africa’s most captivating regions!
Thanks to February being such a short month, the PS Plus Essentials for March will be revealed earlier than expected.
The March 2025 free PS4 and PS5 games will be officially unveiled by Sony at 4.30pm GMT UK time on the afternoon of February 26. The PlayStation Plus games will be available to download and install less than a week later.
Fans will be hoping for a better line-up than February, which was headlined by Payday 3.
With no leaks to speak of and the big reveal just a few days away, fans have been attempting to predict the line-up for March 2025.
Judging by the monthly predictions thread on Reddit, PS Plus subscribers are confident the line-up will be better than February.
Games with multiple picks include a selection of EA published releases like EA UFC 5, EA Sports FC 25 and F1 24.
All of the aforementioned games feel like solid picks, so we wouldn’t be surprised to see at least one of them make an appearance.
Another game that seems to be getting a lot of traction is Bethesda/Microsoft-published rhythm action game Hi-Fi Rush.
Cyberpunk adventure game Stray also gets a mention, alongside Wo Long Fallen Dynasty. Fallen Dynasty is leaving Xbox Game Pass in February, so a PS Plus release seems like a certainty.
Another game that keeps popping up is Hogwarts Legacy. Despite selling a bucketload of copies, the Harry Potter spinoff is starting to see big discounts, which makes a PS Plus appearance increasingly likely.
Assassin’s Creed Mirage is another popular pick, although it may be too close to the launch of Assassin’s Creed Shadows.
Elsewhere, fans are picking the likes of Robocop Rogue City, LEGO Bricktales, Banishers: Ghosts of New Eden, Hades, Atomic Heart, The Pathless, Psychonauts 2, Call of Duty Vanguard, Resident Evil Village, Tinykin, Harold Halibut, Indika, Pacific Drive and Chicory.
Guardians of the Galaxy, Terminator Salvation, Far Cry 6, Twelve Minutes, NBA 2K25, Mortal Kombat 1, Sonic Frontiers, Firewatch, Prince of Persia: The Lost Crown, Lords of the Fallen, Need for Speed Unbound and South Park Snow Day.
There are even a few picks for first-party games, such as The Last of Us Part 2, Marvel’s Spider-Man and Gran Turismo 7.
Some of the more unlikely picks include Star Wars Outlaws, Dragon Age Veilguard, Lies of P, Street Fighter 6, Final Fantasy 16, Elden Ring and Kingdom Come Deliverance.
As a reminder, the next games will be available from the morning of March 4. In the meantime, subscribers can redeem Payday 3, High on Life and Pac-Man World: Re-Pac.
Note: This is an updated version of a review first published in August 2024.
There have been major changes to pricing or specifications in the past months since publication, save for some minor pricing changes due to adjustments with the Luxury Car Tax (LCT) threshold.
We have updated key details, such as pricing, with the most up-to-date information available. Read the original version of this review here.
The Mercedes-AMG GLC63 S E Performance is the brand’s new high-performance mid-sized SUV, ditching the twin-turbocharged V8 of the old AMG GLC63 in favour of a turbocharged four-cylinder plug-in hybrid powertrain.
It follows the same playbook as the new C63, which it’s closely related to. As with the wider C-Class range, all GLCs pack four-cylinder power, with the GLC63 sitting above the GLC43 which features the same engine but without the plug-in hybrid system.
The four squared-off (instead of round) exhaust outlets are the biggest giveaway this isn’t the GLC43, but like its less expensive sibling this is a very subtle-looking performance SUV. Those useless side steps are a bit silly though.
As with the GLC43, there’s a choice of more traditional SUV or coupe SUV body styles, with the latter arguably doing a better job of looking like a coupe than its predecessor – those tail lights could have come straight from the new CLE Coupe.
The mid-sized high-performance SUV segment is undergoing a huge transformation right now, and the GLC63 has gone from being the only V8-powered model to being the only plug-in hybrid (PHEV).
The BMW X3 and X4 stick with a twin-turbocharged inline six in hot M guise, and rumour has it these high-performance SUVs won’t be directly replaced.
The Maserati Grecale Trofeo and Alfa Romeo Stelvio Quadrifoglio also have twin-turbo sixes, while Audi still hasn’t launched an RSQ5 which leaves only the tamer SQ5. Finally, Porsche’s Macan is now all-electric in Australia.
The GLC63 therefore is quite a unique offering in the segment. Is it the one to pick?
How does the Mercedes-AMG GLC compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Mercedes-AMG GLC against similarly sized vehicles.
Mercedes-AMG
GLC
How much does the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 cost?
The GLC63 is a bit more expensive than rivals from BMW and Maserati, though it’s more powerful than all of them.
Model
Price before on-road costs
Mercedes-AMG GLC63 S E Performance
$191,814
Mercedes-AMG GLC63 S E Performance Coupe
$198,415
To see how the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 like on the inside?
The GLC63’s interior isn’t dramatically different from lesser GLCs.
Let’s start with what is different. There are wonderfully comfortable, supportive AMG sports seats finished in Nappa leather, which feature heating but no ventilation or massage. You can also opt for racier AMG Performance seats.
The standard AMG Performance steering wheel feels terrific, with a thick, perforated Nappa leather rim and AMG’s little rotary controls towards the bottom. The touch-capacitive switches are okay, but we’d prefer traditional buttons and toggles.
There are also various AMG- and hybrid-specific screens on the 11.9-inch infotainment touchscreen and the 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster.
Otherwise, this is standard GLC (and C-Class, and EQE SUV, and EQE, etc) fare. That means an interior that is flashy and majors on showroom appeal, but has a small handful of disappointing elements once you scratch past that glitzy surface.
On the topic of scratching, the vast swathe of piano black trim on the centre console seems especially susceptible to it, as well as fingerprint smudges and dust.
Look, Mercedes-Benz is far from alone in using this material. But what makes its application so perplexing here is that there’s a sea of wood trim across the dashboard which could have used instead. There’s also genuinely attractive, tactile metal trim used around the window switches which we wouldn’t mind seeing more of.
The Edition 1 includes some enticing additions inside the cabin. The steering wheel features carbon fibre and microfibre, there are various yellow highlights such as the contrast stitching and seatbelts, and that forest of wood on the dash becomes a sea of carbon fibre.
Personally, I’m not usually a fan of carbon-fibre trim as it feels a bit cliché at this point, but the stuff in the Edition 1 is genuinely attractive. Note you don’t have to go for the Edition 1 to get the trim or features like the carbon-fibre/microfibre steering wheel and multicontour performance seats, as these are available in other option packages.
Given how close this is to the GLC300 inside, a car which costs around half the price, there are a few issues that are especially bothersome in the more expensive GLC63.
The button to open the centre console bin, as we’ve noticed in various Mercedes models, feels very cheap. The lowest reaches of the dash and doors are also finished in hard plastic – tolerable in a circa-$100k GLC300, less so in a circa-$200k AMG GLC63.
However, overall cabin presentation, like the cheaper GLC, is good. There’s a soft-touch dash top with stitching details, as well as soft-touch trim on the sides of the centre console. The squircle air vents are attractive, as are the metallic speaker grilles, and there is of course Mercedes’ flashy ambient lighting.
The technology is also top-notch. The infotainment system is generally quite easy to navigate, with climate controls always anchored to the bottom of the screen in the absence of physical switches.
GLC63
GLC63 Coupe
The digital instrument cluster also offers a range of different display modes, all of which feature attractive graphics.
Step into the back and you’ll find a spacious second row. There’s noticeably less headroom in the Coupe, however, as well as worse visibility out of the rear window due to the sloping roofline.
There aren’t separate climate controls back here, though there are air vents plus USB outlets and a fold-down centre armrest with cupholders. If you want to fit a child seat, you can use one of three top-tether or two ISOFIX anchor points.
Boot space is down on lesser GLCs due to the large battery. It’s also down 110L on the previous-gen model, regardless of what body style you choose, and that’s despite the new GLC being between 44mm and 67mm longer overall.
Dimensions
GLC63
GLC63 Coupe
Length
4749mm
4792mm
Width
1920mm (2076mm incl. mirrors)
1920mm (2076mm incl. mirrors)
Height
1635mm
1603mm
Wheelbase
2888mm
2888mm
Cargo capacity
470-1530L
390-1335L
To see how the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
As with the new C63 S E Performance, the GLC63 packs a version of the turbocharged 2.0-litre four-cylinder ‘M139’ engine from the AMG A45 S that is the most powerful production four-cylinder engine in the world.
Specifications
Mercedes-AMG GLC63 S E Performance
Engine
2.0L turbo four-cylinder
Engine outputs
350kW 545Nm
Electric motor outputs
150kW 320Nm
System outputs
500kW 1020Nm
Battery
6.1kWh lithium-ion
Transmission
9-speed automatic 2-speed automatic integrated with electric motor
Driven wheels
All-wheel drive
Weight
2338-2366kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
7.3L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
12.8L/100km
Electric driving range (PHEV)
14km
Electric energy consumption (claimed)
9.8kWh/100km
Fuel tank capacity
65L
Fuel requirement
98-octane premium unleaded
CO2 emissions
166g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Braked towing capacity
1800kg
This is mated with a rear-mounted electric motor with 150kW of peak power and 320Nm of torque (or 80kW of continuous power), fed by a 6.1kWh lithium-ion battery pack. A turbocharger is driven by not only exhaust gases, but also by a 48V electrical system.
Compared to the old GLC63, the new car has 125kW more power and 320Nm more torque in total, and is also 0.3 seconds quicker to 100km/h.
To see how the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 drive?
I got into the GLC63 S E Performance with three concerns: that it was going to feel overly heavy and ponderous; that it was going to have a lumpy ride on account of the large battery pack and low-profile tyres; and that it wasn’t going to sound all that good.
Driving this new-generation performance SUV, however, has assuaged most of my concerns. Let’s address the elephant in the room: the sound. After all, that’s one of the best things about a V8, right?
Make no mistake, the new GLC63 doesn’t sound as good as the old one – that doesn’t mean it sounds bad, however.
Mercedes-AMG has installed a pressure sensor within the exhaust that it says allows it to pick up the engine note and transfer it to the speaker system inside the car.
You can manually toggle an amplified version of the engine note in either the vehicle settings menu or by using one of the steering wheel toggles, and it goes from sounding like a typical turbocharged four-cylinder Benz to sounding, well, pretty good.
Okay, not V8 good, but it makes the GLC63 louder, more dynamic-sounding and yet easy on the ears. You also get some tasty pops and crackles.
When you’re running on pure electric power, there’s a futuristic, spaceship-y noise.
As you’d expect, the GLC63 is very fast given it takes the most powerful production four-cylinder engine in the world and then mates it to an electric motor.
Our drive route took us along some of the best driving roads in South East Queensland, including through Mount Nebo and Mount Glorious, in a GLC63 Coupe.
First, however, we had to get through peak-hour Brisbane traffic, which revealed just how versatile these performance plug-in hybrids are.
You can zip around on pure electric power at speeds up to 120km/h, though you only have a claimed 14km of electric range. You can plug the GLC in and recharge the battery using AC power at up to 3.7kW, or use the petrol engine to top it up.
There are so many drive modes to choose from, selectable using a handy wheel on the steering wheel. These comprise Slippery, Individual, Battery Hold, Electric, Comfort, Sport, Sport+ and Race modes.
What this means is if your spouse is a tame driver and you’re more adventurous, you have this excellent dichotomy whereby they can drive it in Comfort or Electric and find it thoroughly unintimidating, and then you can get in, pop it into Sport+, and fang it.
We kept it in Comfort mode around town, and then flicked it to Sport+ when the roads got more interesting.
While driving around at lower speeds, we found the transition between petrol and electric power to be very smooth.
If you want, you can configure your own Individual setting. Choose between Battery Hold, Electric, Moderate, Sport, Dynamic and Race for drive; Comfort, Sport and Sport+ for suspension; and, for AMG Dynamics, Basic, Advanced, Pro and Master levels.
By adjusting the AMG Dynamics level, you’re altering the calibration of the stability control, the all-wheel drive system, and the electronically controlled limited-slip differential.
It all sounds a bit complicated, doesn’t it? Well, yes, but it also means there’s a seemingly endless amount of customisation on offer, so you can tailor the car just the way you want it.
There’s meaningful differentiation between the drive modes, too. For example, thanks to the adaptive dampers, the ride, while still firm, is much more pliant in Comfort mode with almost a hint of float, in contrast with the stiff feel you get in Sport+.
The steering always has a nice weighting to it. Turn-in is sharp, and there’s plenty of road feel here.
We wish the brake pedal felt better, however. When we went to give the GLC63’s pedal a stab before a corner, we found it felt rather spongey. The brakes themselves are excellent, our criticism is with the feel of the pedal.
The GLC63 weighs a sizeable 250kg or so more than its predecessor, largely due to that battery pack. But Mercedes-AMG engineers have nevertheless improved the weight distribution, which has gone from 55:45 front/rear to 49:51; the electric motor is situated on the rear axle.
Torque is distributed anywhere from 50/50 front/rear all the way up to 100 per cent to the rear.
The GLC63 features rear-axle steering, which can move the rear wheels in the opposite direction to the front wheels by 2.5 degrees at speeds of up to 100km/h; likewise, they can move in parallel to the front wheels at an angle of 0.7 degrees at speeds above 100km/h.
All of this makes the GLC63 sound very impressive on paper, but I was nevertheless still surprised how nimble it felt.
You can carry a lot of speed into corners due to the excellent grip and almost complete lack of body roll. You might sit slightly high but this doesn’t really feel like an SUV to drive.
That instantaneous grunt also means you can propel yourself out of a corner with impressive ease.
Even the standard AMG sports seats hug you in place in the corners, so the optional performance seats hardly seem necessary.
The cabin is quiet, even at highway speeds, unless you’re on a coarse-chip surface. That’s when tyre roar becomes quite loud.
Mercedes-AMG has stressed this isn’t an efficiency-focused hybrid, and with observed fuel consumption of 12.8L/100km this is no miser – still, it could be a lot worse.
The official claim is 7.3L/100km, compared to 12.2L/100km with the old V8 car.
To see how the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
The Mercedes-AMG GLC63 S E Performance is the flagship variant in the range.
GLC63 S E Performance highlights:
21-inch forged wheels
AMG Active Ride Control suspension
AMG Night Package II with darkened grille, black chrome badging
AMG Track Pace track data logging
AMG Driver’s Package
Semi-autonomous parking assist
Panoramic sunroof
LED headlights with adaptive high-beam
Nappa leather upholstery
Heated front seats
Power-adjustable front seats with four-way lumbar
Head-up display
AMG Performance multifunction steering wheel
11.9-inch MBUX touchscreen infotainment system
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Satellite navigation with augmented reality
Burmester 3D sound system
Dual-zone climate control
Wireless phone charger
8m charging cable for domestic sockets
Options
There are a wide range of optional extras for the GLC63 S E Performance.
Edition 1 Package: $12,900
Manufaktur graphite grey magno paint
Foling with colour gradation
AMG Aerodynamics Package
Light-alloy wheels with Edition 1 and AMG labelling
Yellow brake calipers
Silver chrome fuel filler cap
AMG indoor car cover with Edition logo
AMG Performance seats
Black Nappa leather upholstery with yellow contrast stitching, Edition logo
Yellow seat belts
Illuminated sill plates
Carbon-fibre trim
AMG Performance steering wheel with carbon fibre, microfibre
Floor mats with Edition logo, yellow stitching
It removes the standard aluminium-look running boards.
You can get many of the Edition 1’s features in separate packages.
The Carbon Interior Package ($2600) adds:
Carbon-fibre trim
AMG Performance steering wheel with carbon fibre, microfibre
The Performance Ergonomic Package ($6900) adds:
AMG Performance steering wheel in Nappa leather, Microcut microfibre
AMG Performance multicontour front seats
A ceramic composite braking system is an additional $8300.
To see how the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
Is the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 safe?
While the Mercedes-Benz GLC has a five-star safety rating from ANCAP, the AMG GLC range is thus far unrated.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Autonomous emergency braking
Adaptive cruise control
Blind-spot monitoring
Lane-keep assist
Traffic light recognition
Surround-view camera
Front and rear parking sensors
To see how the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How much does the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 cost to run?
The Mercedes-AMG GLC63 S E Performance is covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Running costs
Mercedes-AMG GLC63 S E Performance
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
5 years
Service intervals
12 months or 20,000km
Capped-price servicing
Up to 5-year plans
Total capped-price service cost
$5025 (3yrs) $6455 (4yrs) $7180 (5yrs)
To see how the Mercedes-AMG GLC63 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Mercedes-AMG GLC63
Compared with its predecessor, the new GLC63 is heavier, more expensive and doesn’t sound as good.
It’s also quicker and more efficient. Mercedes-AMG has taken with one hand but given with another.
It’s a thoroughly entertaining SUV to drive when you push it, and yet it can also be a placid and comfortable commuter.
V8 lovers may be disappointed with Mercedes-AMG’s decision to move to a plug-in hybrid four-cylinder, and indeed this move has brought extra weight and complexity.
However, it would be remiss of mid-sized performance SUV enthusiasts not to check out the new GLC63.
Interested in buying a Mercedes-AMG GLC? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
The bottling plant, which spans over 6 lakh sqft, will manufacture RCPL’s popular beverage portfolio, including Campa Cola, Campa Orange, Campa Lemon, Power Up, and packaged drinking water under the Independence and Sure Water brands.
Reliance Consumer Products Ltd’s bottling plant is among the largest beverage manufacturing units in the region.
Reliance Consumer Products Ltd (RCPL), a leading FMCG and beverage company, on Saturday said its new bottling plant has been inaugurated in Guwahati, Assam, in the presence of Chief Minister Himanta Biswa Sarma. The facility, which has been developed in collaboration with local partner Jericho, will strengthen the presence of Campa’s portfolio in Northeast India.
The bottling plant, which spans over 6 lakh sqft, is among the largest beverage manufacturing units in the region. It will manufacture RCPL’s popular beverage portfolio, including Campa Cola, Campa Orange, Campa Lemon, Power Up, and packaged drinking water under the Independence and Sure Water brands, the company said in a statement.
The facility has an initial production capacity of over 10 crore litres for carbonated soft drinks (CSD) and nearly 18 crore litres for packaged drinking water, ensuring ample supply for growing consumer demand, it added.
“Reliance Consumer Products Ltd (RCPL), a leading FMCG and beverage company, has strengthened the presence of Campa’s portfolio in Northeast India with the inauguration of a new bottling plant in Guwahati, Assam. Developed in collaboration with local partner Jericho, the facility was inaugurated today by the Hon’ble Chief Minister of Assam, Dr. Himanta Biswa Sarma, underscoring its role in the region’s industrial and economic expansion,” RCPL stated.
Assam CM Himanta Biswa Sarma inaugurates Reliance Consumer Products Ltd’s bottling plant in Guwahati.
Speaking at the event, Assam Chief Minister Himanta Biswa Sarma said common people can purchase Campa’s products at a very affordable price. That is one of the big advantages with Campa Cola.
“While they (RCPL) are giving at an affordable price, they are not compromising with the quality, which is at par with other global standards. I believe that this brand will grow from strength to strength and will have an opportunity to expand more. I wish all the best to Reliance Consumer Products Limited, as well as to Jericho. Let this journey be a very successful one and create lot of job opportunities for the people of Assam. And let this journey also reflect that an Indian brand can compete with a global brand,” Sarma added.
RCPL Chief Operating Officer Ketan Mody elaborates on the strategic expansion, saying, “Today marks a significant milestone as we inaugurate the Guwahati plant in partnership with Jericho. Our operations here will generate new employment opportunities, directly contributing to local economic growth. This expansion is a key step in our strategy of reviving India’s heritage brands while fostering sustainable development for the region.”
The project, developed in partnership with Jericho, a well-established first-generation business house based in Guwahati, features cutting-edge manufacturing technology with two world-class bottling lines – a 600 BPM (bottles per minute) carbonated soft drink (CSD) line and a 583 BPM water production line, reinforcing efficiency and innovation in beverage production, Reliance Consumer Products said in the statement.
Ashis Agarwal, founder of Jericho Foods and Beverages LLP, said the launch of this world-class Campa bottling plant in Guwahati is a proud milestone for Jericho Foods as a first-generation food and beverage business from Assam.
“We are committed to establishing Assam as a premier manufacturing destination, crafting superior products that enrich lives. This expansion reinforces our dedication to excellence, innovation, and the future of food and beverage manufacturing in the region,” Agarwal added.
The company said the facility, which will primarily caters to consumer demand across Assam, Northeast India and North Bengal, also has the capability to supply other markets based on demand.
With an optimised SKU mix, the plant ensures a diverse range of beverages and pack sizes to meet varied consumer preferences.
With this expansion, RCPL reaffirms its commitment to providing high-quality beverages to Indian consumers while strengthening its foothold in the Northeast. The Guwahati plant is a testament to RCPL’s vision of leveraging indigenous production capabilities to deliver world-class products.
News business Himanta Biswa Sarma Inaugurates Reliance’s Campa and Beverages Bottling Plant In Guwahati; Details Here
The crypto market took a hit as $566 million was liquidated in just one day. Major altcoins like XRP, Solana (Sol), Dogecoin (DOGE), & Shiba Inu (SHIB) all plunged into the red. The global crypto market cap also dropped by 2% now sitting at 3.17 trillion. This chaos comes as a response to the shocking $1.4 billion Bybit hack that shook the crypto world.
Crypto Liquidation Led to $566 million
Following the Bybit breach, the crypto market experienced a sharp decline, resulting in liquidations worth $566 million within just 24 hours. According to data from CoinGlass, 151,222 traders were affected, with long positions taking the biggest hit.
Meanwhile, long trade positions for $321 million in losses, while short positions saw $234 million liquidated. The single largest liquidation order occurred on Binance, involving a BTC/USDT trade worth $12.14 million.
Bitcoin and Altcoins Face Selling Pressure
Bitcoin (BTC) also felt the pressure, losing 2% of its value within a day and dropping to $96,170. During this time, Bitcoin’s market dominance slightly decreased by 0.47%, settling at 61.09%.
Coinglass data revealed that BTC alone recorded $133 million in liquidations, highlighting the intensity of the sell-off.
However, altcoins suffered even bigger losses as XRP fell by 3%, Solana (SOL) dropped 3.5%, and Dogecoin (DOGE) saw a 4% decline. Cardano (ADA) saw the biggest drop at 5%, while Shiba Inu (SHIB) slipped by 2%.
The overall crypto market lost 2% of its value, bringing the total market cap down to $3.17 trillion, reflecting the panic among traders.
Top Crypto Gainers
Bitget Token (BGB):- is the top gainer with a rise of 4.7% hovering around $5.
Maker (MKR):- recorded a gain of 4% trading around $1513.
Ethena (ENA):- is even trading in green with a rise of 3.41%.
Top Crypto Losers
Jito (JTO):- is among the most losers for the day with a loss of 16.5%.
Berachain (BERA):- another token standing 2nd at most loss with 13.6%.
Stroy (IP):- recorded a drop of 12% and trading around $4.40.
German Shepherd puppies are known for their intelligence, energy, and working ability, making proper exercise a crucial part of their growth and development. Whether you are raising a family pet, a personal protection dog, or a serious guard dog, ensuring that your German Shepherd puppies receive adequate physical and mental stimulation is essential. Working Line German Shepherd puppies, bred from world-class WUSV champion winners and top IPO/IGP 3 titled stud dogs, possess high energy levels and a strong drive to work. This means that their exercise needs go beyond simple playtime, requiring structured activities to keep them healthy, well-behaved, and mentally sharp.
During the early months, German Shepherd puppies should not be over-exercised, as their developing bones and joints are still growing. Moderate exercise, such as short walks and gentle play sessions, is ideal for puppies under three months old. Over-exercising at this stage can lead to joint issues later in life, so it’s important to keep activities appropriate for their age. As they grow older, their stamina increases, and their exercise routines should be gradually intensified to match their energy levels. By the time they reach six months, they can handle longer walks, light running, and interactive games that challenge their intelligence.
Since German Shepherd puppies are highly intelligent, they require more than just physical exercise. Mental stimulation is equally important to keep them engaged and prevent boredom-related behaviors such as excessive barking, chewing, or digging. Training exercises, such as basic obedience drills, scent work, and puzzle games, help channel their intelligence and working instincts productively. These activities not only provide exercise but also build a strong bond between you and your puppy while reinforcing good behavior. Incorporating structured training sessions into their daily routine ensures that they develop discipline and focus, traits that are essential for any well-trained German Shepherd.
What are the exercise needs of a German Shepherd puppies?
Socialization is another important aspect of exercising German Shepherd puppies. Exposing them to different environments, people, and other animals helps them develop confidence and reduces the chances of fear-based aggression. Taking them on controlled outings, such as visits to dog-friendly parks or obedience classes, allows them to interact with new surroundings while getting the necessary exercise. Working Line German Shepherd puppies, bred for their exceptional temperament and work ethic, benefit greatly from early and consistent socialization to ensure they grow into well-balanced adults.
As they approach adulthood, German Shepherd puppies require more rigorous exercise routines to keep up with their energy levels. Activities like agility training, fetch, swimming, and hiking provide excellent physical exertion while also stimulating their natural instincts. Since Working Line German Shepherd puppies are bred from champion bloodlines with a strong work drive, they thrive in structured exercise programs that include advanced obedience, protection training, and even competitive dog sports. Meeting their exercise needs not only keeps them physically fit but also enhances their mental well-being and overall happiness.
Providing the right balance of physical exercise, mental stimulation, and socialization ensures that your German Shepherd puppies grow into well-adjusted and obedient companions. Whether your goal is to raise a loyal family pet, a protective guardian, or a highly trained working dog, investing time in their exercise routine will lead to a healthy and well-behaved German Shepherd.
As many as ten Hyperloop teams, comprising 200 students of newly-founded and experienced teams, are competing in the Global Hyperloop Competition (GHC) 2025 being organised by Indian Institute of Technology Madras (IIT Madras). The event will host 150 industry delegates from across the world, representing the mobility, research, and hyperloop sectors.
It is Asia’s first international Hyperloop competition being held from February 21 to 25 at ‘Discovery,’ IIT Madras’ Satellite Campus located in Thaiyur, about 36 km from the main campus. GHC 2025 is set to position India at the heart of hyperloop innovation. It is aimed at uniting global talent, industry leaders, and researchers, fostering collaboration, innovation, and real-world implementation of hyperloop technology, says a release.
The competition is being conducted by IIT Madras, IITM Pravartak Technologies Foundation and SAE India, with additional support from the Ministry of Railways, Government of India.
Hyperloop is a high-speed train that travels in a near-vacuum tube. The reduced air resistance allows the capsule inside the tube to reach speeds of more than 1000 km/h.
Addressing the inaugural event, Pankaj Sharma, Principal Executive Director, Railway Board, said, “This event is not only a celebration of innovation but also a testament to how India is emerging as a leader in transportation technology.”
A key objective of the event is to showcase and propagate hyperloop concepts worldwide, fostering a transformative spirit among young minds in the field of transportation. The competition will be held at IIT Madras’ unique Hyperloop test infrastructure, a facility built with the support of Indian Railways, ArcelorMittal, L&T and HindalCo.
Satya Chakravarthy, Faculty Advisor, Hyperloop IIT Madras, said, the competition is a testament to India’s growing leadership in hyperloop innovation. By bringing together young innovators, industry leaders, and researchers, we are fostering a collaborative ecosystem that will accelerate the future of ultra-fast, sustainable mobility. IIT Madras is proud to be at the center of this transformation.”
The competition will feature three primary competition categories – Pod Demonstration (showcasing functional hyperloop pod prototypes); Hyperloop InnoQuest (a case study challenge exploring hyperloop technology and implementation) and DesignX (a platform for teams to present innovative hyperloop designs), the release said.
What is the best internet provider in Moreno Valley, California?
Frontier Fiber will provide the best internet service provider in Moreno Valley. It has the fastest and cheapest plans in the city and is the only fiber provider, meaning it’s the only provider with symmetrical upload and download speeds. Prices may increase significantly after the first year, but Frontier doesn’t disclose by how much.
If you can’t get Frontier’s fiber service at your address, Spectrum is a great backup option. It’s available almost everywhere in the city, and you’ll get great speeds for the price. Wireless internet is another alternative worth considering. T-Mobile and Verizon offer service in Moreno Valley, and you can get great discounts for bundling with an eligible cellphone plan.
Moreno Valley internet providers compared
Provider
Internet technology
Monthly price range
Speed range
Monthly equipment costs
Data cap
Contract
CNET review score
Frontier Fiber Read full review
Fiber
$30-$200
200-7,000Mbps
None
None
None
6.3
Spectrum Read full review
Cable
$30-$70
100-1,000Mbps
$10 (optional)
None
None
7.2
Starlink Read full review
Satellite
$120
25-220Mbps
$349 upfront
None
None
6.5
T-Mobile Home Internet Read full review
Fixed wireless
$50-$70 ($35-$55 with mobile plans)
87-415Mbps
None
None
None
7.4
Verizon 5G Home Internet Read full review
Fixed wireless
$50-$70 ($35-$45 for eligible Verizon Wireless customers)
100-300Mbps
None
None
None
7.2
Show more (0 item)
Source: CNET analysis of provider data.
What’s the cheapest internet plan in Moreno Valley?
Show more (1 item)
Source: CNET analysis of provider data.
Matt Gush / Getty Images
How to find internet deals and promotions in Moreno Valley
The best internet deals and top promotions in Moreno Valley depend on what discounts are available during a given time. Most deals are short-lived, but we look frequently for the latest offers.
Moreno Valley internet providers, such as Frontier Fiber, T-Mobile Home Internet and Verizon 5G Home Internet, may offer lower introductory pricing or streaming add-ons for a limited time. Others, including Spectrum and Starlink, run the same standard pricing year-round.
How many members of your household use the internet?
For a more extensive list of promos, check out our guide on the best internet deals.
Fastest internet plans in Moreno Valley
Provider
Starting price
Max download speed
Max upload speed
Data cap
Connection type
Frontier Fiber 7 Gig Read full review
$200
7,000Mbps
7,000Mbps
None
Fiber
Frontier Fiber 5 Gig Read full review
$100
5,000Mbps
5,000Mbps
None
Fiber
Frontier Fiber 2 Gig Read full review
$70
2,000Mbps
2,000Mbps
None
Fiber
Frontier Fiber 1 Gig Read full review
$50
1,000Mbps
1,000Mbps
None
Fiber
Spectrum Internet Gig Read full review
$70
1,000Mbps
35Mbps
None
Cable
Show more (1 item)
Source: CNET analysis of provider data.
What’s a good internet speed?
Most internet connection plans can now handle basic productivity and communication tasks. If you’re looking for an internet plan that can accommodate videoconferencing, streaming video or gaming, you’ll have a better experience with a more robust connection. Here’s an overview of the recommended minimum download speeds for various applications, according to the FCC. Note that these are only guidelines and that internet speed, service and performance vary by connection type, provider and address.
For more information, refer to our guide on how much internet speed you really need.
0 to 5Mbps allows you to tackle the basics: browsing the internet, sending and receiving email and streaming low-quality video.
5 to 40Mbps gives you higher-quality video streaming and videoconferencing.
40 to 100Mbps should give one user sufficient bandwidth to satisfy the demands of modern telecommuting, video streaming and online gaming.
100 to 500Mbps allows one to two users to simultaneously engage in high-bandwidth activities like videoconferencing, streaming and online gaming.
500 to 1,000Mbps allows three or more users to engage in high-bandwidth activities at the same time.
How CNET chose the best internet providers in Moreno Valley
Internet service providers are numerous and regional. Unlike the latest smartphone, laptop, router or kitchen tool, it’s impractical to personally test every ISP in a given city. What’s our approach? We start by researching the pricing, availability and speed information, drawing on our own historical ISP data, the provider sites and mapping information from the Federal Communications Commission at FCC.gov.
It doesn’t end there: We go to the FCC’s website to check our data and ensure we consider every ISP that provides service in an area. We also input local addresses on provider websites to find specific options for residents. We look at sources, including the American Customer Satisfaction Index and J.D. Power, to evaluate how happy customers are with an ISP’s service. ISP plans and prices are subject to frequent changes; all information provided is accurate as of publication.
Once we have this localized information, we ask three main questions:
Does the provider offer access to reasonably fast internet speeds?
Do customers get decent value for what they’re paying?
Are customers happy with their service?
While the answers to those questions are often layered and complex, the providers that come closest to “yes” on all three are the ones we recommend. When selecting the cheapest internet service, we look for the plans with the lowest monthly fee, though we also factor in things like price increases, equipment fees and contracts. Choosing the fastest internet service is relatively straightforward. We look at advertised upload and download speeds and consider real-world speed data from sources like Ookla and FCC reports. (Ookla is owned by the same parent company as CNET, Ziff Davis.)
To explore our process in more depth, visit our how we test ISPs page.
Internet providers in Moreno Valley FAQs
What is the best internet service provider in Moreno Valley?
Frontier Fiber is the best internet service provider in Moreno Valley, offering the fastest speeds and lowest prices of any provider in the city.
Is fiber internet available in Moreno Valley?
Yes, fiber internet is available to over 59% of Moreno Valley households, according to FCC data. Frontier is the only fiber provider in the city.
What is the cheapest internet provider in Moreno Valley?
Frontier Fiber is the cheapest internet provider in Moreno Valley, offering plans that start at just $30 per month.
Which internet provider in Moreno Valley offers the fastest plan?
Frontier Fiber offers the fastest internet plan in Moreno Valley, with upload and download speeds up to 7,000Mbps.
An off-label prescription drug has been shown to help some non-verbal children with autism discover the ability to speak.
The drug, leucovorin, is a prescription vitamin that functions similarly to folic acid, helping to restore folate levels in patients who may have difficulty absorbing or using it, according to Katy Dubinsky, a New York pharmacist and the CEO and co-founder of Vitalize, a private supplement company.
“Leucovorin is FDA-approved to reduce the toxic effects of high-dose methotrexate in cancer treatment and to prevent or treat certain types of anemia caused by folate deficiency,” Dubinsky told Fox News Digital.
IS MMR VACCINE SAFE FOR KIDS? DR. NICOLE SAPHIER ADDRESSES CONCERNS AS MEASLES CASES RISE
While leucovorin isn’t prescribed for the treatment of autism, some families have found that its off-label use has led to significant improvements in autistic children’s communication skills, experts say.
Richard E. Frye, M.D., PhD, a behavioral child neurologist in Arizona, has studied the drug in his research of experimental treatments for children with autism spectrum disorder.
An off-label prescription drug has been shown to help some non-verbal children with autism discover the ability to speak.(iStock)
“Leucovorin is a special form of vitamin B9 that is water-soluble and does not build up in your body,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Folates have been found to be safe long-term for many years and that is why we supplement our food with folate.”
BILL GATES LIKELY HAD AUTISM AS A CHILD, HE REVEALS: ‘WASN’T WIDELY UNDERSTOOD’
The main benefit of leucovorin for children with autism is improvement in language, Frye said, but other advantages may include enhanced social function, reduced repetitive behaviors and stronger attention skills.
“Our goal is to get leucovorin approved by the FDA for autism so it can be widely prescribed to children as one of the first treatments once they are diagnosed.”
“We do find that leucovorin helps a substantial number of children with autism,” he said. “Language is one of the most obvious things, so that is what we measured in our clinical trial.”
Dr. Marc Siegel, clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Health and Fox News’ senior medical analyst, also spoke to Fox News Digital about why the drug may have this positive impact.
While leucovorin isn’t prescribed for autism treatment, some families have found that its off-label use has led to significant improvements in the communication skills of children with autism. (iStock)
“Central folate deficiency is a lack of folate in the brain, which can interfere with neurological function,” he said. “A high percentage of children with autism spectrum disorder have been found to have antibodies against folic receptor alpha in the brain.”
Leucovorin is converted to folate in the brain by a different pathway, Siegel said.
“Small studies are showing that it improves neurological function and communication skills in kids with ASD, but larger studies need to be done.”
Experts urge caution
The fact that leucovorin has already been used long-term helps to reduce the associated risk, according to doctors.
“One of the advantages of using leucovorin is that it has been used for decades to protect the body from the effects of chemotherapy, so we know what dose to use and any side effects it may produce,” Frye told Fox News Digital.
AUTISM RISK COULD RISE WITH AIR POLLUTION, NEW STUDY SUGGESTS
However, some children do become “extremely hyperactive,” do not respond to leucovorin and end up needing alternative treatments, the doctor noted.
It’s important for families to work with a medical professional when exploring the use of leucovorin for autism, he advised.
The drug leucovorin is a prescription vitamin that functions similarly to folic acid, helping to restore folate levels in patients who may have difficulty absorbing or using it, according to a pharmacist.(iStock)
“Leucovorin is given at much higher doses than regular vitamins, so it’s very important to work with a doctor knowledgeable in how to prescribe it,” Frye said.
“It is important to test the patient for abnormalities in the folate pathway, such as the folate receptor autoantibody, so we know that they are a candidate for this medication.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
While leucovorin is available in the pharmacy, Frye noted that some children need a compounded form because they are sensitive to some of the additives in commercial products.
“Our goal is to get leucovorin approved by the FDA for autism so it can be widely prescribed to children as one of the first treatments once they are diagnosed,” he said.
Frye pointed out that there is “no magic bullet” for autism, with many children benefiting from a combination of multiple treatments. (iStock)
Dubinsky agreed that physicians may prescribe the “widely-used and well-tolerated drug” for autism treatment based on their “clinical judgment and emerging evidence,” but she also stressed the importance of clinical trials.
“While doctors can prescribe leucovorin now, FDA approval would provide stronger medical backing, making it a recognized treatment rather than just an off-label option,” she told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“This could lead to insurance coverage, standardized dosing guidelines and broader acceptance in the medical community.”
Siegel added that leucovorin is a “safe drug” and should be considered for large-scale use based on the findings of recent research.
‘No magic bullet’
Frye pointed out that there is “no magic bullet” for autism, with many children benefiting from a combination of multiple treatments.
“It is unlikely that leucovorin will be used alone — it must be used with behavioral and speech therapy,” he said. “We believe that leucovorin can improve outcomes for these therapies.”
“There is little evidence to suggest that the benefits observed in this individual case can be generalized to the broader autistic community.”
Andy Shih, PhD, chief science officer of Autism Speaks in New York, noted that every child’s experience with autism is unique.
“There is little evidence to suggest that the benefits observed in this individual case can be generalized to the broader autistic community,” he told Fox News Digital.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“While some small studies have explored leucovorin as a potential treatment for people with autism, larger controlled clinical trials are needed to determine its efficacy and safety. We urge families to consult with their doctors before considering off-label treatments.”
Dubinsky added that if larger studies confirm leucovorin’s effectiveness, it could become a more accessible treatment for children with autism who may benefit from it.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Access to clean drinking water is essential for good health. While reverse osmosis (RO) systems are effective at removing contaminants, not everyone has access to them. Fortunately, there are several alternative methods to purify water and make it safe for consumption. Here are five effective ways to purify water if you don’t have an RO system.
Here Are 5 Ways To Purify Water If You Don’t Have RO
1. Boiling
Boiling is one of the oldest and most reliable methods of purifying water. It kills bacteria, viruses, and parasites that may be present in untreated water. To purify water through boiling:
Bring the water to a rolling boil for at least 5-10 minutes.
Let it cool before drinking.
Store it in a clean, covered container.
While boiling removes most microorganisms, it does not eliminate dissolved impurities like heavy metals or chemicals. However, it remains a simple and effective method, especially during emergencies.
2. Filtration Using a Ceramic or Charcoal Filter
If you do not have an RO system, using a water filter with ceramic or activated charcoal elements can help remove impurities.
Ceramic filters have tiny pores that block bacteria and sediments. They are reusable and easy to maintain.
Charcoal filters absorb chlorine, pesticides, and organic compounds, improving the taste and odour of water.
These filters do not remove all viruses or heavy metals, so combining them with other purification methods is advisable.
Water purifiers are effective but not the only method of water purification Photo Credit: Pexels
3. Solar Disinfection (SODIS)
Solar disinfection, or SODIS, is a simple and cost-effective method that utilises the sun’s UV rays to kill bacteria and viruses. It is particularly useful in rural or disaster-struck areas.
Fill a transparent plastic or glass bottle with clear water.
Place the bottle in direct sunlight for at least 6 hours (or 2 days if it’s cloudy).
The UV rays will neutralise harmful microorganisms, making the water safe to drink.
This method works best with clear water. If the water is cloudy, let it settle and filter it through a cloth before placing it in the sun.
4. Chlorination
Adding chlorine or bleach to water is a widely used method to disinfect and kill harmful microbes. It is commonly used in municipal water treatment and can be done at home in emergencies.
Add 2-4 drops of liquid household bleach (unscented) per litre of water.
Stir well and let it sit for at least 30 minutes before drinking.
If the water smells strongly of chlorine, let it stand longer or aerate it by pouring it between two containers.
Chlorination is effective against bacteria and viruses but does not remove heavy metals or chemical contaminants.
This method should be used under expert supervision only.
5. Distillation
Distillation is one of the most effective ways to purify water, as it removes nearly all contaminants, including bacteria, viruses, heavy metals, and salts.
Boil water and collect the steam in a separate container.
The steam condenses back into liquid form, leaving behind most impurities.
Distillation is an excellent method for obtaining pure water, but it can be time-consuming and requires energy.
If you do not have an RO system, these five methods can help purify water effectively. While each method has its pros and cons, combining them can provide safer drinking water. Access to clean water is crucial for health, so always ensure that your purification method suits the quality of water available to you.
About Neha GroverLove for reading roused her writing instincts. Neha is guilty of having a deep-set fixation with anything caffeinated. When she is not pouring out her nest of thoughts onto the screen, you can see her reading while sipping on coffee.
Chinese President Xi Jinping, also the chairman of the Central Military Commission, has signed orders to publish three regulations on the military’s interior order, code of conduct and military formation.
The revised rules, which will take effect from April 1, are designed to fully transform the country’s military into world-class armed forces, focusing on combat readiness and addressing the concerns of the armed forces.
The regulations on the military’s interior order are being revised to improve the management of military personnel in matters such as soldiers’ appearance and conduct, leave-taking, and military training.
The revision to the military code of conduct refines the rules to award the excellent, punish violators and streamline relevant procedures.
The revised regulations on military formation are added with detailed codes of practice concerning military parades on the land, in the sea, at the dock and in the air.
The revisions to the regulations prioritize combat readiness as the foremost duty, with a fundamental orientation of preparing for and engaging in warfare.
Fully applying the strategy of running the armed forces in accordance with law, the revised rules aim to promote a more standardized order in war preparation, training, operations and daily life.
(Cover: An army unit is conducting military training, Yancheng City, east China’s Jiangsu Province, September 24, 2024. /VCG)
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Hi, I’m Dr. Karyn! Read my introduction to learn more about me and meet my five hilarious cats: Clutch, Cyril, Alex, Zelda, and Zazzles.
It’s been the longest 6 weeks of Cyril’s life, but we have finally made it to our first weigh-in of his weight loss journey. While I knew that Cyril must have been getting more than his fair share of the food at meal times, it has become clear just how much of a food hog he is! I never leave food down for more than half an hour because this encourages the cats to graze and subsequently eat more than they actually need to, so at the end of each meal, I allow a couple of canine helpers in to clear up any leftovers – not that there were many of those. Well, Cyril might not be too impressed with his confinement at meal times, but Ned and Fred have been delighted! Even after reducing the amount of food scattered for the other four cats, there was still quite a lot left over at the end. Unfortunately for my greedy clean-up crew, I have now adjusted the daily portions accordingly.
Ned the Chihuahua cleanup crew for scatter feeding
Clutch, Alex, Zelda and Zazzles are all in good condition, have not lost any weight, and have not been begging for food, which tells me that they are all eating exactly what they need, while Cyril had been eating whatever he could get his paws on.
Leaving no empty container unchecked
For the past 6 weeks, Cyril has been shut in a separate room for breakfast and dinner until the rest of the cats have finished eating. Most days, he has been quite good at accepting his change in circumstances, but there have been plenty of times when the temptation of food has caused him to abandon any sense of self-control or respect. This has been particularly evident on nights when we have indulged in one of our (and Cyril’s) favorite treats: pizza.
It’s not been all smooth sailing
At the start of this journey, Cyril weighed in at 6.6kg (14 1⁄2 lbs), with a Body Condition Score (BCS) hovering around 7-8. Being a large-framed feline, he should ideally weigh between 4.5kg and 5kg (10-11 lbs), but this is a long-term target. In the first 6 weeks, I would ideally hope to see a loss of approximately 10% of his body weight.
And now, the moment we have all been waiting for…
Cyril now weighs 5.95kg (13 lbs)! That’s a loss of 650g, or 9.8% of his original weight!
I have to admit, I was not feeling all that confident before getting him on the scales, but despite trying to steal food and hunt pizza, he has (almost) hit his target! I am thrilled with how much he has lost, but we’ve still got a long way to go.
Now, how do I tell him that the diet continues…?
This article is a part of Dr. Karyn’s series with her five hilarious cats.
Bank credit to commercial real estate has gone up over 11 per cent in FY25 year to date, according to data by the Reserve Bank of India, indicating a comfort in the banking sector to increasing their exposure to the sector.
However lending to housing under priority sector is languishing and the exposure has marginally reduced during the year.
In the first nine months of the current fiscal year, banks’ outstanding loans to commercial real estate projects were at ₹5.2 lakh crore with ₹52,000 crore being the incremental amount that has gone into the sector, according to data from RBI’s latest bulletin.
‘lending across sectors’
“Banks have repaired their balance sheets and are now looking to grow their books by lending across sectors,” said Shobhit Agarwal, MD & CEO, Anarock Group.
“To this backdrop, the real estate sector is also witnessing remarkably improved business dynamics, with a steady increase in launches, sales uptake and construction activity,” he said, adding “banks are quite comfortable with lending to the right real estate projects. This is in sharp contrast to the scenario prevalent a few years ago.”
Surging demand
The demand in the real estate sector – both residential and commercial – has made it a better risk for banks, who are assured that projects will be completed on time and loans will be repaid.
Apart from the demand in the sector, the improved climate in the segment is also due to Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act, under which different State governments are flexing their muscles and forcing developers to be compliant.
Outstanding loans to the commercial real estate sector at the end of December 2024 were up 13.7 per cent compared to what it was at the end of December 2023, according to RBI.
Priority sector
Under the priority sector, banks lend to individuals up to ₹35 lakh in metropolitan centres and loans up to ₹25 lakhs in other centres for purchase or construction of dwellings.
Demand for affordable housing has slowed down dramatically in the last 2-3 years, impacting the offtake of loans under this segment. Most cities have seen the affordable housing sales share decrease over the years.
According to Agarwal, share of affordable homes in total sales across the top seven cities have reduced to 20 per cent in 2024 from 39 per cent in 2020.
“This indicates a chronically declining sales share trend,” he pointed out.
Premium homes
Ability to purchase homes is a challenge among the lower income in a climate of rising inflation. Many builders, who used to cater to the affordable housing segment, have now pivoted to focus on premium homes where there is adequate demand.
Housing for all is one of the aims of the Central government but it is turning out to be a challenge and in this year’s budget the allocation under the original Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana has been cut.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
U SURADNJI s Alex Bovaird, kostimografkinjom HBO-ove serije Bijeli lotos, H&M je stvorio ekskluzivnu kolekciju koja odiše čarolijom avanture i tropskog glamura. Alex Bovaird ima jedinstvenu sposobnost korištenja mode kao pripovjedačkog alata u filmu i televiziji. U seriji Bijeli lotos njezini kostimi igraju ključnu ulogu u definiranju osobnosti i društvene dinamike likova.
Njezin stil često naglašava suptilne nijanse, koristeći odjeću i modne dodatke kako bi odražavala razvoj likova, socio-ekonomsko porijeklo i emocionalnu dubinu. Svoj pronicljiv pristup i oko za detalje unijela je i u dizajniranje nove kolekcije za H&M.
Kolekciju možete pogledati ovdje, a mi smo izdvojili komade koji su nam se najviše svidjeli.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Mission League baseball teams appear loaded with pitching depth based on what happened Friday.
Chaminade, Crespi, Harvard-Westlake and St. Francis all came through with top pitching performances to end the first week of the high school baseball season. Harvard-Westlake hasn’t given up any runs in two games despite losing its top three pitchers from last season in Bryce Rainer, Duncan Marsten and Tommy Bridges.
Three of the four teams that made it to Monday’s Easton tournament semifinals are from the Mission League.
Chaminade 1, Calabasas 0: Three pitchers combined for a one-hitter and Robby Morgan had two hits and drove in the game’s only run for Chaminade (3-0) in an Easton tournament quarterfinal. Freshman Jayden Singer struck out six for Calabasas.
Crespi 2, Castaic 1: Nate Lopez had a two-run double in the first inning and Justin Kim and Mikey Martinez combined for the shutout for Crespi in an Easton tournament quarterfinal game.
St. Francis 3, Thousand Oaks 1: Jordan Lewallen hit a two-run home run and Daniel Izaguirre, Donovan Udell and Caysen Sullivan combined on a four-hitter for 3-0 St. Francis.
Harvard-Westlake 1, Gahr 0: Miguel Villegas drove in the game’s only run and picked up the save for 2-0 Harvard-Westlake, which won its second consecutive nonleague game by a score of 1-0.
West Ranch 7, Bishop Alemany 3: Ty Diaz drove in two runs for 3-0 West Ranch, which advanced to the Easton tournament semifinals. Gio Valles threw three scoreless innings of relief.
Long Beach Millikan 3, Santa Fe 0: Owen Waytas struck out nine, walked none and threw a five-hit shutout.
Corona del Mar 2, Mission Viejo 0: Stevie Jones threw five shutout innings and Marcello Anelli finished for the save.
El Camino Real 6, Santa Paula 1: Luke Howe had two hits and two RBIs for the Royals.
Saugus 15, Agoura 7: Zack Seeley had a three-run home run for Saugus.
Santa Margarita 8, Sierra Canyon 3: Brody Schumacher had two hits and Hayden George struck out five in three innings of relief for the Eagles. Dezi Delgado had three hits for Sierra Canyon.
La Habra 10, Capistrano Valley Christian 0: Maddox Moreno threw six scoreless innings for La Habra.
Banning 7, Loara 0: Diego Velasquez struck out seven and threw six shutout innings for Banning.
Villa Park 16, Citrus Valley 3: Nate Lewis had three hits and two RBIs for Villa Park.
JSerra 3, Loyola 0: Max Reimers struck out six in 4 2/3 innings for JSerra.
Oaks Christian 3, Poly 0: James Latshaw struck out nine in six innings. He also had two RBIs.
Softball
Norco 1, JSerra 0: Leighton Gray hit a home run and Coral Williams escaped a bases loaded jam in the seventh to deliver victory for Norco.
Redington Ltd, a distributor of Apple and other tech brands, will offer the newly launched Apple iPhone 16e at over 7,000 retail locations across the country, the company said on Friday.
Equipped with the A18 chip and a 48MP 2-in-1 camera system, the iPhone 16e will be available for pre-order starting February 21. Image: Official Website
Travel tech platform Easy Trip Planners Ltd on Friday said it has signed an initial pact with the Korea Tourism Organisation to enhance South Korea’s visibility as a key outbound destination for Indian travellers.
Seoul, Busan, Jeju and beyond! Exclusive Korea travel experiences for Indians.(Image by Helena Bradbury)
The partnership seeks to drive Indian tourist arrivals to Korea by leveraging EaseMyTrip’s digital reach, industry expertise, and extensive customer base, Easy Trip Planners, which operates under the brand EaseMyTrip, said in a regulatory filing.
Through a targeted marketing approach, EaseMyTrip and Korea Tourism Organisation (KTO) will work together to increase awareness, improve accessibility, and create seamless travel experiences for Indian travelers exploring Korea, it added.
“Korea is a potpourri of history, vibrant city life, and breathtaking landscapes, making it a highly desirable destination for Indian travellers. Our partnership with Korea Tourism Organisation will allow us to bring exclusive travel opportunities to Indian tourists while ensuring seamless booking experiences and customised itineraries,” EaseMyTrip CEO and Co-Founder Rikant Pittie said.
Terming India as an important and growing outbound travel market, KTO Regional Director, India & SAARC Countries Myong Kil Yun said, “… Korea has immense potential as a preferred international destination. Through our collaboration with EaseMyTrip, we aim to introduce Indian travelers to Korea’s unique blend of tradition and modernity, making it an exciting and accessible travel choice.”
As part of the agreement, EaseMyTrip will develop a dedicated Korea microsite on its platform, offering curated travel itineraries, must-visit attractions, and essential travel insights tailored specifically for Indian travellers.
To further engage potential visitors, EaseMyTrip will also produce destination-specific blogs, video content, and social media campaigns, showcasing Korea’s rich cultural heritage, modern cityscapes, and natural landscapes, the company said.
The two organisations will also launch co-funded marketing campaigns, to ensure widespread visibility and deeper engagement in the Indian travel market.
Rod Stewart’s best-selling album sold over 10 million copies worldwide (Image: Getty)
Rod Stewart’s illustrious career has produced numerous albums that have become timeless hits among audiences worldwide.
From his early rock and folk influences to his later explorations of pop, Stewart’s versatility is evident in his impressive discography.
Here, we rank his top ten best-selling albums globally, based on official worldwide certifications, such as the BPI in the UK, RIAA in the US, and more.
10. Vagabond Heart (1991) – Over 2,700,000 copies sold
Released in 1991, ‘Vagabond Heart’ showcases Stewart’s seamless blend of rock and pop sensibilities. The album features hits like ‘Rhythm of My Heart’ and ‘The Motown Song,’ both of which received significant airplay and contributed to the album’s commercial success. ‘Vagabond Heart’ achieved multi-platinum status in the United States and performed well in international markets, solidifying Stewart’s global appeal during the early ’90s.
Don’t miss… Sam Fender’s poignant ballad tackles dementia with heartfelt lyrics. [LATEST]
Rod Stewart in 1991 (Image: Getty)
9. Out of Order (1988) – Over 2,800,000 copies sold
‘Out of Order,’ released in 1988, marked a resurgence in Stewart’s career, featuring a polished pop-rock sound that appealed to a broad audience. The album includes standout tracks such as ‘Forever Young’ and ‘My Heart Can’t Tell You No,’ both of which charted prominently. The success of ‘Out of Order’ was bolstered by extensive touring and media appearances, leading to substantial sales worldwide.
8. A Night on the Town (1976) – Over 2,900,000 copies sold
In 1976, Stewart released ‘A Night on the Town,’ an album that blends rock, folk, and soul influences. The record features the timeless hit ‘Tonight’s the Night (Gonna Be Alright),’ which became one of Stewart’s signature songs. The album’s eclectic mix of genres and heartfelt lyrics resonated with fans, resulting in impressive global sales and critical acclaim.
7. As Time Goes By: The Great American Songbook, Volume II (2003) – Over 3,750,000 copies sold
Continuing his exploration of classic standards, Stewart released ‘As Time Goes By: The Great American Songbook, Volume II’ in 2003. The album features renditions of timeless tracks like ‘I’m in the Mood for Love’ and ‘As Time Goes By.’ Stewart’s heartfelt interpretations of these classics appealed to both longtime fans and new listeners, leading to substantial worldwide sales and further establishing his versatility as an artist.
6. Unplugged…and Seated (1993) – Over 4,107,500 copies sold
‘Unplugged…and Seated,’ released in 1993, captures Stewart’s intimate performance for MTV’s Unplugged series. The album features acoustic renditions of his classic hits, including ‘Have I Told You Lately’ and ‘Reason to Believe.’ The stripped-down arrangements and raw vocal performances led to impressive sales figures. Notably, the album sold 3,000,000 copies in the United States alone, with additional sales in countries like Canada and the United Kingdom.
5. Foot Loose & Fancy Free (1977) – Over 4,130,000 copies sold
Released in 1977, ‘Foot Loose & Fancy Free’ showcases Stewart’s rock roots with tracks like ‘Hot Legs’ and the enduring ballad ‘You’re in My Heart (The Final Acclaim).’ The album’s blend of energetic rock anthems and heartfelt ballads appealed to a wide audience, resulting in significant global sales. Its success further cemented Stewart’s status as a leading figure in the rock genre during the late ’70s.
4. The Story So Far: The Very Best of Rod Stewart (2001) – Over 4,227,840 copies sold
In 2001, Stewart released ‘The Story So Far: The Very Best of Rod Stewart,’ a comprehensive compilation that spans his illustrious career. The album includes fan favorites such as ‘Maggie May,’ ‘Da Ya Think I’m Sexy?,’ and ‘Sailing.’ Its broad appeal is evident in its impressive sales figures, with 1,884,000 copies sold in the United States and 1,200,000 in the United Kingdom. The compilation’s success underscores Stewart’s enduring popularity across different musical eras.
Rod Stewart in 2001 (Image: Getty)
3. It Had to Be You: The Great American Songbook (2002) – Over 4,530,000 copies sold
‘It Had to Be You: The Great American Songbook,’ released in 2002, marked Stewart’s first foray into interpreting classic American standards. The album features his renditions of songs like ‘They Can’t Take That Away from Me’ and ‘The Way You Look Tonight.’ Stewart’s smooth vocals and sincere delivery resonated with both critics and fans, leading to substantial worldwide sales. The album’s success also earned Stewart a Guinness World Record for the most successful album series by a single artist, as all five volumes of the Great American Songbook series reached the US Top 5 and the UK Top 10.
2. The Best of Rod Stewart (1989) – Over 4,560,000 copies sold
‘The Best of Rod Stewart,’ released in 1989, is a compilation that highlights the standout tracks from Stewart’s career up to that point. Featuring hits like ‘Maggie May,’ ‘You Wear It Well,’ and ‘Tonight’s the Night (Gonna Be Alright),’ the album offers a curated experience of Stewart’s most impactful songs. Its enduring popularity is reflected in its impressive sales figures, making it one of Stewart’s best-selling compilations globally.
1. Blondes Have More Fun (1978) – Over 10,000,000 copies sold
Topping the list is ‘Blondes Have More Fun,’ released in 1978. This album marked a stylistic shift for Stewart, embracing a disco-influenced sound that resonated with the pop culture of the late ’70s. The standout track, ‘Da Ya Think I’m Sexy?, became one of Stewart’s most recognizable songs, dominating charts worldwide and cementing his place in the disco era.
Despite some criticism from rock purists who felt Stewart had strayed too far from his roots, the album was a massive commercial success. Blondes Have More Fun topped the Billboard 200 chart in the United States and was certified multi-platinum in several countries. Selling over 10 million copies worldwide, this remains Stewart’s best-selling album to date. It also played a crucial role in broadening his fanbase, introducing him to audiences who may not have previously followed his career.
It’s an undeniably strange feeling to clamber into the cabin of a Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series and see two pedals and an automatic gear shifter.
Note: This is an updated version of a review that was first published in February 2024. Since then the venerable V8 turbo-diesel engine has been axed from the range, and the new 2.8-litre four-cylinder turbo-diesel engine has picked up a manual transmission option.
Pricing and specifications on the vehicle on test here, the LandCruiser 79 Series GX single-cab/chassis automatic, have remained unchanged.
We have updated key details such as pricing and specifications with the most up-to-date information available. Read the original version of this review here.
You can also read the latest price and specs story here.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2024 Toyota LandCruiser 79 dual-cab/chassis GXL automatic
Not to mention what’s under that giant bonnet; a four-cylinder diesel lifted from the HiLux and Prado instead of the familiar V8 – brave new world indeed, or as Toyota calls it, ‘the next chapter’.
This four-cylinder drivetrain is key to opening up a whole new audience for the legendary off-roader, with fleets especially keen on a self-shifting workhorse that can be driven by anyone, and uses less diesel while at it.
As well as the new engine, the mighty Cruiser 70 family picks up a redesigned front end, new interior displays and a few driver-assist aids.
Here we’re driving the big-selling LC79 single-cab/chassis, but you can also buy the LandCruiser as a LC79 double-cab/chassis, LC78 Troop Carrier, and LC76 Wagon.
How does the Toyota LandCruiser 70 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Toyota LandCruiser 70 against similarly sized vehicles.
Toyota
LandCruiser 70
How much does the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series cost?
The LandCruiser 70 Series range opens at $75,600 before on-roads, and extends to $83,500 before on-roads.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 76 Series WorkMate Wagon automatic
$75,600
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 76 Series GXL Wagon manual
$77,800
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 76 Series GXL Wagon automatic
$79,800
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 78 Series Troop Carrier WorkMate manual
$77,200
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 78 Series Troop Carrier WorkMate automatic
$79,200
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 78 Series Troop Carrier GXL manual
$80,500
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 78 Series Troop Carrier GXL automatic
$82,500
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 79 Series Single-cab/chassis WorkMate automatic
$76,800
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 79 Series Single-cab/chassis GX automatic
$78,800
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 79 Series Single-cab/chassis GXL automatic
$80,900
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 79 Series Double-cab/chassis WorkMate manual
$77,300
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 79 Series Double-cab/chassis WorkMate automatic
$79,300
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 79 Series Double-cab/chassis GXL manual
$81,500
2025 Toyota LandCruiser 79 Series Double-cab/chassis GXL automatic
$83,500
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series like on the inside?
The vinyl seats and door cards, washable floors, and rock hard plastics are not remotely luxurious of course; but the back-to-basics interior is built to cope with abuse for decades, so it’s best to look at it in these terms.
The steering wheel pilfered from a HiLux adjusts for rake and reach, and behind it sits a new instrument cluster, with what I think is a rather cool speedometer design with a modern-ish trip computer off to the side.
The dashtop is very shallow and more truck than SUV in its layout and trims, which feel rock solid. The fascia also keeps it simple with a basic screen, old-school manual AC controls, and rock solid plastics.
It feels like a throwback in so many ways, which is charming for a week-long loan but is also by design. Manual quarter windows, side windows and mirrors are unlikely to break, and are probably easier to fix in a paddock if they do.
While Toyota has made a concession in the form of a small touchscreen display with Bluetooth, it looks decidedly aftermarket and for the life of me I couldn’t get Android Auto to work.
The automatic shifter is situated next to a separate shifter to engage low- and high-range 4WD, with buttons and dials to engage Power and Haul throttle settings, downhill assist and trailer brake modulation.
Storage is limited to a small centre console between the two seats, a bit of space behind each seat, a phone-size section along the centre tunnel, two cupholders and a glovebox.
Dimensions
Toyota LandCruiser 79 Series single-cab/chassis
Length
5235mm
Width
1870mm
Height
1955mm
Wheelbase
3180mm
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
This 2.8-litre four-cylinder turbo-diesel that’s shared with the HiLux has been in the LandCruiser 70 Series for over 12 months now. Initially it was only available with an automatic transmission, but a manual version is now also offered.
Specifications
Toyota LandCruiser 79 Series single-cab/chassis auto
Engine
2.8L 4cyl turbo-diesel
Power
150kW
Torque
500Nm
Transmission
6-speed auto
Drive type
Part-time 4×4 (2H, 4H, 4L)
Fuel economy (claimed)
9.6L/100km
Fuel tank
130 litres
Weight (kerb)
2130kg
Payload
1020kg
Braked towing capacity
3500kg
Gross vehicle mass (GVM)
3510kg
Gross combination mass (GCM)
7010kg
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series drive?
Twist the key and the first thing you notice about the 2.8-litre diesel is how relatively quiet it sounds at idle, and how much more relaxing it is to drive with a six-speed automatic – particularly at 110km/h where that extra tall gear really helps keep revs down.
In every metric the four-cylinder outperforms the V8: in our testing which you can see in the embedded video, it was 2.0 seconds faster from 0-100km/h (12.7s), 1.0 second faster 80-120km/h (11.2s) and over a quarter-mile (18.3s), and performed better when accelerating with a trailer dyne.
On paper it’s a no brainer, but of course the V8 has its upsides. There’s something about changing gears yourself, the guttural rumble, the tune-ability, the reputation, and the likely resale value over time. There will never be another vehicle like it, remember…
In terms of fuel consumption, Toyota’s claim of 9.6L/100km compared unfavourably to my real world figure of 12L/100km on mostly highway driving.
The engine wasn’t fully run in yet, but the LandCruiser’s mass and boxy shape mean it simply cannot be a fuel efficient vehicle, even with the four.
The LC70’s mechanicals are simple and tough, prioritising off-road driving, carrying loads and towing over on-road comfort.
It has rigid axles, leaf springs at the back, and hydraulic power steering with a massive 14.4m turning circle; although, interestingly it does have rear disc brakes whereas some utes still use drums.
Stock, it has a heavy duty 3510kg gross vehicle mass alongside a 2130kg kerb weight, leaving the best part of 1400kg for payload including tray. Meanwhile, its 7010kg gross combined mass means it can tow at 3.5t capacity and be at maximum payload at the same time.
To give this context, the LC70 has a 460kg higher GVM and 1160kg greater GCM than a HiLux SR cab/chassis.
The narrow cab means taller folk will hit their knees against the window winder, but you get a terrific view of the road through the narrow pillars, even within the vast expanse of bonnet ahead. But it’s not the easiest rig to drive, on account of its size, the lack of a reversing camera, and the heavy hydraulic steering.
With a narrow rear track (95mm narrower than the front), heavy-duty rear leaf springs and beam axles, it’s prone to bounce and jiggle over bad roads when unladen, but then it’s not designed to be driven around in showroom condition…
The old-school features carry over to off-roading, with the LC70 the only vehicle left with manually locking hubs, which you can shift from Auto, which lock when the transfer case engages 4H or 4Lo, to Lock using a lug wrench.
You engage 4WD via the second shifter, and with clearance of 316mm, low range, front and rear diff lockers fitted, and all-terrain Dunlop Grandtreks, not much will stop you. But neither will you be comfortable, with lots of head toss and heavy steering giving a sense of unwieldiness.
When it comes to aftermarket modifications, the sky really is the limit. An entire industry exists to support this thing…
While Toyota has kept driver assists to a minimum there’s cruise control and a lane departure alert, both of which can be helpful on long drives.
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
To call the LandCruiser 70 sparsely equipped is a kindness.
WorkMate highlights:
16-inch steel wheels
Full spare tyre
LED headlights, DRLs
Automatic high beam
Steel side steps
Snorkel
Manual antenna
Vinyl seats and flooring
Winding windows
Manual air-conditioning
6.7-inch touchscreen
Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
USB, 12V and Bluetooth
2-speaker audio system
GX adds:
16-inch alloy wheels
Over fender flares
GXL adds:
LED fog lights
Chrome bumper, drip rails
Aluminium steps
Cloth seats, carpet floors
The LC70’s colour palette includes French Vanilla, Silver Pearl, Graphite, Merlot Red, Sandy Taupe and Midnight Blue.
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
Is the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series safe?
The LandCruiser 70 no longer carries an ANCAP rating on account of the number of years since it was tested, though, the two-door cab/chassis was a five-star vehicle.
Standard safety equipment includes dual front, curtain and driver’s knee airbags, lane departure alert, and autonomous emergency braking (AEB).
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How much does the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series cost to run?
The upgraded LandCruiser 70 Series is covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, extended to seven years on engine and driveline.
Servicing and Warranty
Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres 7 years, unlimited kilometres (extended engine and driveline)
Roadside assistance
$99 per year
Service intervals
6 months or 10,000km
Capped-price servicing
5 years
Total capped-price service cost
$5450
Average capped-price service cost
$545
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series
If having old-school charm was key to scoring highly, the LandCruiser 70 would get a perfect 10.
A 70 Series Cruiser is either a heavy-duty work vehicle or a lifestyle choice, opening up a world of aftermarket add-ons and modifications, and a sprawling community.
While simple tech doesn’t automatically equal longevity, Toyota has runs on the board. For tens of thousands of Australians where the dirt is red and the flies thick, this really feels like the only viable vehicle of choice.
In most aspects, the LandCruiser 70 has all the drawbacks of its decades-old design in terms of how it drives and how it feels inside – but that’s hardly a revelation.
What’s also clear is that the four-cylinder performs better than the V8 in all metrics bar one, namely the bigger donk makes peak torque over a wider rev band and may thereby prove more tractable.
That doesn’t mean Aussies will be handing in their beloved manual V8 models hand over fist, of course.
Interested in buying a Toyota LandCruiser 70 Series? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
